CADWorx

Plant User's Guide

Version 2015 (15.0)

August 2014
DICAS-PE-200007D

Copyright
Copyright 2003-2014 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Intergraph is part of Hexagon.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains
confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret law, and
international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph Corporation.

U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of the
United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
300 Intergraph Way
Huntsville, AL 35813

Documentation
Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form, User's Guides, Installation Guides, Reference Guides,
Administrator's Guides, Customization Guides, Programmer's Guides, Configuration Guides and Help Guides delivered with a
particular software product.

Other Documentation
Other Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form and delivered with software or on Intergraph Smart Support,
SharePoint, or box.net, any documentation related to work processes, workflows, and best practices that is provided by Intergraph
as guidance for using a software product.

Terms of Use
a.

Use of a software product and Documentation is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with the
software product unless the Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the
Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take
precedence and govern the use of this software product and Documentation. Subject to the terms contained within the
applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the
Documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and delivered with the software product for Licensee's internal,
non-commercial use. The Documentation may not be printed for resale or redistribution.

b.

For use of Documentation or Other Documentation where end user does not receive a EULA or does not have a valid license
agreement with Intergraph, Intergraph grants the Licensee a non-exclusive license to use the Documentation or Other
Documentation for Licensees internal non-commercial use. Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a
reasonable number of copies of Other Documentation for Licensees internal, non-commercial. The Other Documentation may
not be printed for resale or redistribution. This license contained in this subsection b) may be terminated at any time and for any
reason by Intergraph Corporation by giving written notice to Licensee.

Disclaimer of Warranties
Except for any express warranties as may be stated in the EULA or separate license or separate terms and conditions, Intergraph
Corporation disclaims any and all express or implied warranties including, but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed
a modification or amendment of such disclaimer. Intergraph believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its
publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software, Documentation and Other Documentation discussed in this document are furnished under a license and may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of this license. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL
EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Limitation of Damages
IN NO EVENT WILL INTERGRAPH CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF USE OR PRODUCTION, LOSS OF
REVENUE OR PROFIT, LOSS OF DATA, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL INTERGRAPH CORPORATIONS LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT THAT
INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN PAID BY LICENSEE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AT THE TIME THE CLAIM IS
MADE. EXCEPT WHERE PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO CLAIM, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT BY LICENSEE MORE THAN TWO (2)
YEARS AFTER THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CAUSE OF ACTION HAS OCCURRED.
IF UNDER THE LAW RULED APPLICABLE ANY PART OF THIS SECTION IS INVALID, THEN INTERGRAPH LIMITS ITS
LIABILITY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY SAID LAW.

Export Controls
Intergraph Corporations software products and any third-party Software Products obtained from Intergraph Corporation, its
subsidiaries, or distributors (including any Documentation, Other Documentation or technical data related to these products) are
subject to the export control laws and regulations of the United States. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. These Software
Products, and the direct product thereof, must not be exported or re-exported, directly or indirectly (including via remote access)
under the following circumstances:
a.

To Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, or Syria, or any national of these countries.

b.

To any person or entity listed on any U.S. government denial list, including but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Commerce
Denied Persons, Entities, and Unverified Lists, http://www.bis.doc.gov/complianceandenforcement/liststocheck.htm, the U.S.
Department of Treasury Specially Designated Nationals List, http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/, and the U.S.
Department of State Debarred List, http://www.pmddtc.state.gov/compliance/debar.html.

c.

To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, the end use of the Software Product is related to the design,
development, production, or use of missiles, chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons, or other un-safeguarded or sensitive
nuclear uses.

d.

To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, that an illegal reshipment will take place.

Any questions regarding export or re-export of these Software Products should be addressed to Intergraph Corporations Export
Compliance Department, Huntsville, Alabama 35894, USA.

Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, CADWorx, and CAESAR II are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intergraph Corporation or its
subsidiaries in the United States, and other countries. Microsoft, and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation, and/or its affiliates. AutoCAD,
ObjectARX, and RealDWG are trademarks of Autodesk. HOOPS is a trademark of Tech Soft 3D, L.L.C. Other brands, and product
names are trademarks of their respective owners.
CADWorx Design Review contains Autodesk RealDWG by Autodesk, Inc., copyright Autodesk, Inc. All rights reserved.
Autodesk, Inc., 111 McInnis Parkway, San Rafael, California 94903 ("Autodesk") is a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement to the
extent that the Software Product contains RealDWG, and to the extent that the provisions herein relate to Licensees use of the
Software Product containing RealDWG. Such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of Autodesk, and are enforceable by
Autodesk in addition to Intergraph.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................ 17
Conventions .......................................................................................................................................... 17
Technical Support ................................................................................................................................. 18
What's New in Plant .............................................................................................................................. 21
Obsolete Commands ...................................................................................................................... 22
Online Help ........................................................................................................................................... 23
Setup ........................................................................................................................................................... 25
Startup Defaults .................................................................................................................................... 25
Support Directory .................................................................................................................................. 25
MVSetup ............................................................................................................................................... 25
Setup Size/Spec Panel .............................................................................................................................. 27
Setup ..................................................................................................................................................... 28
Configuration Settings .................................................................................................................... 31
Set Specification and Size .............................................................................................................. 46
Configuration Layers ...................................................................................................................... 47
Piping Rules ................................................................................................................................... 49
Convert Legacy Drawing ................................................................................................................ 55
Specification and Size ........................................................................................................................... 59
Optional Items ....................................................................................................................................... 59
Optional Component Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 59
Size ....................................................................................................................................................... 60
Spec ...................................................................................................................................................... 60
Size-Spec .............................................................................................................................................. 61
All .......................................................................................................................................................... 61
Editor ..................................................................................................................................................... 61
Change Size.......................................................................................................................................... 61
Change the size automatically ....................................................................................................... 62
Change the size manually .............................................................................................................. 63
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically ............................................................ 63
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually ................................................................... 64
Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically.............................................. 64
Change tee sizes automatically...................................................................................................... 65
Change tee sizes manually ............................................................................................................ 66
Change Specification ............................................................................................................................ 68
Change the specification automatically .......................................................................................... 68
Change the specification manually................................................................................................. 69
Change the specification of a model with branches automatically ................................................. 70
Local Edit .............................................................................................................................................. 70
Modify a component ....................................................................................................................... 72
ISOGEN Data Dialog Box .............................................................................................................. 73
Component Custom Data Dialog Box ............................................................................................ 78
Global Edit............................................................................................................................................. 79
Modify multiple components ........................................................................................................... 80
Custom Data Dialog Box ................................................................................................................ 80

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
Mode Convert........................................................................................................................................ 81
Convert a component to a different mode ...................................................................................... 82
3D Solids ........................................................................................................................................ 82
Convert Isometric ........................................................................................................................... 82
2D Double Line ............................................................................................................................... 82
2D Single Line ................................................................................................................................ 82
Convert Existing ............................................................................................................................. 83
Convert to 3D enhanced................................................................................................................. 83
Convert from project data ............................................................................................................... 83
Convert Intersected Piping ............................................................................................................. 84
CWexplode ..................................................................................................................................... 84
Socket Weld .......................................................................................................................................... 84
Threaded ............................................................................................................................................... 84
Settings ................................................................................................................................................. 85
XREF Edit ............................................................................................................................................. 85
Palettes Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 87
Spec View Palette ................................................................................................................................. 88
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) ............................................................................. 88
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette).................................................................................. 90
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) ......................................................................... 91
Line View Palette .................................................................................................................................. 91
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ............................................................................. 92
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ......................................................................................... 93
Line View Isolation Properties Manager ......................................................................................... 93
Support Modeler Palette ....................................................................................................................... 94
Insert a pipe support ....................................................................................................................... 96
Insert an elbow support .................................................................................................................. 96
Insert a tee support......................................................................................................................... 97
Insert multiple pipe supports .......................................................................................................... 97
Edit Pipe Support Features ............................................................................................................ 98
Insulation View Palette ........................................................................................................................ 100
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) ........................................................................ 101
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) ............................................................................ 102
Discontinuity View Palette ................................................................................................................... 104
Pipe Support Report ........................................................................................................................... 106
P&ID View Palette ............................................................................................................................... 107
Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)............................................................................... 107
Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) .......................................................................... 110
Insert a drawing into the project ................................................................................................... 110
Clash View Palette .............................................................................................................................. 111
Options Dialog Box ....................................................................................................................... 112
Layers Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................ 113
Assembly View Palette ....................................................................................................................... 113
Create an assembly...................................................................................................................... 114
Edit an assembly .......................................................................................................................... 114
Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager ........................................................................ 115
Insert an assembly into the drawing ............................................................................................. 115
Edit an assembly path .................................................................................................................. 115

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
ISOGEN Panel .......................................................................................................................................... 117
ISOGEN Out ....................................................................................................................................... 118
Extract ISOGEN files .................................................................................................................... 120
Enable the Repeatability return report.......................................................................................... 120
Setup short description column for material list with text wrapping ............................................. 121
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics...................................................................................... 122
ISOGEN Batch .................................................................................................................................... 123
Extract batch ISOGEN files .......................................................................................................... 123
ISOGEN Supplemental ....................................................................................................................... 123
Stop Sign ............................................................................................................................................. 124
ISOGEN Start Point ............................................................................................................................ 125
Offset Tap ........................................................................................................................................... 125
Place an offset tap ........................................................................................................................ 128
PCF Out .............................................................................................................................................. 128
Extract piping component files ..................................................................................................... 129
PCF In ................................................................................................................................................. 129
Tap ...................................................................................................................................................... 129
Place a tap .................................................................................................................................... 130
ISOGEN Project Manager / I-Configure .............................................................................................. 130
ISOGEN Information ........................................................................................................................... 130
Material List Definition .................................................................................................................. 130
SKEY Information ......................................................................................................................... 131
End Type Information ................................................................................................................... 140
OrthoGen Panel ....................................................................................................................................... 143
OrthoGen Launch ............................................................................................................................... 143
OrthoGen Out...................................................................................................................................... 143
LNum Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 145
Setup ................................................................................................................................................... 146
Line Numbering System Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 146
Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 147
Set line numbers based on a P&ID project .................................................................................. 148
Set line numbers based on the current drawing ........................................................................... 148
Set line numbers based on a component ..................................................................................... 148
Count ................................................................................................................................................... 148
Set the line count value ................................................................................................................ 149
Increment ............................................................................................................................................ 149
Decrement........................................................................................................................................... 149
Assign ................................................................................................................................................. 149
Assign line numbers ..................................................................................................................... 150
Annotate .............................................................................................................................................. 150
Label components with line numbers ........................................................................................... 150
Line ..................................................................................................................................................... 151
Set the current line number to that of a component ..................................................................... 151
Line Isolate .......................................................................................................................................... 151
Pipe BOM / DB Panel ............................................................................................................................... 153
Bill of Material Setup ........................................................................................................................... 154
Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 155
Change the column order ............................................................................................................. 156
Change text alignment in columns ............................................................................................... 156

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation ................................................................................ 156
BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box ................................................................................ 157
Cut Pipe Bill of Material ....................................................................................................................... 157
Cut BOM using Automatic placement .......................................................................................... 158
Cut BOM using Manual placement............................................................................................... 159
Total Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................... 159
Total BOM using Automatic placement ........................................................................................ 160
Total BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................ 160
Single Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 160
Single BOM using Automatic placement ...................................................................................... 161
Single BOM using Manual placement .......................................................................................... 162
Export Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 162
Import Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 163
Delete Bill of Material .......................................................................................................................... 163
Tag Toggle Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 163
Tag Location ....................................................................................................................................... 163
Insert Tag ............................................................................................................................................ 164
Setup Live Database ........................................................................................................................... 164
Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box ............................................................................... 165
Export Pipe.......................................................................................................................................... 165
Select Item Dialog Box ................................................................................................................. 166
Import Pipe .......................................................................................................................................... 168
Audit Pipe Database ........................................................................................................................... 168
Synchronize Pipe Database................................................................................................................ 169
C.G. Generator.................................................................................................................................... 171
Misc Panel ................................................................................................................................................ 173
Auto Connect ...................................................................................................................................... 174
Group On/Off....................................................................................................................................... 175
Weld Size ............................................................................................................................................ 175
Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe ............................................................................. 175
Join Pipe ............................................................................................................................................. 175
Join by Run ................................................................................................................................... 176
Join by Segment ........................................................................................................................... 176
User Shapes ....................................................................................................................................... 176
Create a user shape file ............................................................................................................... 180
Edit an existing user shape .......................................................................................................... 181
Create a user shape from points .................................................................................................. 186
Create a user shape from a polyline ............................................................................................ 188
Create a user shape from a block ................................................................................................ 189
Create a 3D user shape ............................................................................................................... 191
Create a 2D user shape ............................................................................................................... 193
Create a 2D single line user shape .............................................................................................. 194
Add a user shape to a specification ............................................................................................. 196
Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing ........................................................................... 197
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing ..................................................................... 197
Top Works Add ................................................................................................................................... 197
Top Works Change ............................................................................................................................. 198
System Out ......................................................................................................................................... 198
Generate a CAESAR II input file .................................................................................................. 198
Break Pipe........................................................................................................................................... 200
Break by Length ........................................................................................................................... 200
Break by Number.......................................................................................................................... 200

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
Nozzle Generic Attach ........................................................................................................................ 200
Place a nozzle generic attachment .............................................................................................. 201
Route from a generic nozzle ........................................................................................................ 202
Change position and direction of generic nozzle ......................................................................... 202
Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 202
Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 204
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location.................................. 205
System In ............................................................................................................................................ 206
Read a CAESAR II input file ......................................................................................................... 207
Change Elevation ................................................................................................................................ 207
Change elevation by entering the elevation value ....................................................................... 207
Change elevation by Pick ............................................................................................................. 208
Change elevation by BOP ............................................................................................................ 208
Change elevation by TOP ............................................................................................................ 208
Dim Adjustment ................................................................................................................................... 208
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe ............................................................................................. 209
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension .................................................................................. 209
Elbow Centerline ................................................................................................................................. 209
ISO Flag .............................................................................................................................................. 210
Re-associate the Components............................................................................................................ 210
System Visibility .................................................................................................................................. 210
2D Panel.................................................................................................................................................... 211
2D Representation .............................................................................................................................. 211
Create a 2D representation .......................................................................................................... 212
2D Representation Hidden .................................................................................................................. 212
Create a 2D representation with hidden lines .............................................................................. 212
Box ...................................................................................................................................................... 212
Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 213
Zoom Lock .......................................................................................................................................... 214
Turn on the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 214
Turn off the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 214
Zoom Factors ...................................................................................................................................... 214
Bolt ............................................................................................................................................................ 215
Auto Gasket ........................................................................................................................................ 215
Place a gasket automatically ........................................................................................................ 216
Place a gasket manually............................................................................................................... 216
Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 216
Place stud bolts automatically ...................................................................................................... 216
Place stud bolts manually ............................................................................................................. 217
Auto Weld............................................................................................................................................ 217
Place weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 217
Place weld gaps manually ............................................................................................................ 218
Weld Total ........................................................................................................................................... 218
Count weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 219
Standard .............................................................................................................................................. 219
Place standard stud bolts ............................................................................................................. 219
Non Standard ...................................................................................................................................... 219
Place nonstandard stud bolts ....................................................................................................... 220

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
RT Panel ................................................................................................................................................... 221
Auto Route .......................................................................................................................................... 221
Start a new route .......................................................................................................................... 223
Continue Routing .......................................................................................................................... 223
Route skewed pipe ....................................................................................................................... 224
Moveline ....................................................................................................................................... 225
Router ................................................................................................................................................. 225
Router commands ............................................................................................................................... 226
Buttweld LR .................................................................................................................................. 227
Buttweld SR .................................................................................................................................. 227
Threaded ...................................................................................................................................... 228
Socket Weld ................................................................................................................................. 228
Dimension Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 229
Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 230
Place automatic dimensions ......................................................................................................... 230
Horizontal ............................................................................................................................................ 230
Place horizontal dimensions ......................................................................................................... 230
Vertical ................................................................................................................................................ 231
Place vertical dimensions ............................................................................................................. 231
Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 231
Set the Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 231
Rotated ................................................................................................................................................ 232
Place rotated dimensions ............................................................................................................. 232
Horizontal with Tail .............................................................................................................................. 232
Place horizontal tailed dimensions ............................................................................................... 232
Vertical with Tail .................................................................................................................................. 233
Place vertical tailed dimensions ................................................................................................... 233
Change ................................................................................................................................................ 233
Change the Elevation ................................................................................................................... 233
Component.......................................................................................................................................... 234
Place component annotation ........................................................................................................ 234
Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 234
Place component elevation annotation ........................................................................................ 235
Coordinates ......................................................................................................................................... 235
Place coordinates ......................................................................................................................... 235
Tick Mark ............................................................................................................................................. 236
Place tick marks ........................................................................................................................... 236
ISO Text .............................................................................................................................................. 236
Height .................................................................................................................................................. 236
Graphics / Pipe Ends............................................................................................................................... 237
System Prompts .................................................................................................................................. 239
Section ................................................................................................................................................ 240
Place a section graphic ................................................................................................................ 241
Detail ................................................................................................................................................... 242
Place a detail graphic ................................................................................................................... 242
Plan ..................................................................................................................................................... 243
Place a plan graphic ..................................................................................................................... 243
Instrument ........................................................................................................................................... 244
Place an instrument graphic ......................................................................................................... 244

10

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 245
Place an elevation graphic ........................................................................................................... 245
Arrow ................................................................................................................................................... 246
Place an arrow head graphic ........................................................................................................ 246
Weld .................................................................................................................................................... 247
Place a weld symbol graphic ........................................................................................................ 248
ISO ...................................................................................................................................................... 248
Place an isometric symbol graphic ............................................................................................... 250
Dots ..................................................................................................................................................... 250
Place a weld dot graphic .............................................................................................................. 251
Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 251
Place a miscellaneous graphic ..................................................................................................... 252
Flange O.D. ......................................................................................................................................... 253
Insert a flange O.D. ...................................................................................................................... 253
Plain End ............................................................................................................................................. 253
Insert a plain end .......................................................................................................................... 253
Hidden End ......................................................................................................................................... 253
Insert a hidden end ....................................................................................................................... 254
Pipe End .............................................................................................................................................. 254
Insert a pipe end ........................................................................................................................... 254
Layers Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 255
Change Layer...................................................................................................................................... 256
Change the layer associated with an object ................................................................................. 256
Set Layer ............................................................................................................................................. 256
Set the active layer ....................................................................................................................... 256
Delete Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 256
Delete a layer ............................................................................................................................... 257
Layer Off ............................................................................................................................................. 257
Turn off a layer ............................................................................................................................. 257
Layer On ............................................................................................................................................. 257
Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command .............................................................. 257
Match Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 257
Match an object's layer ................................................................................................................. 257
Isolate Layer........................................................................................................................................ 258
Display only the layer associated with an object .......................................................................... 258
Un-Isolate Layer .................................................................................................................................. 258
Turn on all layers .......................................................................................................................... 258
Previous .............................................................................................................................................. 258
Restraints Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 259
Reinforcing Pad................................................................................................................................... 260
Insert a reinforcement pad ........................................................................................................... 260
Reinforcing Saddle .............................................................................................................................. 260
Insert a reinforcement saddle ....................................................................................................... 261
Translational........................................................................................................................................ 261
Place a translational restraint ....................................................................................................... 261
Anchor ................................................................................................................................................. 262
Place an anchor............................................................................................................................ 262
Spring Hanger ..................................................................................................................................... 262
Place a spring hanger................................................................................................................... 262
Rotational ............................................................................................................................................ 263
Place a rotational restraint ............................................................................................................ 263

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

11

Contents
Snubber ............................................................................................................................................... 263
Place a snubber............................................................................................................................ 263
Guide ................................................................................................................................................... 264
Place a guide ................................................................................................................................ 264
UCS Panel................................................................................................................................................. 265
Point and Shoot UCS .......................................................................................................................... 265
Flat ...................................................................................................................................................... 267
UCS Next ............................................................................................................................................ 268
Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 268
North ................................................................................................................................................... 268
South ................................................................................................................................................... 269
West .................................................................................................................................................... 269
East ..................................................................................................................................................... 270
UCS Object ......................................................................................................................................... 270
Steel Shapes Panel .................................................................................................................................. 271
Shapes ................................................................................................................................................ 271
Wide Flange Shapes .................................................................................................................... 274
Channel Shapes ........................................................................................................................... 275
Angle Shapes ............................................................................................................................... 276
Tee Shapes .................................................................................................................................. 277
Pipe Shapes ................................................................................................................................. 278
Tube Shapes ................................................................................................................................ 279
Flat Bar Shapes ............................................................................................................................ 280
Round Bar Shapes ....................................................................................................................... 281
Channel Shape with Lip................................................................................................................ 282
Angle Shape with Lip .................................................................................................................... 283
Z Shapes ...................................................................................................................................... 284
Angle Double Shape..................................................................................................................... 285
Steel Draw Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 287
Plate .................................................................................................................................................... 288
Place plate by points .................................................................................................................... 289
Place plate by closed polyline ...................................................................................................... 289
Place plate by curves ................................................................................................................... 290
Base Plate ........................................................................................................................................... 290
Place a base plate ........................................................................................................................ 292
Place a base plate with holes ....................................................................................................... 292
Steel Bolts ........................................................................................................................................... 292
Set Size by Component ...................................................................................................................... 295
Steel - Generic Attachment ................................................................................................................. 295
User Shape ......................................................................................................................................... 296
Loft ...................................................................................................................................................... 299
Single Line Steel ................................................................................................................................. 300
Steel - Frame Creation ........................................................................................................................ 306
Create a new frame configuration ................................................................................................ 307
Edit a frame configuration ............................................................................................................ 308
Place a frame in the drawing ........................................................................................................ 308
Frame Annotation................................................................................................................................ 308
Ladder ................................................................................................................................................. 309
Place a ladder interactively .......................................................................................................... 311
Place a ladder using key-ins ........................................................................................................ 311

12

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
Place a ladder with a cage ........................................................................................................... 311
Handrail ............................................................................................................................................... 312
Place hand rail by points .............................................................................................................. 313
Place hand rail by polyline ............................................................................................................ 313
Stair ..................................................................................................................................................... 313
Steel Edit Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 317
Steel - Cope ........................................................................................................................................ 318
Miter .................................................................................................................................................... 318
Cut ....................................................................................................................................................... 319
Cut members by line..................................................................................................................... 319
Cut members by three-point plane ............................................................................................... 319
Union ................................................................................................................................................... 320
Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 320
Global Edit........................................................................................................................................... 325
Global Edit All...................................................................................................................................... 325
Annotate Component .......................................................................................................................... 328
Convert Solid....................................................................................................................................... 328
Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 328
Select Control...................................................................................................................................... 329
Auto Cope ........................................................................................................................................... 329
Steel BOM / DB Panel .............................................................................................................................. 331
Steel BOM Setup ................................................................................................................................ 332
Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 333
Change the column order ............................................................................................................. 333
Change text alignment in columns ............................................................................................... 333
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation ................................................................................ 333
Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box ....................................................................... 334
Cut Steel Bill of Material ...................................................................................................................... 334
Cut BOM using Automatic placement .......................................................................................... 335
Cut BOM using Manual placement............................................................................................... 336
Total Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................... 336
Total BOM using Automatic placement ........................................................................................ 337
Total BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................ 337
Single Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 338
Single BOM using Automatic placement ...................................................................................... 339
Single BOM using Manual placement .......................................................................................... 339
Export Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 339
Setup Live Database Steel ................................................................................................................. 340
Export Steel......................................................................................................................................... 341
Import Steel ......................................................................................................................................... 342
Audit Steel Database .......................................................................................................................... 342
Synchronize Steel Database............................................................................................................... 343
Export Steel Model .............................................................................................................................. 343
Import Steel Model .............................................................................................................................. 344
HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel ................................................................................................................ 345
HVAC .................................................................................................................................................. 346
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing............................................................................................. 348
Modify an HVAC shape ................................................................................................................ 348
HVAC Shapes Catalog ....................................................................................................................... 348

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

13

Contents
Place an HVAC shape from the catalog ....................................................................................... 351
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog ..................................................................................... 351
User Shape ......................................................................................................................................... 351
Place a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................... 354
Modify a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................. 354
Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 354
Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 355
Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 356
GC Edit ................................................................................................................................................ 356
Edit HVAC components globally .................................................................................................. 357
HVAC BOM Setup............................................................................................................................... 357
Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 358
Change the column order ............................................................................................................. 359
Change text alignment in columns ............................................................................................... 359
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation ................................................................................ 359
Cut HVAC Bill of Material .................................................................................................................... 360
Cut BOM using Automatic placement .......................................................................................... 361
Cut BOM using Manual placement............................................................................................... 361
Total HVAC Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 361
Total BOM using Automatic placement ........................................................................................ 362
Total BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................ 362
Single HVAC Bill of Material ............................................................................................................... 363
Single BOM using Automatic placement ...................................................................................... 364
Single BOM using Manual placement .......................................................................................... 364
Data Remove ...................................................................................................................................... 364
Remove CADWorx data from components .................................................................................. 364
Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 364
Change the layers associated with HVAC components ............................................................... 365
DB Generate ....................................................................................................................................... 365
Export CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 366
DB In ................................................................................................................................................... 366
Import CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 366
Audit HVAC Database ........................................................................................................................ 366
Audit the HVAC database ............................................................................................................ 367
Synchronize HVAC Database ............................................................................................................. 367
Synchronize the HVAC database ................................................................................................. 367
Toolbars.................................................................................................................................................... 369
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars.................................................................................................. 369
Aliases and Command Names ........................................................................................................... 370
Connecting to components ................................................................................................................. 370
Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 370
Plane versus Isometrics view modes .................................................................................................. 370
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling ....................................................................................................... 370
Buttweld .............................................................................................................................................. 371
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 375
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 390
Flanges ............................................................................................................................................... 402
Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................................ 403
Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................................. 404
Blind Flange .................................................................................................................................. 406
Socket Type Flange...................................................................................................................... 406
Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................................... 408

14

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Contents
Lap Joint Flange ........................................................................................................................... 409
Stub End ....................................................................................................................................... 409
Long Weld Neck ........................................................................................................................... 410
Reducing Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................. 410
Reducing Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................... 412
Reducing Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................ 413
Flgd/BW Valves................................................................................................................................... 415
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 417
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 425
Lined ................................................................................................................................................... 428
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 431
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 433
Fiberglass ............................................................................................................................................ 434
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 437
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 445
Sanitary ............................................................................................................................................... 452
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 459
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 474
Victaulic ............................................................................................................................................... 486
Threaded/Socket ................................................................................................................................. 491
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 496
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 511
Thrd/SW Valves .................................................................................................................................. 524
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 526
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 535
Gaskets, Etc. ....................................................................................................................................... 538
Gasket .......................................................................................................................................... 538
Weld Gap ...................................................................................................................................... 539
Pipe Ends ............................................................................................................................................ 540
Restraints ............................................................................................................................................ 540
Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 541
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 543
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 546
Operators ............................................................................................................................................ 548
Line Numbers ...................................................................................................................................... 548
UCS ..................................................................................................................................................... 549
Steel .................................................................................................................................................... 549
Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 551
Palettes ............................................................................................................................................... 553
Specification and Data Files ................................................................................................................... 555
Editing Component Data Files ............................................................................................................ 555
AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant ................................................................................................... 557
Modifying a User Profile ...................................................................................................................... 557
Creating a Base Profile ....................................................................................................................... 558
Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with CADWorx Plant .............................................. 558
Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database ............................................................... 560
Update History ......................................................................................................................................... 561
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 565

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

15

Contents

16

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Preface
This document provides command reference information and workflows for CADWorx Plant.
We welcome comments or suggestions about this documentation. You can send us an email at:
PPMdoc@intergraph.com.
Documentation updates for supported software versions are available from
https://smartsupport.intergraph.com (https://smartsupport.intergraph.com).
Intergraph gives you permission to print as many copies of this document as needed for noncommercial use at your company. You cannot print this document for resale or redistribution
outside your company.

Conventions
Before reviewing this guide, it is important to understand the terms and conventions used in the
documentation.
Use the information below to identify the convention and the type of information.
Convention

Type of Information

[Product Folder]

The CADWorx installation folder on your computer, for example,

C:\CADWorx. Substitute your installation folder anywhere this
notation is used.

[AutoCAD Folder]

The AutoCAD installation folder on your computer, for example,

C:\AutoCAD 2000i. Substitute your installation folder anywhere
this notation is used.

[CD-DRIVE]

The CD-ROM drive on your computer. Substitute your CD-ROM

drive letter anywhere this notation is used.

Command Line

Items that need to be typed in or appear at the AutoCAD

command line.

User Responses

User responses to command prompts.

Commands

CADWorx and AutoCAD commands.

Options

Command line options.

CAPITALS

AutoCAD system variables or keywords.

Key + Key

Key combinations for which you must press and hold down one
key and then press another, for example, CTRL+P or ALT+F4.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

17

Preface

Technical Support
For the latest information on CADWorx Plant, visit Intergraph CADWorx and Analysis Solutions
(http://www.coade.com/).
For current on-line support information, including knowledge base, technical tips, and
downloads, visit Intergraph Smart Support (https://smartsupport.intergraph.com).
You can contact Intergraph CAS Technical Support or Sales:

ICAS Dealer Support (http://www.coade.com/Support/Dealers.shtml) or ICAS General

Support (http://support.intergraph.com/Default.asp)

Technical Support E-mail: ppmcrm@Intergraph.com

Phone: 1-800-766-7701 (CADWorx Direct), 280-890-4566 (General)

Fax: 281-890-3301

Sales E-mail: sales.icas@intergraph.com

In order to provide technical support, Intergraph CAS needs to know what version of CADWorx,
AutoCAD, and Windows you are using. To determine this information, follow the steps outlined
for the product you are using:
CADWorx Product

Steps

Plant, P&ID, fieldPipe, or Steel

Run the CADWORXABOUT command. A dialog

box opens and displays the version information.

Close the dialog box to send the required

information to the AutoCAD command line.

Copy the information from the command line, and

email it to Intergraph CAS.

Run the EQUIPABOUT command. A dialog box

opens and displays the version information.

Close the dialog box to send the required

information to the AutoCAD command line.

Copy the information from the command line, and

email it to Intergraph CAS.

Equipment or PV Fabricator

Internet Publisher

Version information is displayed at the AutoCAD

command line when you start the software.

Datasheets

Click Help > About to display a dialog box that contains

the required information.

In addition to the information above, the table below lists the additional files that are usually
required to assist Intergraph CAS in resolving your technical issues:

18

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Preface

CADWorx Product

Additional Files Required by Intergraph CAS

Support

CADWorx Plant (Piping, Steel, HVAC)

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.

If the model consists of several line numbers,

indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.

If the model consists of many drawing files with

dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP
file of all the drawings used in the master model.

CADWorx Plant (component data file

creation)

Email information about the part's dimension from the

manufacturer's catalog.

CADWorx ISOGEN

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files, any

isometrics generated by ISOGEN, and the ISOGEN
style files.

If the model consists of several line numbers,

indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.

The ISOGEN.FLS file located in the ISOGEN style

folder lists all the files used (*.OPL, *.MLS, *.FLS,
*.DDF, *.POS, *.ALT, *.DWG*.DXF, *.FDF, *.ATT).
Email all files listed in the ISOGEN.FLS file,
including the ISOGEN.FLS file.

CADWorx Equipment

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.

CADWorx Equipment to PV Elite

interface

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and PV

Elite input file (*.PVI).

PV Fabricator

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files and PV

Elite input file (*.PVI).

CADWorx P&ID or CADWorx IP

Email the complete P&ID project, which includes

Project.CFG, Database.TBL, Map.TBL, and all the
DWG, and MDB files. Usually, all of these files are
located in one folder.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

If the project has many P&ID drawing files, indicate

which P&ID drawings and components you are
having issues with.

If you are experiencing database errors, include the

file [Product
Folder]\P&ID\System\Sql_Error_Log.TXT.

If you are emailing MDB files, use a compression

utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB attachments.

19

Preface
CADWorx Steel

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.

CADWorx Datasheets

Email the datasheets MDB file and any datasheet file

generated (XLS).

CADWorx Plant to CAESAR II

interface

If the model consists of many components, indicate

in the model which components or location you are
having issues with.

If emailing MDB / XLS files, use a compression

utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB / XLS attachments.

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and

CAESAR II input file (*._A, *.C2).

Run the CADWorx GETALLSPECDATAFILES

command to copy all specifications and data files
used in the model into sub-folders under where the
model drawing file is located.

Zip the contents of these folders and email the ZIP

file to Intergraph CAS Support.

If the model consists of several line numbers,

indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.

CADWorx Design Review or CADWorx Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.
Design Create
If the model consists of several line numbers,
indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.

CADWorx Design Viewer

20

If the model consists of many drawing files with

dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP
file of all drawings used in the master model.

Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files and the

*.CDR file.

If you are attaching large or multiple files to your eCustomer log, use a compression utility
such as WinZIP.

If you cannot attach your drawing files, then try to duplicate the issue in a new drawing with
as few components as possible. If the issue can be duplicated in a new drawing, attach the
duplicate drawing to Intergraph CAS.

For hardware lock issues, first verify that you have an Intergraph CAS hardware lock.
CADWorx Plant Professional, CADWorx P&ID, CADWorx P&ID Professional, CADWorx
Plant Ductile Iron, and CADWorx Plant Sanitary use the Intergraph CAS hardware lock for
licensing. CADWorx Steel, CADWorx Steel Professional Plus do not use the Intergraph CAS
hardware lock for licensing. For more information about hardware locks, see CADWorx
Hardware Lock Identification in the CADWorx Installation Guide.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Preface

What's New in Plant

Version 2015 (15.0)
This user's guide has the following changes for this release.

Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2015

Software Enhancements

You can now turn updates on or off for Layer/color in the Apply Change Data Rule. For
more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 54).

You can now create threaded needle valves with male threaded by female threaded ends.

You can now route mitered elbows using the Miter Elbow Buttweld elbow type or from the
component List. Component List is explained in Auto Route (on page 221). For more
information, see Auto Route (on page 221) and Continue Routing (on page 223).

You can now insert a cross and a tee with reducers. The software bases the size of the
component on the connected branch of the other component. For more information, see
New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.

You can now create skewed piping. You must set a maximum angle for the skew with the
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle rule if you do not want the default 15 degree value. For
more information, see Auto Route (on page 221), Route skewed pipe (on page 224), and
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle (on page 55).

You can now use the ISOGEN Configuration Panel in I-Configure.

When setting up a user defined material list in the ISOGEN Configuration panel you can now
use the attribute name -80 to display the short description column with text wrapping when
running ISOGEN Out
. For more information, see Setup short description column for
material list with text wrapping (on page 121).

You can now generate isometric drawings for curved piping by setting the Threshold in
ISOGEN Configuration to greater than 0. Generate these drawings by creating an adjustable
bend, setting the ISOGEN Data dialog box SKEY to PB** (** designates a valid ISOGEN
end type), and then running ISOGEN Out
or ISOGEN Batch . For more information,
see ISOGEN Out (on page 118), ISOGEN Batch (on page 123), Adjustable Bend (on page
384), and Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 122).

You can now turn visibility of TAPs on or off in the system layer with the SYSVIS command.
For more information, see System Visibility (on page 210).

The software now allows descriptions of end types for swages. For more information on the
new end types included, see PipeDescriptionCat (on page 41).

You have more options when you use the CHANGESIZE command to change the size of a
tee. For more information, see Change Size (on page 61), Change tee sizes automatically
(on page 65), and Change tee sizes manually (on page 66).

You can now type a value in Default Value of the Custom Data tab in the CADWorx Spec
View palette to override the custom data from the Specification Editor. If you set up custom
data with the List option, you can select an item from the Default Value to apply it as an
override. For more information, see Spec View Palette (on page 88) and Custom Data Tab
(CADWorx Spec View Palette (on page 91).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

21

Preface

You can select from a list of items when editing custom data in the Component Custom
Data dialog box accessed in the Component Edit dialog box. You can also do the same in
the Custom Data dialog box accessed in the Global CEdit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 78) and Custom Data Dialog
Box (on page 80).

You can now insert O-Lets on the tangent of a bend or elbow.

You can now move and connect Socket and Threaded components to straight buttweld
components. The software automatically deletes all extra welds.

You can now copy the nozzle generic attachments with the applied data.

The software now includes the custom data fields in the MSSQL database.

You can now use SDBAUDIT to delete all components profiles from the database. For more
information, see Audit Steel Database (on page 342).

CADWorx now eliminates the gap that existed between the pipe supports and the pipe wall
allow for a correct ISOGEN Out.

You can now enable the Repeatability return report in the I-Configure ISOGEN
Configuration Panel. This feature was controlled by the RepeatFile option in the previous
version of I-Configure. Enabling the repeatability report defines start and split locations for
consecutive ISOGEN outputs. Set the ISOGENSetting variable to control the import of the
repeat file data. The number of sheets then adds to the ISOGEN Data dialog box. For more
information, see ISOGENSetting (on page 38), Enable the Repeatability return report (on
page 120), and ISOGEN Out (on page 118).

CADWorx now supports CAESAR II 2014. For more information, see CAESARIIVersion (on
page 36).
For information on releases before 2014, see Update History (on page 561).

Obsolete Commands
These commands are no longer available in CADWorx Plant.

22

AUTOISO

BREAKDIST

CLASSICCLASH

C2ISO

C2MULTI

C2TEXT

CONTINUITY

CONVERTCL

ELEV2PLAN

ENDBREAK

ENDFLG

ENDHIDDEN

ENDPIPE

ENDPLAIN

EXIST

GEARELEV

HEAD

INSERTMODE

INSULATION

ISOCFG

ISOOUT

LEVERELEV

LINEPIPE

MAIN

NODEPLACE

NORHTELEV

OFFSETCL

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Preface
OPERPLAN

OSYELEV

PIPEIN

PIPEOUT

PUMP

RECT

RED

ROLLEDFLG

ROLLEDPLAIN

SETANGLE

SOUTHELEV

SPEC

SPECCHG

TANK

VESSEL

VESSELOD

WESTELEV

3DFOLLOW

Online Help
To access the CADWorx Plant Help, type MANUAL on the command line, and then press
ENTER. This help file includes the Plant book, the Spec Editor book, and the CADWorx Plant
Tutorial.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

23

Preface

24

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 1

Setup
Before you begin using CADWorx Plant, you need to set options and some basic configuration
tasks.
Your project administrator needs to review and update the catalog (.cat) and project
(.prj) file in the Spec Editor before modeling begins.

In This Section
Startup Defaults ............................................................................. 25
Support Directory ........................................................................... 25
MVSetup ........................................................................................ 25

Startup Defaults
When starting CADWorx Plant for the first time, you are prompted for the system of
measurement to use in the drawing. This dialog box only displays the first time you start
CADWorx. After that, the configuration file name and location is stored in the registry. The
following options are available:

Imperial Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes - Restores the [Product

Folder]\Plant\System\Imperial.cfg file.

Metric Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes - Restores the [Product

Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file.

Metric Measurements - Metric Pipe Sizes - Restores the [Product

Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file.

Support Directory
Drawings in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder should not be opened with CADWorx
Plant. If a drawing is started in this folder, an error displays indicating that the software should
not be run from this location. This stops CADWorx from initializing or preparing the support
drawings. Directly open AutoCAD to modify these drawings.
To create a base profile, see Creating a Base Profile (on page 558).

MVSetup
Plant menu: Utility > MVSetup
Plant uses the MVSETUP.LSP file supplied by AutoCAD. The software also supplies a simplified
version of the MVSETUP.DFS file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder. If this file is
deleted, the software recreates it.
The MVSETUP.DFS file can be modified to include additional title blocks. Plant uses these title
blocks with the Setup (on page 28) function. The MVSetup routine has options that allow you to
add and delete title blocks. Plant supplies its own title blocks for your convenience. Plant title
blocks have attributes attached for ease of labeling.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

25

Setup

26

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 2

Setup Size/Spec Panel

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec
Command Name

Command Line

Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current

drawings. For more information, see Setup (on page 28).

SETUP

Main Size - Specifies the specification, and the main and

reduction sizes. For more information, see Set Specification
and Size (on page 46).

SETSIZE, SETSPEC

Optional Items - Places a component when the component

type in the specification has an optional component. For more
information, see Optional Items (on page 59).

SPECOPTION

Size - Sets the main and reduction size by selecting a

component. For more information, see Size (on page 60).

COMP2SIZE

Spec - Sets the current specification by selecting a

component. For more information, see Spec (on page 60).

COMP2SPEC

Size-Spec - Sets the main size, reduction size, and

specification by selecting a component. For more information,
see Size-Spec (on page 61).

COMP2SIZESPEC

Editor - Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new SPECEDIT

specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page
89).
Change Size - Modifies the size of the components selected.
For more information, see Change Size (on page 61).

CHANGESIZE

Change Specification - Modifies the specification of the

components selected. For more information, see Change
Specification (on page 68).

CHANGESPEC

Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT

For more information, see Local Edit (on page 70).
Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components.
For more information, see Global Edit (on page 79).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

GCEDIT

27

Setup Size/Spec Panel

3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID
For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 81) and 3D
Solids (on page 82).
Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to
isometric mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on
page 81) and Convert Isometric (on page 82).

CONVERTISO

2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D

double line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(on page 81) and 2D Double Line (on page 82).

CONVERTDOUBLE

2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single

line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page
81) and 2D Single Line (on page 82).

CONVERTSINGLE

Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for hubbased components. For more information, see Socket Weld
(on page 84).

Threaded - Sets the threaded fitting mode for hub-based

components. For more information, see Threaded (on page
84).

Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more

information, see Settings (on page 85).

CURRENT

Xref Edit - Views sizes or information within the component

XREF. For more information, see Xref Edit (on page 85).

XCEDIT

Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on or off. SPECCHGTOGGLE

Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup
Setting toolbar: Setup
Plant menu: Setup
Command line: SETUP
Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawing. This command displays the CADWorx
Plant Setup dialog box.

28

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box
Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawing.

Current Drawing - Displays the current default values for Specification / Size. Sets the
Colors, Drawing Mode, Fitting Mode, and Routing Mode.

Specification / Size - Displays the current settings for the specification and size:

Main Size - Displays the main size set for the drawing.

Reduction Size - Displays the reduction size set for the drawing.

Specification - Displays the specification set for the drawing.

Colors - Sets the default colors in the drawing:

Compass - Sets the compass color. The compass can also be turned off here.

Dimension - Sets the dimensions color. The dimensions can also be turned off here.

Highlight - Sets the highlight color.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

29

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Drawing Mode - Sets the default drawing mode:

3D Solids - Draws components in 3D mode.

2D Double Line - Draws components in 2D with double lines mode.

2D Single Line - Draws components in 2D with a single line mode.

3D Enhanced - Draws components in 3D enhanced mode. Bolts, gaskets, and welds

display in their real world appearance in this mode.

You can convert the drawing to another mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(on page 81).

Fitting Mode - Specifies the fitting mode for hub-based components. Select one of the
following:
Socket - Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the socket welded
section of the specification.
Threaded - Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the threaded section
of the specification.

Routing Mode - Specifies the mode for routing pipe in the drawing.

Center - Specifies the component is routed using the center line to draw the
component.

BOP - Specifies the component is routed using the bottom of pipe to draw the
component.

TOP - Specifies the component is routed using the top of pipe to draw the component.

Left - Specifies the component is routed using the left of the pipe to draw the
component.

Right - Specifies the component is routed using the right of the pipe to draw the
component.

Configuration Settings - Sets the values for the configuration. For more information, see
Startup Variables (on page 31).
Specification / Size - Sets the specification and sizes of the drawing. Specification must be set
before sizes can be set. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 46).
Configuration Layers - Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors
of the layers. Default layers are provided. You can add and delete layers. For more information,
see Configuration Layers (on page 47).
Piping Rules - Sets the piping rules in the drawing. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 49).
Convert Legacy Drawing - Enables you to convert a legacy drawing to 2013 components. For
more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing (on page 55).
Save As - Saves the current configuration.
Load - Loads a saved configuration.
Apply and Close - Accepts the settings and closes the dialog box. Settings are immediately
applied to the current drawing.
Cancel - Cancels the operation.
Help - Displays the CADWorx Plant Users Guide help file.

30

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Configuration Settings
Specifies values for the selected configuration setting.

The default drawing template, Imperial.dwt (Metric.dwt for metric) is also stored in the
registry. Each time the software is started, the default template is used.

The drawing parameters are setup during installation for imperial or metric in the setup
profile. If you want to change the configuration setting to the drawing parameters, use the
SystemMeasure (on page 45) variable to change the drawing settings.

Configuration Settings - Displays variables to change. Change variable values in the text box
list. For more information, see Startup Variables (on page 31).
If the configuration settings permission is set to read-only, only the Cancel button is
available.

Startup Variables
Provides default drawing and component values. You can modify the variables in the
configuration setting as needed. For more information, see Configuration Settings (on page 31).
The most recent configuration settings are stored in the registry and are used the next time you
start Plant.

Topics
Drawing Prototype ......................................................................... 32
AlphaSizeControl ........................................................................... 32
AuditDataOnStartup....................................................................... 33
AutoDimensionBox ........................................................................ 33
BomBoltControl.............................................................................. 34
BomScheduleDirection .................................................................. 34
BomScheduleSpacing ................................................................... 34
BomTagGridFactor ........................................................................ 34
BomTagOptimize ........................................................................... 35
BomTagRadiusFactor .................................................................... 35
BomTagSpacingFactor .................................................................. 35
BoltRoundControl .......................................................................... 35
CADWorxMaterial .......................................................................... 35
CAESARIIMaterial ......................................................................... 36
CAESARIIMemory ......................................................................... 36
CAESARIITolerance ...................................................................... 36
CAESARIIVersion .......................................................................... 36
DataBaseCodesISOGEN .............................................................. 36
DimensionsExcludedSlope ............................................................ 37
DimensionsExistingISOGEN ......................................................... 37
ElbowCenterLine ........................................................................... 37
FittingWidth .................................................................................... 37
HVACLibraryDirectory ................................................................... 37
ISOGENDefaultStyle ..................................................................... 38
ISOGENSetting.............................................................................. 38
ISOGENContinuationGraphicsCount ............................................ 38
LanguageFile ................................................................................. 38
LayerByLineNumber ...................................................................... 39

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

31

Setup Size/Spec Panel

LineNumberSystem ....................................................................... 41
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile ........................................................ 41
PipeDescriptionCat ........................................................................ 41
PipeSupportSetting ........................................................................ 42
SaveLastProfileUsed ..................................................................... 42
SingleLineWidth ............................................................................. 42
SpecificationDirectory .................................................................... 42
SpecificationDefaultProject ............................................................ 43
SpecSizeOverride .......................................................................... 43
SteelCopeBoltDistance .................................................................. 43
SteelCopeWeldDistance ................................................................ 43
SteelLibraryDirectory ..................................................................... 43
SteelNeutralAxis ............................................................................ 43
SteelPartNumberFile ..................................................................... 44
SteelRoundControl ........................................................................ 44
SteelRoundUnit.............................................................................. 44
SteelToolTipSetting ....................................................................... 44
SyncOnStartUp .............................................................................. 44
SystemMeasure ............................................................................. 45
TemplateDatabaseFile................................................................... 45
ToolTipSetting ................................................................................ 45
TopWorksSetting ........................................................................... 45
UseObjectsFromXrefs ................................................................... 46
WeldDotSize .................................................................................. 46
WeldGapToDB............................................................................... 46

Drawing Prototype
Default value: English/Inch
Allowed values: English/Inch, Metric/Inch, and Metric/Metric
Enables you to select a drawing environment type:
English/Inch - Uses the Imperial dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
Metric/Inch - Uses the Metric dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
Metric/Metric - Uses the Metric dimensions with Metric pipe sizes.

AlphaSizeControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10
Controls the number of decimal places used in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to zero places
no decimals in Alpha Size. Setting the variable to a value from 1 to 9 places 1 to 9 decimal
places in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to 10 suppresses trailing zeros in Alpha Size.
Example with a value of 0:
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4 1/2" or 6" would be 6"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60
Example with a value of 3:
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.500" or 6" would be 6.000"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50.000 or 60.3 would be 60.300
Example with a value of 10:
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.5" or 6" would be 6"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60.3
If you want decimals to display in Alpha Size in Imperial or Metric, the recommended
setting is 10.

32

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

AuditDataOnStartup
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1
Controls when CADWorx checks components for removed XDATA when opening a drawing.

0 - Checking for removed XDATA is turned off.

1 - Checking for removed XDATA is turned on.

See Also

Show Removed XDATA (on page 33)

Restore XDATA (on page 33)

Show Removed XDATA

Command line: CWSHOWNOXD
Highlights components where XDATA has been removed.
1. Type CWSHOWNOXD on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the component that you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option in step 2.
The components with XDATA removed highlight in the drawing.
Restore XDATA
Command line: CWADDXD
Restores removed XDATA from a selected specification to a CADWorx component.
1. Type CWADDXD on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the component that you want to change, and then press ENTER.
3. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the component that you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option in step 2.
The XDATA is added to the component(s).
To restore the xdata of a component, you must use the original specification from
that component.

AutoDimensionBox
Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Yes
Controls boxes around rolling offset automatic dimensions when using Automatic
to Yes, a box is drawn for the rolling offset.
For more information, see Automatic (on page 230).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

. When set

33

Setup Size/Spec Panel

BomBoltControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies bolt placement in the Plant ISOGEN bill of material schedules.

0 - Places the quantity for a set in the pre-CADWorx 2002 format, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = (8) Studs with nuts
1 - Places the quantity for total bolts, and strips the set number from the long description,
such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = Studs with nuts
2 - Places the quantity for a set, the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the
bolt diameter to the long description, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = (8) 3/4" Studs with nuts.
3 - Places the quantity for total bolts, strips the set number from the long description, places
the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the bolt diameter to the long
description, such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = 3/4" Studs with nuts

When this option is set to 1 or 3, the long description of the bolt must contain the number
of bolts in the set enclosed by parenthesis. The software uses the value in parenthesis as the
new quantity. The number is then automatically removed from the long description when
displayed in the material list.

BomScheduleDirection
Default value: Down
Allowed values: Down or Up
Specifies the direction of the bill of materials schedule.
Up - Places the bill of materials schedule in the upward direction, with the column headings
at the bottom.
Down - Places the bill of materials schedule in the downward direction, with the column
headings at the top.

BomScheduleSpacing
Default value: 0.25
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls the spacing on the bill of material schedule.

BomTagGridFactor
Default value: 1.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls the bill of material tag grid density on the drawing.
When BomTagOptimize (on page 35) is set to 2, set this variable to 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, or 3.0.

34

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

BomTagOptimize
Default value: 2
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Specifies the tagging algorithm used for the bill of material.

0 - The tagging algorithm is off.

1 - The algorithm is on, but does not stack any tags.

2 - The algorithm is on. Flange, bolt, and gasket tags are stacked.

BomTagRadiusFactor
Default value: 1.25
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls the radius of tag bubbles. Bubbles are sized using this factor multiplied by the
AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE.

BomTagSpacingFactor
Default value: 1.25
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls how far bill of materials bubbles are spaced from the model or components within the
drawing.

BoltRoundControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the rounding for bolt length calculations.

0 - No rounding is performed.

1 - Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.

2 - Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.

3 - Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.

CADWorxMaterial
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Controls CADWorx material generation when using System In
System In (on page 206).

. For more information, see

No - The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the material types in

CAESAR II. The CADWorx component name is combined with the CAESAR II material type.

Yes - The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the specifications.

Material types from CAESAR II are ignored.
The component name is defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Prgm.tbl file.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

35

Setup Size/Spec Panel

CAESARIIMaterial
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Controls CAESAR II material generation when using System Out
System Out (on page 198).

. For more information, see

0 - Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the pipe
material defined in Spec Editor
. This does not apply if the component was originally
created in CAESAR II.

1 - Provides basic material types in CAESAR II (1-17) corresponding to the component

material long description in the specification.

2 - Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the actual
component material long description in the specification.
When using CAESAR II version 3.23, only option 1 can be used.

CAESARIIMemory
Default value: 12.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the amount of computer RAM used when importing a large CAESAR II input model.
This variable is not required, but is helpful if the import is failing. The value is multiplied by
megabytes.

CAESARIITolerance
Default value: 0.001
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the tolerance for items that are not transferring correctly to CAESAR II. For example,
hangers placed on a skewed line sometimes fail and require a larger tolerance factor.

CAESARIIVersion
Default value: 2014
Allowed values: 2011, 2013, or 2014
Specifies the format of the CAESAR II (.c2) input file created by CADWorx. The value should
match the version of CAESAR II that you are using.

DataBaseCodesISOGEN
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Specifies how CADWorx ISOGEN uses the DataBaseCodes system.

No - The DataBaseCodes system is not used. CADWorx Plant creates generic item code
combinations for each run of ISOGEN, starting at 1 for each run. Components with identical
long annotation and specification file names are given the same item-code combination.

Yes - ISOGEN uses the DataBaseCodes system.

If this option is set to Yes and a valid DataBaseCodes system is not established, bill
of material generation within ISOGEN is not correct.

36

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

DimensionsExcludedSlope
Default value: 10.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the minimum percentage slope (rise/run) for automatic dimensioning of the vertical leg
of sloped pipe when using Automatic
. If the pipe slope is under the specified value, then the
vertical leg dimension and the associated hatched graphics for the rise are not placed. The
horizontal dimension is still placed.
For more information, see Automatic (on page 230).

DimensionsExistingISOGEN
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Controls ISOGEN isometric representation of existing components.

0 - Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are dimensioned.

1 - Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are not dimensioned.

2 - Existing components are exported with solid lines and are dimensioned.

Individual ISOGEN dimension settings override this setting. For more information, see
ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73).

ElbowCenterLine
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 (off) or 1 (on)
Controls square elbow centerlines on elbow-type components. When set to 1, an additional
square centerline is drawn without drawing square elbow graphics. These lines appear in 2D
double line and Isometric modes only.
You can also control this variable by setting the Elbow Centerline in CADWorx Plant
menu: Utilities > Drawing Control > Elbow Centerline.

FittingWidth
Default value: 1.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the appearance of all flanged, socket welded, and threaded fittings. When set to 1.0,
the software draws fitting hubs or flange ODs at 100% of the width specified in their data file.
This variable is useful at a value of 0.7 when drawing socket weld and threaded type hub fittings
where the hubs overlap.

HVACLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\HVAC
Allowed values: Valid directory name
Defines the location of the data files folder used for HVAC components.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

37

Setup Size/Spec Panel

ISOGENDefaultStyle
Default value: <none>
Allowed values: Full path to an Isogen.fls file
Specifies the ISOGEN style used by ISOGEN Out

and ISOGEN Batch

For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 118) and ISOGEN Batch (on page 123).
When this variable is defined, ISOGEN Out
Style dialog box.

does not display the Select ISOGEN

ISOGENSetting
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Controls import of ISOGEN repeat file data when running ISOGEN Out (on page 118) or
ISOGEN Batch (on page 123).
ISOGEN Repeat File has to be configured in the ISOGEN Project for the repeat file
import to be active.

0 - Turns off all settings.

1 - Imports Mark/Sheet data from the repeat file.

2 - Imports Spool data from the repeat file.

3 - Imports Mark/Sheet/Spool data from the repeat file.

ISOGENContinuationGraphicsCount
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Displays continuation graphics based on the following selections:

0 - Display no continuation graphics when running ISOGEN.

1 - Display one continuation graphic when running ISOGEN.

2 - Display two continuation graphics when running ISOGEN.

3 - Displays three continuation graphics when running ISOGEN.

LanguageFile
Default value: English.dic
Allowed values: A valid and properly formatted language file
Specifies the language of all Plant dialog boxes and prompts. The specified file must be present
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder for proper operation of Plant.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a language-specific
specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your specification, set the
LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out (on page 198) and
System In (on page 206) do not function correctly.

38

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

LayerByLineNumber
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4
Specifies the layers for component placement.

0
a. Solid:
i.

The layer name of the solid is based on PRJ layer entry.

ii.

"_" is placed in front of the layer name: For example: 150 spec is on layer _150.

iii. The color of the solid is set according to the table below:
Component level
color PRJ

Spec level color

PRJ

Spec layer color in

model DWG file

Entity Color Set to By

Layer

Same Color

Same Color

Same Color

Entity Color Set to

component level PRJ

Same Color

Same Color

Different Color

Entity Color Set to By

Layer

Same Color

Different Color

Same Color

Entity Color Set to

component level PRJ

Same Color

Different Color

Different Color

b. Center line
i.

The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.

ii.

The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.

iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes to Setup > Layers > Centerline Settings changes the existing
centerlines in the DWG file.

1
a. Solid
i.

The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.

ii.

The color of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.

iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid and center line is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer
of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as Solid.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

39

Setup Size/Spec Panel

2
a. Solid:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.

The layer name of the solid is based on the Line Number name.
The color of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
The line type of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
solid in the DWG file.
b. Centerline:
i. The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.
ii. The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.
iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
centerline in the DWG File.

3
a. Solid
i.
ii.

40

The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.
The color of the solid and center line has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in the table above.
iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid and center line is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer
of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as the Solid.
4
a. Solid:
i. The layer name for solid is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in table above.
iii. The line type of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
solid in the DWG file.
b. Centerline:
i. The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.
ii. The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.
iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
centerline in the DWG file.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

LineNumberSystem
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 (off), 1 (on), or 2 (static)
Specifies the line number system.

0 - Line numbers are manually entered.

1 - Size, spec, and count number are used for the line number

2 - Count number is used for the line number.

LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\[user-defined folder]
Allowed values: Valid file path (*.lvi)
Provides the location of the Isolation Settings File.
Sets the filter settings default file. When using the Line View Isolation Properties Manager,
the Isolation Setting File uses the file associated with the LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
variable and opens it as the default file. For more information on the Line View Isolation
Properties Manager, see Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 93).

PipeDescriptionCat
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 through 6
Specifies the addition of end types to the long description, DataBaseCodes, and end prep for:
For end prep to show, you must have the end prep schema set in the description formats.
For more information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes, and Long, Short, Tag, and Part
Number Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.

Small-bore threaded or socket-welded pipe when using Thrd/SW Pipe

information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (on page 496).

Nipple components when using Nipple

Small-bore pipe that is broken by an inserted component when using Router

information, see Router (on page 225).

Swage components when using the Swage reducer from CADWorx Spec View palette.

. For more

. For more information, see Nipple (on page 497).

. For more

The following end descriptions are provided:

BBE - Bevel Both Ends

BOE-TOE - Bevel One End - Threaded One End
BOE-POE - Bevel One End - Plain One End
PBE - Plain Both Ends
POE-TOE - Plain One End, Threaded One End
TBE - Threaded Both Ends
BLE-TSE - Bevel Large End - Threaded Small End
BLE-PSE - Bevel Large End - Plain Small End
TLE-BSE - Threaded Large End - Bevel Small End
TLE-PSE - Threaded Large End - Plain Small End

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

41

Setup Size/Spec Panel

0 - End types are not added to any components.
1 - End types are added to long descriptions, DataBaseCodes, and part number for pipes,
nipples, and swages.
2 - End types are added to long descriptions for pipes, nipples, and swages.
3 - End types are added to long descriptions and DataBaseCodes for pipe only.
4 - End types are added to long descriptions for pipe only.
5 - End types are added to long descriptions and DataBaseCodes for nipples and swages.
6 - End types are added to long descriptions for nipples and swages.
This setting works in conjunction with Apply Pipe End Prep Rule. Both must be set to
display, (Automatic for Apply Pipe End Prep Rule and 1 through 6 for PipeDescriptionCat) or
the PipeDescriptionCat does not display on the Long annotation of the Component Edit
dialog box. For more information, see Apply Pipe End Prep Rule (on page 52).

PipeSupportSetting
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Specifies the layer for pipe support component placement.

0 - The pipe support is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer settings.

1 - The pipe support is placed on the same layer as the connecting pipe or elbow
component.

2 - The pipe support is placed on a new layer. The layer name is derived by appending the
component layer name and the pipe support layer name. For example, if the pipe solid is on
layer _150, and the pipe support layer name is SUPT, then the pipe support is on new layer
_150SUPT.

SaveLastProfileUsed
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Specifies whether CADWorx saves the last profile used on exit.
When a drawing file is double-clicked in Windows Explorer, or if AutoCAD is started using an
icon without specifying any profile, AutoCAD always loads the last profile used.
No - Prevents CADWorx from saving the last profile used.
Yes - Allows CADWorx to save the last profile used.

SingleLineWidth
Default value: 0.02
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the default width for a single line pipe.

SpecificationDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec
Allowed values: Valid folder
Provides the location of the specifications folder.
This folder can be set as read-only.

42

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

SpecificationDefaultProject
Default value: Valid PRJ file
Allowed values: Valid PRJ file
Specifies the spec default project file.
Project files store specification information for all components in CADWorx. Setting a project file
here enables it to be the default project used for all modeling. This file can be opened using the
Specification Editor. When modeling, the information is accessed using this file to create the
components. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 89).

SpecSizeOverride
Default value: Yes
Allowed values: No or Yes
Controls the ability to override component specification and size. If override is turned off, you are
not able to draw out of spec or out of size.
Yes - Overrides the specification and size limits.
No - Limits drawing to values within specification and size limits.

SteelCopeBoltDistance
Default value: 0.5 (Imperial) 15 (Metric)
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the distance used when two steel beams are coped using the bolted method of Cope
. For more information, see Steel - Cope (on page 318).

SteelCopeWeldDistance
Default value: 0.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the distance used when two steel beams are coped using the welded method of Cope
. For more information, see Steel - Cope (on page 318).

SteelLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_I ([Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_M for metric)
Allowed values: Valid folder name
Locates the data file used for drawing Steel. The data files can be located anywhere on the
computer, local network, or wide area network.
This folder can be set as read-only.

SteelNeutralAxis
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the location of centerlines for steel channels and angles.

0 - The centerline is drawn at the X--column value specified in the channel or angle data
files.
1 - The centerline is drawn at the midpoint of the flange.
2 - The centerline is drawn on the inside of the flange. Use this value if channels and angles
are coped with other members.
3 - The centerline is drawn on the outside of the flange. Use this value if channels and
angles are mitered with other members.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

43

Setup Size/Spec Panel

SteelPartNumberFile
Default value: SamplePartNumbers.dat
Allowed values: Valid and properly formatted part number file
Specifies the file containing part numbers that can be automatically entered for a steel member
component. When a steel member is drawn, the software searches the data file for a matching
member type and member name. If found, the software then retrieves the part number and
saves it with the member component.

SteelRoundControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the rounding of values read from the steel data files.

0 - No rounding is performed.

1 - Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit (on
page 44).

2 - Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit
(on page 44).

3 - Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in
SteelRoundUnit (on page 44).

SteelRoundUnit
Default value: 0.125
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the rounding multiple of values read from the steel data files. This variable is used with
SteelRoundControl (on page 44).

SteelToolTipSetting
Default value: 4235
Allowed values: Positive integer
Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a steel component. Click
the ellipsis in the value box next to SteelToolTipSetting to open the Tool Tip Data Selection
dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then
displayed for those settings.

SyncOnStartUp
Default value: Turn Off Synchronize
Allowed values: Synchronize With Prompt, Synchronize Without Prompt, Synchronize With
Changes Review
Controls the synchronize option on opening a drawing with an external database:
Turn Off Synchronize - Turns off the synchronize option when a drawing is loaded into
AutoCAD.
Synchronize With Prompt - Asks if the software should synchronize the drawing with the
external database.

44

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Synchronize Without Prompt - Synchronizes the drawing with the external database without
prompting.
Synchronize With Changes Review - Enables you to review the changes made to the
database and accept or reject the changes as needed.
When you click Synchronize
, values Turn Off Synchronize and Synchronize With
Prompt provide a prompt. Synchronize Without Prompt synchronizes without any prompts.
Synchronize With Changes Review displays the Synchronize Component dialog box where
you can decide which information you want to update to your drawing from the database.

SystemMeasure
Default value: English/Inch
Allowed values: English/Inch, Metric/Inch, and Metric/Metric
Specifies the unit system:
English/Inch - Uses the imperial system with nominal inch input.
Metric/Inch - Uses the metric system with nominal inch input.
Metric/Metric - Uses the metric system with metric input.

TemplateDatabaseFile
Default value: Pipe.mdb
Allowed values: Valid Microsoft Access database file name
Specifies the database file that is used with a bill of material.

ToolTipSetting
Default value: 8405
Allowed values: Positive integer
Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a component. Click the
ellipsis next to ToolTipSetting in Configuration Settings to open the Tool Tip Data Selection
dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then
displayed for those settings.

TopWorksSetting
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 through 4
Specifies the layers for top works component placement.

0 - Top works are not added to the valve even if a top works file is set in the specification
file.
1 - Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is combined with the valve solid to
create one solid.
2 - Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid and
center line. The top works solid is placed on the same layer as the valve solid.
3 - Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid and
center line. The top works solid is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer settings.
4 - Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid and
center line. The top works solid id placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer settings.
The layer name is derived by appending the valve layer name and the top works layer name.
For example, when the valve is on layer _150, and the top works layer name is TOP, the top
works solid is on layer _150TOP.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

45

Setup Size/Spec Panel

UseObjectsFromXrefs
Default value: Yes
Allowed values: No or Yes
Allows objects from Xrefs (external references) to be used during the selection process.
No - Objects from Xrefs are not used.
Yes - Objects from Xrefs are used for the current command.

WeldDotSize
Default value: 1.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the default weld dot size on single-line, butt-welded piping components.

WeldGapToDB
Default value: Yes
Allowed values: No or Yes
Sets automatic weld gaps to database on or off.
Yes - Weld gaps are shown in the Bill of Material schedule.
No - Weld gaps are not shown in the Bill of Material schedule.

Set Specification and Size

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup

> Specification / Size

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Main Size

Setting toolbar: Main Size
Setting toolbar: Specification
Command line: SETSIZE, SETSPEC
Displays the Set Specification and Size dialog box in which you specify a drawing specification
file, a main size, and a reduction size.
Browse - Enables you to open the project specification needed for your drawing.
Reload File - Reloads the project (.prj) selected for any changes made in the Specification
Editor. Alternatively, type RELOADPROJECTFILE on the command line, and press ENTER.
M - Sets the selected row as the main size.
R - Sets the selected row as the reduction size.
OK - Accepts the selected main and reduction sizes, and closes the dialog box.
Cancel - Cancels the operation.

46

CADWorx Plant specifications are delivered to the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder. The
projects and catalogs are broken down into folders by their units of measure. CADWorx
P&ID also provides specifications delivered to the [Product Folder]\P&ID\Spec folder. If Plant
and P&ID are used together, you should select specifications from a single folder. For more
information, see SpecificationDirectory (on page 42).

The list of available sizes is controlled by [Product Folder]\Plant\System\SetSize.Tbl

(English/inches), SetSizeA.tbl (Metric/inches), and SetSizeM.tbl (Metric/mm).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Set Specification & Size Dialog Box

1. Click Setup
> Specification / Size. Alternatively, click Main Size
or SETSIZE, and press ENTER.

or type SETSPEC

The Set Specification & Size dialog box displays.

2. Click Browse.
The Open window displays.
3. Navigate to the proper specification, and click Open.
The Specification list populates.
4. Select a specification from the list. This must be done before sizes can be selected.
The Main / Reduction size populates.
5. Select a main size and a reduction size from the list. They can be selected in any order.
6. Click OK.
The specification and main and reduction sizes are set.

Configuration Layers
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default
layers are provided. You can add and delete layers.

The default layers are mandatory for use with Plant and cannot be deleted. See the tables
below.

Layer changes made in this dialog box affect the current drawing session similar to the
AutoCAD LAYER command.

The commands in this dialog box are inactive if the configuration settings permission is set
to read-only.

Layer Name - Specifies the layer name. The layer name can be anything that is allowed by
AutoCAD. Wild card characters and spaces are not allowed. Click Update to change the name.
New - Adds a new layer with a default name. New layers are created when the drawing is
initialized with Plant. Access this option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Delete - Removes the selected layer from the list. You cannot delete default layers. Access this
option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Linetype - Specifies the line type for the selected layer. Select a value in the Select Linetype
dialog box.
Line types are defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support\Cfm.lin and [AutoCAD
Product Folder]\UserDataCache\Support\acad.lin files.
Color - Displays the Select Color dialog box for selecting the color of the layer.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

47

Setup Size/Spec Panel

CADWorx Plant, Plant, PV Fabricator Layers
Layer#

Default Name

Layer is used for

Layer1

System

Non-graphical components

Layer2

Border

Border drawing

Layer3

BOM

BOM graphics

Layer4

Cl

Centerline of piping components

Layer5

Dim1

Dimensions

Layer6

Dim2

Dimensions

Layer7

Equip

Plant components

Layer8

Exist

Existing components

Layer9

Graph

Graphics annotations (Arrows, Section, Plan, Detail Labels)

Layer10

Steel

Steel components

Layer11

Text

Text annotations

Layer12

Viewl

Viewports

Layer13

Cl_Steel

Centerline of steel components

Layer14

HVAC

HVAC components

Layer15

Cl_HVAC

Centerline of HVAC components

Layer16

TopWorks

Valve TopWorks solid

Layer17

Clash

Clash entity

Layer18

Supports

Pipe Support

Layer19

CADWorx1

Future use

Layer20

CADWorx2

Future use

Layer21 to (User Defined)

Layer100

(User Defined)

CADWorx P&ID Layers

48

Layer#

Default Name

Layer is used for

Layer1

System

Non-graphical components

Layer2

Border

Border drawing

Layer3

Major-1

Major Process Lines 1

Layer4

Major-2

Major Process Lines 2

Layer5

Minor-1

Minor Process Lines 1

Layer6

Minor-2

Minor Process Lines 2

Layer7

Inst-1

Instrument Lines 1

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Layer#

Default Name

Layer is used for

Layer8

Inst-2

Instrument Lines 2

Layer9

Elec1

Electrical Lines 1

Layer10

Elec-2

Electrical Lines 2

Layer11

Equip

Plant

Layer12

Text

Text

Layer13

Graph

Graphics

Layer14

Exist

Existing

Layer15 to (User Defined)

Layer100

(User Defined)

If the Cl and Cl_Steel layers are frozen or turned off, some CADWorx commands might
not function because data is stored on the centerline that is on these layers.

Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules for the drawing. These rules govern how the drawing is affected for each
piece of pipe or component drawn. The options you select affect the responses you receive from
the system.

Topics
Apply Size Rule ............................................................................. 49
Apply Specification Rule ................................................................ 50
Apply End Type Rule ..................................................................... 50
Apply Pipe Length Rule ................................................................. 50
Apply Weld Insertion Rule ............................................................. 50
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule .......................................................... 51
Apply Bolt Insertion Rule ............................................................... 51
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule ........................................................... 51
Apply Pipe Healing Rule ................................................................ 51
Apply Branch Table Rule ............................................................... 51
Apply Flange Insertion Rule .......................................................... 51
Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule ................................................... 52
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule ............................................................. 52
Apply Auto Coupling Rule .............................................................. 52
Apply Line Number Rule ................................................................ 53
Apply Change Data Rule ............................................................... 54
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule ............................................... 55
Center Line .................................................................................... 55
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle ................................................. 55

Apply Size Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the size of components when components are inserted.
No - Does not check the size of components when components are inserted.
Automatic - Checks the size of components when components are inserted.
Show Options - Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component
being connected to.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

49

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Apply Specification Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the specification of components when components are inserted.
No - Does not check the specification of components when components are inserted.
Automatic - Checks the specification of components when components are inserted.
Show Options - Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component
being connected to.

Apply End Type Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the connection end type between two components based on the
Matching End Types Table.
No - Does not check the connection of components when components are inserted.
Automatic - Checks the connection of components when components are inserted.
Show Options - Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the other
components connection.

Apply Pipe Length Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the pipe length when pipe is inserted.
No - Does not check the pipe length of components when components are inserted.
Automatic - Checks the pipe length of components when components are inserted.
Show Options - Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component
being connected to.

Apply Weld Insertion Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic - Buttweld Only, Automatic - Socket Weld Only, Automatic Buttweld and Socket Weld
Specifies auto insert of weld gap to components.
No - Does not insert weld gaps.
Automatic - Buttweld Only - Inserts weld gaps on buttweld connections only.
Automatic - Socket Weld Only - Inserts weld gaps on socket weld connections only.
Automatic - Buttweld and Socket Weld - Inserts weld gaps on buttweld and socket weld
connections.

50

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Apply Gasket Insertion Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Automatic
Inserts a gasket to a component automatically when needed.
No - Does not insert gaskets automatically to valves or flanges.
Automatic - Inserts gaskets automatically to valves or flanges.

Apply Bolt Insertion Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Automatic
Inserts bolts to flanges automatically.
No - Does not insert bolts automatically to valves or flanges.
Automatic - Inserts bolts automatically to valves or flanges.

Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Automatic
Places trimmed buttweld elbows in the drawing when using ROUTE.
No - Does not allow for trimmed buttweld elbows.
Automatic - Router allows for trimmed buttweld elbows.

Apply Pipe Healing Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Automatic
Heals buttweld pipe when in-line components are erased.
No - Does not heal buttweld pipe for in-line components when erased.
Automatic - Heals buttweld pipe for in-line components when erased.

Apply Branch Table Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Automatic
Sets the system to check the branch table when branch components are inserted.
No - Does not check the branch table.
Automatic - Checks the branch table when branch components are inserted.

Apply Flange Insertion Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic - Use Spec Setting, Automatic - Flange Socket Weld, Automatic
- Flange Threaded, Automatic - Long Weld Neck, Automatic - Flange Weld Neck, Automatic Flange Slip On, Show Options
Controls the rule of automatically inserting a flange. Sets the system for automatic type and
insertion of flanges.
No - Does not allow for automatic insertion of a flange.
Automatic - Inserts selected flange type automatically.
Show Options - Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component
being connected to.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

51

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule

Default value: Automatic - 2 Holes
Allowed values: Automatic - 1 Hole, Automatic - 2 Holes, Show Options - Specify Input Angle
Specifies the bolt hole orientation of a flange.

Apply Pipe End Prep Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the end preparation of connections in conjunction with PipeDescriptionCat. The
description displays in the Long annotation of the Component Edit dialog box.
No - Does not set the end prep of components when components are inserted.
Automatic - Sets the pipe end prep of components when components are inserted.
Show Options - Displays option prompts to set or not set the pipe end prep.

The PipeDescriptionCat must be set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule
must be set to Automatic for the pipe end preparation descriptions to appear.

If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Automatic the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.

If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
No the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.

If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Show Options you are only prompted to set the pipe end preparation when inserting single
pipe using the PIPW1 command. Selecting No does not set the pipe end preparation and
does not display a description. This is the case even with the PipeDescriptionCat set to 1
through 6. Selecting Yes displays the description unless the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0.

For more information, see PipeDescriptionCat (on page 41).

Apply Auto Coupling Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic - Pipe Breaks Only, Automatic - All Connections, Show Options
Sets the system to insert a coupling when routing components.
No - Does not add a coupling when routing components.
Automatic - Pipe Breaks Only - Adds a coupling when routing components with socket weld or
threaded piping, when the pipe breaks at the maximum length. You must set the Apply Pipe
Length Rule to Automatic or Show Options or couplings are not added.
Automatic - All Connections - Adds a coupling at all connections while routing.
Show Options - Displays option prompts, when routing, to inset a coupling. This happens when
using socket weld or threaded piping or when the pipe breaks at the maximum length. You must
set the Apply Pipe Length Rule to Automatic or Show Options or couplings are not added.

52

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Apply Line Number Rule

Default value: Always Inherit
Allowed values: Always Inherit, Show Options
Sets the system to check the line number of in-line components when a component is inserted
based on the setting in line number Setup and according to the table below.
Always Inherit - Automatically inherits the line number of in-line components when a
component is inserted.
Show Options - Displays option prompts for inheriting the line number on in-line components
when components are inserted.
Line Number System Setup Apply Line Number Rule Setting Effect
System Off

System On (Dynamic
Size/Spec)

System On (Static Size

/Spec)

Always Inherit

No Line Number Rule is applied

Show Options

No Line Number Rule is applied

Always Inherit

Inherit all header/parent line

number parameters except the
dynamic one such as Size and
Spec

Show Options

Show 3 different options:

1. Exact copy of parent line

number.

2. Dynamic parent line

number (the same parent line
number except for the size
and spec).

3. Current line number setup

as listed in the Line Number
setup.

Always Inherit

Inherit exact copy of

header/parent line number

Show Options

Show 2 options:

1. Exact copy of
header/parent line number.

2. Current line number as

shown in the Line Number
setup.

For more information about Line Number System setup, see Line Numbering System Dialog
Box (on page 146).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

53

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Apply Change Data Rule

Default value: Custom Data
Allowed values: Checked items in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box display here
Sets the system for items that do not update when using Change Size, Change Spec, or
converting from project data.

See Also
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)

Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box

Enables you to select the items that do not update when using CHANGESPEC, CHANGESIZE,
or CONVERTFROMPRJDATA.
Alpha size - Turns the alpha size update on or off. The software updates the Alpha size in the
Alpha size box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Short Description - Turns the short description update on or off. The software updates the
Short Description in the Short annotation box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Long description - Turns the long description update on or off. The software updates the Long
description in the Long annotation box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Tag - Turns the tag update on or off. The software updates the Tag in the Tag box in the
Component Edit dialog box.
Database Codes - Turns the database codes update on or off. The software updates the
Database Codes in the Code box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Custom Data - Turns the custom data update on or off. The software updates the Custom Data
in the Component Custom Data dialog box. Click Custom Data in the Component Edit dialog
box to display the Component Custom Data dialog box. You can create Custom Data in the
Specification Editor with the Custom Data options.
Line Number - Turns the line number update on or off. The software updates the Line Number
in the Line Number box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Layer/color - Turns the layer and color update on or off. When Layer/color is on, the software
updates the layer and color to the component. If Layer/color is off, the component in the model
does not change its layer or its color when you convert from the project data. Use the
LayerByLineNumber (on page 39) Configuration Setting to specify the layers for component
updates during Change Size or Change Spec.
Layer/color always updates when you use Change Size or Change Spec.
Select / deselect all - Checks or clears all check boxes in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog
box. This is useful when you want to update everything or nothing.

Change the Data Rule update

1. Select the Apply Change Data Rule ellipsis.
2. Select the items that you do not want updated. If you want to update all items, clear all
check boxes.
3. Click OK.

54

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule

Default value: 0.2500
Allowed values: spacing values
Enables you to control the overlap distance between o-lets and weld gaps.

Center Line
Default value: On
Allowed values: On, Off
Indicates whether the centerline of the components displays.

Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle

Default value: 15.0000
Allowed values: angle values 1 to 179
Enables you to control the maximum angle allowed when routing skewed piping. To route
skewed piping, see Auto Route (on page 221) and Route skewed pipe (on page 224).

Convert Legacy Drawing

Default value: Off
Allowed values: Off, Automatic, Show Options
Enables you to convert legacy drawing components to smart components.
Convert Mode - Sets the software to recognize whether the drawing is a legacy drawing and
convert it. There are three options:

Off - Indicates the software does not convert the legacy drawing when it is opened.

Automatic - Specifies that the software automatically converts the drawing to smart
components when you open the drawing.

Show Options - Indicates that the software prompts you to convert the drawing to smart
components when you open the drawing.

Use new spec data - Specifies whether CADWorx data is pulled from the project file or the
legacy components when a conversion is completed.

Yes - Indicates the software pulls data from the project file during the conversion.

No - Indicates the software pulls data from the legacy component during conversion.

Refresh all open palettes to update contents after running the

CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS command.

See Also

CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box (on page 56)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

55

Setup Size/Spec Panel

CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup
Convert Mode to Show Options

> Convert Legacy Drawing and then set

Command line: CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS

Converts the components of a legacy drawing to smart components.
Available specifications in project - Specifies if there are any available specifications in the
selected project for conversion.
Legacy specification used in model - Specifies the specifications that the software uses in the
legacy model.
Match - Matches the selected specification in Available specifications in project to the
specification listed in Legacy specification used in model.
Auto Match - Automatically matches the specification used in the legacy model without
selecting a specification from the Available specifications in project box.
Backup current drawing - Creates a backup of the legacy drawing in the folder where the
legacy drawing resides.
Use new spec data - Specifies whether CADWorx data is pulled from the project file or the
legacy components when a conversion is completed. When Use new spec data is selected,
data is pulled from the selected specification in Current Project.
Current Project - Specifies the current project from which the software converts the legacy
drawings.
Browse - Enables you to select a current project.
OK - Accepts the settings and converts the model.
Cancel - Cancels the legacy conversion.
Help - Accesses the online help file.

Convert Legacy using Automatic option

Set Convert Mode to Automatic.

The software converts the drawing into smart components when a legacy drawing is
opened.

Convert Legacy using Show Options option

1. Set Convert Mode to Show Options. For more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing
(on page 55).
The CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select a PRJ file, and click Open.
The specifications display in the Available specifications in project box.
4. Select a specification used in the model in the Legacy specification used in model box.
5. Select a specification in the Available specifications in project box, and click Match.
Clicking Auto Match automatically selects the matching specification for the drawing
based on the specification used in the legacy drawing. If you want to use a different
specification for the drawing, such as 300, you must click Match instead of Auto Match.

56

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

6. Select Backup current drawing to create a backup the drawing. This is the default option.
OR
Clear Backup current drawing so that a backup of the drawing is not created.
7. Select Use new spec data to use the spec data from the current project. This is the default
option.
OR
Clear Use new spec data to use the spec data from the legacy drawing.
8. Click OK.
The software converts the drawing into a 2013 components.

Convert Legacy using the CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS command

1. Type CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS on the command line, and press ENTER.
The CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select a .prj file, and click Open.
The specifications display in the Available specifications in project box.
4. Select a specification used in the model in the Legacy specification used in model box.
5. Select a specification in the Available specifications in project box, and click Match.
Clicking Auto Match indicates that the software automatically selects the matching
specification for the drawing based on the specification used in the legacy drawing. If you
want to use a different specification for the drawing, such as 300, you must click Match
instead of Auto Match.
6. Select Backup current drawing to create a backup the drawing. This is the default option.
OR
Clear Backup current drawing so that a backup of the drawing is not created.
7. Select Use new spec data to use the spec data from the current project. This is the default
option.
OR
Clear Use new spec data to use the spec data from the legacy drawing.
8. Click OK.
The software converts the drawing into smart components.

If you notice that a component does not convert to a smart component then the component
may not be listed in the specification that you have chosen.

The software alerts you with a message if you do not have any legacy data in the drawing.

You must convert an inch drawing to an inch specification and a metric drawing to a metric
specification.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

57

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Find Legacy Components Dialog Box

Command line: REVIEWLEGCAYCOMPONENTS
Enables you to search the drawing for legacy components and display the information based on
the Search Options.

Search Options
Tag - Finds the legacy components based on the tag. Click in the Tag box to display
components filtered by tag in the Components filtered by: Tag box. You can type data in this
box to filter for specific tags.
Code - Finds the legacy components based on the code. Click in the Code box to display
components filtered by code in the Components filtered by: Code box. You can type data in
this box to filter for specific codes.
Line number - Finds the legacy components based on the line number. Click in the Line
Number box to display components filtered by line number in the Components filtered by:
Line number box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific line numbers.
Short annotation - Finds the legacy components based on the short annotation. Click in the
Short annotation box to display components filtered by short annotation in the Components
filtered by: Short annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific short
annotations.
Long annotation - Finds the legacy components based on the long annotation. Click in the
Long annotation box to display components filtered by long annotation in the Components
filtered by: Long annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific long
annotations.
Components filtered by: <Search Options type> - Displays the findings of the Search
Options. When the software detects a legacy component the information based on the search
option selected, displays in the box. The heading of the Components filtered by box is
dynamic and changes depending on the Search Options item you have selected. The heading
also displays the number of records for each item selected. Selecting a record displays a red
arrow indication the component containing the selected information in the drawing.

OK - Closes the Find Legacy Components dialog box.

Cancel - Cancels the Find Legacy Components dialog box.
View Log File - Displays a log file of the conversions you made when using
CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS.

58

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Specification and Size

Sets the specification and size using the Set Specification and Size dialog box. For more
information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 46).

Optional Items
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Optional Items
Setting toolbar: Specification Option Toggle
Plant menu: Accessory > Specifications > Optional Items
Command line: SPECOPTION
Places a component on the drawing when the component type in the specification has an
optional component (such as when a 300 lb. orifice flange is in the 150 lb. specification).
Click the command to toggle between two methods:
1. The command line message is:
All components will be dialoged...
When a component type is selected, all components of that component type appear in the
Optional component dialog box. For more information, see Optional Component Dialog
Box (on page 59).
2. The command line message is:
Specification dialog turned off...
When a component type is selected, the default component is selected for placement on the
drawing. The Optional component dialog box does not appear unless the component size
is out of the specification range or the component is not allowed by the specification. You
can then select a component in the range. For more information, see Optional Component
Dialog Box (on page 59).

Optional Component Dialog Box

Specifies components for placement. Status, start size, end size, tag, long description, and short
description are displayed for each component.
OK - Places the selected component on the drawing.
Default - Changes the selected component to the default component.

Using SpecSizeOverride
When the SpecSizeOverride (on page 43) variable is off, sizes are restricted to the specification
range. If the selected size is not within the range, OK and Default are not available.
If SpecSizeOverride is on, the dialog box appears if the component size is not in the range. You
can then select the needed component even when it is out of range.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

59

Setup Size/Spec Panel

The following table summarizes the dialog box behavior.
Component in
specification?

Size in
specification?

Dialog box
appears?

SpecSizeOverride
variable status

Dialog box
behavior

Yes

Yes

No

Off = 0

Normal operation.

Yes

No

No

Off = 0

Error message.

Yes

No

No

On = 1

Error message, but you can

override.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Off = 0

Dialog box shows all

components including
optional components, but
does not allow override.

Yes

No

Yes

Off = 0

Dialog box shows all

components but OK is not
available for components
not in size range.

Yes

No

Yes

On = 1

Dialog box shows all

components and allows
override.

No

n/a

No

Off = 0

Error message.

You can use the Spec Editor

to change components to optional components. For
more information, see Spec Editor (on page 89).

Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size
Setting toolbar: Size
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size
Command line: COMP2SIZE
Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a component with the needed sizes.
Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You can optionally
reverse the main and reduction sizes.

Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Spec
Setting toolbar: Spec
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Spec
Command line: COMP2SPEC
Specifies the current specification by selecting a component using the needed specification.

60

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Size-Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size-Spec
Setting toolbar: Size-Spec
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size-Spec
Command line: COMP2SIZESPEC
Specifies the main size, reduction size, and specification by selecting a component with the
needed values. Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You
can optionally reverse the main and reduction sizes.

All
Setting toolbar: All
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > All
Command line: COMP2ALL
Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and line number by selecting a component
with the needed values.
This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 41) variable to 2. This is the
same as having the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System
dialog box selected. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page
146).

Editor
Creates, views, and modifies specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page
89).

Change Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Size
Command Line: CHANGESIZE
Changes the size of the selected components based on available sizes. Sizes are based on the
specification project you choose when initially setting up the drawing. This command has two
main functions Automatic or Manual.
Automatic - Automatically changes the entire component to the chosen size.
The Change Size command only changes the size of the line until it reaches a
reducer. The software provides two options to replace a reducer to match the size change. The
pipeline on the other side of the reducer maintains its size. The only way to change the size of
the pipeline on both sides of a reducer is to select the reducer itself.
Manual - Changes only the selected components to the chosen size.
When using the manual option, the software forces you to select reducers for
adjacent components that are not the same size. The manual option does not stop size changes
at any point based on another component. However, unless the line on the other side of a
reducer is selected it is not changed.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

61

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Large - Changes the large side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is
only an option when using Automatic.
Small - Changes the small side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is
only an option when using Automatic.
Both - Changes both sides of the component and anything attached to those sides. This is only
an option when using Automatic.
Change current component - Changes the component to match the size change.
add Reducing component - Displays a list of reducing components.
add Reducer at branch - Adds a reducer to a branch component. This option is available when
changing the size of a branch component.
BOP - Places the changed size piping at the bottom of pipe.
TOP - Places the changed size piping at the top of pipe.
Current - Places the changed size piping at the current location.
caNcel - Does not change the size and cancels out.
When you change size of a pipe attached to a pipe support, the pipe support also
changes size to coincide with the piping.

What do you want to do?

Change the size automatically (on page 62)

Change the size manually (on page 63)

Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically (on page 63)

Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually (on page 64)

Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically (on page 64)

Change tee sizes automatically (on page 65)

Change tee sizes manually (on page 66)

Change the size automatically

1. Click Change Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press

2. Press ENTER for automatic.

3. Select a component.
4. Select a size from the list that displays.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component, the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
5. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.

If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.

The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
The entire drawing changes its size.

62

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Change the size manually

When using the manual option, you must select similar components with like sizes, or the
process does not work.
1. Click Change Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press

2. Type M for manual.

3. Select the components whose size you want to change, and press ENTER when finished.
4. Select a size from the list that appears.
The next prompt only displays if you have selected pipe lines that do not connect to
each other but have a component in-between. If you do not receive the following prompt,
skip step 6 and continue.

5. Select the reducers as needed.

6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The specific components change size and add the reducers if needed.

Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically

1. Click Change Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press

2. Press ENTER for automatic.

3. Select a reducer.
4. Type Large, Small, or Both on the command line, and press ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list that displays. This is based on the choice you make in step 4.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
Until you press ENTER to finish the software continues to prompt you for selection of
a component.
The entire drawing changes its size.
If you change the size of a pipe on the small end of a reducer to the same size as the
pipe on the large end of the reducer, the software gives you the option to change the
component. If you do not change the component, the process fails.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

63

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually

Use this option when you want to change the size of more than one reducer and the pipe
lines to multiple sizes.
1. Click Change Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press

2. Type M for manual.

3. Select one or more reducers and press ENTER.
If you select more than one you might not be prompted for the sides of the reducer.
This depends on the location of the chosen reducers.
4. If applicable, type Large, Small, or Both on the command line, and then press ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list. This list continues to show up for as many components as you
selected.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
Until you press ENTER to finish the software continues to prompt you for selection of
a component.
The selected components change size.
If you change the size of a pipe on the small end of a reducer to the same size as the
pipe on the large end of the reducer, the software gives you the option to change the
component. If you do not change the component, the process fails.

Change the size of a model with branch connections

automatically
1. Click Change Size
. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Press ENTER for automatic.
3. Select a component.
4. Select a size from the list that displays.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component, the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
5. Select all the branches in the model.
If you do not select all the branches the software prompts you to change the
component. If you select No, the process fails. You may also be prompted if the size does
not exist.
6. Select a component, or press ENTER to finish.
7. If prompted to fix the pipe by BOP, TOP, or Current, type an option, and press ENTER.
8. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
Until you press ENTER to finish the software continues to prompt you for selection of
a component.
The selected system changes size.

64

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Change tee sizes automatically

1. Click Change Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press

2. Type A for automatic.

3. Select a line with a tee component to change, and then press ENTER.
4. Select a size from the list that appears.
5. You are now prompted to select the branch or press ENTER.

If you select the branch, the software prompts you for the size of the branch. The
prompts you receive are then determined on the size you select for the branch and the
main.

If you do not select the branch, the prompts are determined by the size you select for
the main.

Prompts vary depending on the options you choose.

For instance, large versus small pipe, selecting the branch or not selecting the branch,
using Change current component or add Reducer at branch, each choice produces
a different outcome. However, the software produces the same result of changing the
size of the tee component.

These options were designed so that you could change the tee as needed for any
scenario. For more information, see Change Size (on page 61).

6. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change size
and requires a reducer. This happens when you select a tee and you do not select the lines
next to the tee. This can also happen when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.

7. Select the reducers as required.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

65

Setup Size/Spec Panel

8. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The line with the tee changes size and a reducer is added to the branch.

If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer be inserted, but the pipe next to the tee is too short for the software to
accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and make sure
there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change Size again.

If you select a single component and change to a small size, the software takes you
immediately to Step 7.

It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components to change to if the size of the reducing tee does not
exist or if a component change is needed.

Change tee sizes manually

If you have the Apply Branch Table Rule set to Automatic some of the prompts are not
received. In this scenario, the software reads the branch table in the specification. To review the
branch table, open the project, select the specification, and then select the Branch tab on the
Edit component pane.
1. Click Change Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press

2. Type M for manual.

3. Select a line with a tee component to change, and then press ENTER.
4. Select a size from the list that appears.
If you select more than one component and a small size, the software prompts you to
select the sizes for each component. When you finish, the reducer prompt displays. If you
select more than one component and a large size, the software prompts you with Change
current component and add Reducer at branch. The prompts following your selections
depend on the other components you select.

66

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

5. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change size
and requires a reducer. This happens, when you select a tee and you do not select the lines
next to the tee. This can also happen, when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.

6. Select the reducers as required.

7. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The tee changes size.

If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer to be inserted. However, the pipe next to the tee is too short for the
software to accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and
make sure there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change
Size again.

If you select a single tee and change to a small size, the software takes you immediately to
step 6.

It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components if the size of the reducing tee does not exist or if a
component change is needed.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

67

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Change Specification
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Spec
Command Line: CHANGESPEC
Changes the specification of the selected components. The software determines the change
specification based on the size and type of the selected component. The Change Spec
command has two modes either Automatic or Manual.
Automatic - Changes all the components on the selected line to the chosen specification
automatically, depending on the following conditions.
The Automatic option only changes the specification assigned to the system until it
reaches another specification.

If there is only one matching default component in the chosen specification, the software
chooses the default component.

If there are multiple default components matching the component in the chosen
specification, the software provides a list of all the default components.

If there is only one optional component matching the component in the chosen specification
and no matching default components, the software selects the optional component.

If there are multiple matching optional components in the chosen specification and no
matching default components, the software displays a list of optional components for you to
choose. When the list displays, the component highlights in the drawing.

If there are default and optional components of the same type, you must use the Manual
option to select an optional component.

Manual - Changes only the selected components to the chosen specification. If there is only one
matching component in the chosen specification, the software selects the default. If there is only
one optional component in the chosen specification and no default component, the software
selects the optional component. If there is more than one matching component in the chosen
specification, the software provides you a list of the components. The software changes any
component you select to the component information you select from the list. When the list
displays, the component highlights in the drawing.

What do you want to do?

Change the specification automatically (on page 68)

Change the specification manually (on page 69)

Change the specification of a model with branches automatically (on page 70)

Change the specification automatically

1. Click Change Spec
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESPEC on the command line, and press

2. Press ENTER for automatic.

3. Select a pipeline.

68

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

4. Select a specification.
The software selects the default component if there is only one default component.
OR
The software selects the optional component if there is no default and only one optional.
OR
A list of components displays.
This list only displays when there are multiple components matching the component
in the chosen specification. Automatic option only displays the default components if there
are matching default components found, even if matching optional components exist. The
default component takes higher priority. The only time the software displays an optional
component (or list of components) is when there are no matching default components found
in the chosen specification. If the software selects the only available default component, skip
to step 6.
5. Select the component you need.
6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press
ENTER to finish.
The software changes the specification for the selection.

Change the specification manually

1. Click Change Spec
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESPEC on the command line, and press

2. Type M for manual.

3. Select the components whose specification you want to change, and press ENTER when
finished.
4. Select a specification.
The software selects the default component if there is only one matching default component
and no matching optional components.
When you use the Manual option, you can select a single component or more than
one component. If you select more than one component, it is possible to get both responses
in step 4. One component could only have one default, but another component could have a
multitude of matching components.
OR
A list of components displays.
This list only displays when there are multiple matching components. For instance, if
you have five of the same type of pipe but with different schedules, the software displays all
the matching pipes to choose from. If this list does not display, skip to step 6.
5. Select the component you need.
6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press
ENTER to finish.
The specification to the selected components is changed.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

69

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Change the specification of a model with branches

automatically
1. Click Change Spec
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESPEC on the command line, and press

2. Press ENTER for automatic.

3. Select a pipeline.
4. Select a specification.
The software selects the default component if there is only one default component.
OR
The software selects the optional component if there is no default and only one optional.
OR
A list of components displays.
This list only displays when there are multiple components matching the component
in the chosen specification. Automatic option only displays the default components if there
are matching default components found, even if matching optional components exist. The
default component takes higher priority. The only time the software displays an optional
component (or list of components) is when there are no matching default components found
in the chosen specification. If the software selects the only available default component, skip
to step 6.
5. Select the component you need.
6. Select the branches.
If you do not select the branches in step 6 the specification changes only for the tee
or cross components. It does not change for the branch piping.
7. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press
ENTER to finish.
The specification assignment for the selected system is changed. If there is a reducer in the
system, the new specification assignment only applies up to and including the reducer, not
the pipeline on the other side of the reducer.

Local Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Local Edit
Setting toolbar: Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Local Edit
Command line: CEDIT
Modifies the properties of an existing component on the drawing. This command displays the
Component Edit dialog box.

70

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Component Edit Dialog Box
Specifies properties for a component.
Alpha size - Specifies a size-only description of the component.
Short annotation - Specifies a short description of the component.
Long annotation - Specifies a long description of the component.
Line number - Specifies the line number of the component.
Tag - Specifies a tag for the component.
Code - Specifies a code for the component.
Weight - Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe component.
Sort sequence - Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Length - Specifies a length for the component.
Component type - Displays the type of the component.
Specification - Displays the specification used by the component.

If Setup
is used to create an external database, Synchronize
can be used to
change the specification in the database. For more information, see Setup Live Database
(on page 164) and Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 169).

If using a live database the Alpha Size, Short annotation, Long annotation, Line number,
Tag, Code, Weight, Sort sequence, and any Custom Data are updated when you click
Synchronize
. If you make a change in the database and the SyncOnStartUp (on page
44) is set to Synchronize With Changes Review, then the Synchronize Component
dialog box displays and enables you to review the changes to the database and reject or
accept the changes. For more information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 169).

Coordinates
World - Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components such
as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the positions of the
components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso - Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 210).
Miscellaneous
Existing - Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component
symbol is also moved to the Exist layer. In ISOGEN isometric drawings, the component is
shown as dotted and dimensioned.
Insulation or CAESAR II - Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress
analysis information or insulation attached.
BOM Item Type
Fabrication - Specifies a fabrication type of bill of material item.
Erection - Specifies an erection type of bill of material item.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

71

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Offshore - Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.
Misc - Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.

The selected item type appears on the bill of materials when the FLAG column is added
using Pipe BOM / DB > Setup . For ISOGEN, you must also sort by the FLAG column to
group by type. For more information, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 154) and BOM Sort
Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 157).

If Misc is selected when using ISOGEN, then ISOGEN treats the weld gap as a field-fit weld.
Use ISOGEN Option Switch 22 to increase the cut piece add-on allowances for field-fit
welds.

OK - Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.

Cancel - Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
ISOGEN - Specifies data for the component in an ISOGEN drawing. Opens the ISOGEN Data
dialog box.
ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73)
Custom Data - Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit
the value. This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.

For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.

Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 78).

Remove - Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to generic

AutoCAD geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if the
data is removed.
You can double-click a component to open the Component Edit dialog box.

Modify a component
1. Click Local Edit

2. In the drawing, select a component.

The Component Edit dialog box appears.
3. Modify properties as needed.
4. Click OK.

72

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

ISOGEN Data Dialog Box

Specifies ISOGEN properties for a component.

Symbol Information

Identifier - Specifies the identifier used by ISOGEN for the component. For more
information, see SKEY Information.

Overwrite - Overwrites the default value of ISOGEN Identifier used by CADWorx and uses
the value specified in Identifier.

SKEY - Specifies the SKEY used by ISOGEN for the component. For more information, see
SKEY Information.

Overwrite - Overwrites the default value of ISOGEN SKEY used by CADWorx and uses the
value specified in SKEY.

Message - Specifies the message displayed with the component on the isometric drawing.

Type - Specifies the type of graphic enclosing the message.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

73

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Message Types
Type

Graphic

None

No text or graphic

Unboxed

Text only

Square
Pointed

Round
Circle

Triangle

Diamond

Double Circle

Ellipse

Text - Specifies the message text.

Spindle / Flat / Support Direction - Specifies a valve spindle direction, an eccentric reducer flat
direction, or support direction.

Direction - Specifies the direction. Select North, South, East, West, Up, or Down.

Text - Specifies a text message with details on the direction.

ISOGEN option switch 80 (dimension to valve centers) is only available if the valve has a
spindle direction set.
Flow Arrow - Specifies how flow arrows are displayed for valves.

As drawn - Displays the flow arrow in the direction that the pipe was drawn.

Opposite - Displays the flow arrow in the opposite direction.

View - Displays a preview of the flow arrow on the drawing.

ISOGEN option switch 17 controls the display of flow arrows.

Miter Pipe Export Options - Specifies how miter pipe is exported to ISOGEN.

74

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Pipe with Welds - Exports each straight pipe run in the component as a linear pipe piece
with mitered ends and welded connections.
Pipe with Welds Example

Bend - Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend.

Bend with Length - Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend.
The length of the component is also added to the Long Annotation of the component,
allowing two bends with different lengths to have separate marks in the bill of material.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

75

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Bend with Length Example

Other

76

Spool - Specifies the spool identification. This value overrides the default spool value
created by ISOGEN. Type the required alpha or numeric character.

Sketch - Specifies a .dwg detailed sketch to display with the isometric drawing. For more
information on detailed sketches, see the Information Notes.pdf and Detailed Sketches.pdf
files in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Isogen\Isogen_Utils folder.

Dim Status - Specifies the dimensioning of individual components. Select Default,

Dimensioned, Dotted Dimensioned, or Dotted Undimensioned.

Sheet # - Specifies the sheet number of an ISOGEN drawing. Type the required alpha or
numeric character.

Mark - Specifies the mark number for a component. Type the required alpha or numeric
character.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

End Connections and Conditions - Specifies a set of conditions for up to four ends (End 1,
End 2, End 3, and End 4).

Connection Type - Specifies the type of connection on the end

Connection Types
Connection Types

Description

Default Condition

BS

Ball and Socket

Male

BW

Butt Weld

Unspecified

CL

Clamped

Male

CP

Compression

Female

FA

Flared

Male

FL

Flanged

Unspecified

GF

Gland

Female

GL

Glued

Female

LC

Liner (Clamped)

Male

LR

Liner (Reducing )

Male

LN

Liner (Nut)

Male

MP

Male Part Hygienic

Male

PF

Push Fit

Female

PL

Plain End

Male

SC

Screwed

Female

SW

Socket Weld

Female

Default

View - Displays a red arrow at the selected end on the drawing.

Male, Female, Unspecified, or None - Specifies the end condition of the selected condition
type. These options are only available when the end condition of the connection type can be
changed. For example, SC, SW, CP, GL, and PF allow either male or female end conditions.
Unspecified is used for welded and flanged end conditions.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

77

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Reference Dimensions - Specifies dimension to use as reference for the component.

On - Turns on reference dimensions.

Primary - Defines reference dimensions relative to the primary axes of the model.

Skewed - Defines reference dimension relative to the defined reference points.

Pick points - Allows you to select reference points in the drawing.

View - Displays the reference points in the drawing.

Message - Specifies text for the reference dimensions.

SKEY - Specifies the SKEY used by ISOGEN for the reference dimensions. For more
information, see SKEY Information.

Start Point - Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the start point. You can only edit Start
Point when editing user shapes.

Reference Point 1 - Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the first reference point.

Reference Point 2 - Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the second reference point.

Component Custom Data Dialog Box

Specifies the Custom Data available in the current specification for the selected component.
The custom data information comes from any user-defined field created using the Custom Data
option in the Specification Editor for that component. For more information on creating custom
data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec Editor User Guide.
Field Title - Specifies the title of the field that you entered when creating the custom data in the
Specification Editor.
Field Description - Specifies the description you entered when creating the custom data in the
Specification Editor.
Field Value - Specifies the value you entered in the custom data in the Specification Editor. You
can edit this box for the four types of data: Integer, Real, Text, and List. These types must be
set up when the custom data is created.
1. Click Local Edit

2. Select a component. Alternatively, double-click a component with custom data.

This can also be opened using Generic Attach (on page 202).
The Component Edit dialog box displays.
3. Click Custom Data.
The Component Custom Data dialog box displays.
4. Double-click in the Field Value box.
5. Change the value. If the Field Value contains a list, you can only select an item from that
list.
The field is updated on the Component Custom Data dialog box.
6. Click OK.

78

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Global Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Global Edit
Setting toolbar: Global Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Global Edit
Command line: GCEDIT
Modifies the properties of multiple components. This command displays the Global CEdit dialog
box.

Global CEdit Dialog Box

Specifies properties for multiple components.
Each property initially shows no value. Any value modified for a property is changed for all
selected components. Properties that are not modified are not changed in the selected
components.
Alpha size - Specifies a size-only description of the component.
Short annotation - Specifies a short description of the component.
Long annotation - Specifies a long description of the component.
Line number - Specifies the line number of the component.
Tag - Specifies a tag for the component.
Code - Specifies a code for the component.
Weight - Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe component.
Sort sequence - Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Coordinates
World - Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components such
as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the positions of the
components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso - Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 210).
Miscellaneous
Existing - Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component
symbol is also moved to the Exist layer. In ISOGEN isometric drawings, the component is
shown as dotted and dimensioned.
Insulation or CAESAR II - Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress
analysis information or insulation attached.
BOM Item Type
Fabrication - Specifies a fabrication type of bill of material item.
Erection - Specifies an erection type of bill of material item.
Offshore - Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

79

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Misc - Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.
OK - Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel - Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
Custom Data - Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit
the value. This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.
For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
Click the link for more information on the Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 80).
Remove - Removes CADWorx database attributes from the selected components, converting
them to generic AutoCAD geometry.

Modify multiple components

1. Click Global Edit

2. In the drawing, select two or more components.

The Global CEdit dialog box appears.
3. Define properties as needed.
4. Click OK.
The command line prompt indicates the number of updated components.

Custom Data Dialog Box

Specifies the Custom Data available in the current specification for the selected components.
The custom data information comes from any user-defined field created using the Custom Data
option in the Specification Editor for that component. For more information on creating custom
data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec Editor User Guide.
Show All Fields - Shows all fields created for custom data.
Show Common Fields - Shows only the fields that the selected components have in common.
Field Title - Specifies the title of the field that you entered when creating the custom data in the
Specification Editor.
Field Description - Specifies the description you entered when creating the custom data in the
Specification Editor.
Field Value - Specifies the value you entered in the custom data in the Specification Editor. You
can edit this box for the four types of data: Integer, Real, Text, and List. These types must be
set up when the custom data is created.
1. Click Global Edit
.
2. Select a group of components.
The Global CEdit dialog box displays.
3. Click Custom Data.
The Custom Data dialog box displays.
4. Double-click in the Field Value box.
5. Change the value. If the Field Value contains a list, you can only select an item from that
list.
The field is updated on the Custom Data dialog box.
6. Click OK.
The custom data is updated for all components that were selected in the first step.

80

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Mode Convert
Mode convert commands change a piping component from one mode to another mode. The
existing component is deleted and replaced with a component in the new mode.
Many possibilities exist, such as:
2D double line to 3D solids
3D solids to 2D double line
2D single line to 2D double line
2D double line, flat to 2D double line, north
Converting to different planes
Rebuilding an existing component in the same mode or plane
The specification layer name determines the layer to delete and replace. This layer name is
prepended with an underscore, such as _150. Objects on other layers (without an underscore in
their names) are not changed.
You can convert from one plane to another by changing planes and converting the component
mode.

Example
The following tee was drawn once, copied to three other locations, then converted to different
planes.

Topics
Convert a component to a different mode ..................................... 82
3D Solids ....................................................................................... 82
Convert Isometric........................................................................... 82
2D Double Line .............................................................................. 82
2D Single Line ............................................................................... 82
Convert Existing............................................................................. 83
Convert to 3D enhanced ................................................................ 83
Convert from project data .............................................................. 83
Convert Intersected Piping ............................................................ 84
CWexplode .................................................................................... 84

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

81

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Convert a component to a different mode

1. Select 3D Solids

, Convert Isometric

, 2D Double Line

, or 2D Single Line

2. Select the piping components to convert.

3. Press ENTER.

3D Solids
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 3D Solids
Setting toolbar: Solids
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 3D Solids
Command line: CONVERTSOLID
Converts selected components to 3D solid mode.

Convert Isometric
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Convert Isometric
Setting toolbar: Isometric
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > Isometric
Command line: CONVERTISO
Converts selected components to isometric mode.

2D Double Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Double Line
Setting toolbar: Double Line
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Double Line
Command line: CONVERTDOUBLE
Converts selected components to 2D double line mode.

2D Single Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Single Line
Setting toolbar: Single Line
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Single Line
Command line: CONVERTSINGLE
Converts selected components to 2D single line mode.

82

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Convert Existing
Command line: CONVERTEXISTING
Stops external data (xdata) from appearing in the bill of material or removes xdata from the
components. After xdata is prevented or removed, the component is moved to the EXIST layer.
You can also execute this command in Global Edit
or Local Edit
information, see Global Edit (on page 79) and Local Edit (on page 70).

. For more

If you use the CONVERTEXISTING command and you select Yes, you cannot change
the components back. To change components in the existing layer, back and forth, you must
select No when using this command.
1. Type CONVERTEXISTING on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select Yes to remove all data from the components.
OR
Select No to not remove all data.
You can also do this in the Global Edit

or Local Edit

dialog boxes.

3. To convert all objects on the drawings, select All objects.

OR
To convert a specific component, select Components only.
4. Press ENTER to finish.
The components selected are converted.

Convert to 3D enhanced
Command line: CONVERTENHANCED
Converts the selected components to 3D enhanced mode.
1. Type CONVERTENHANCED on the command line, and the press ENTER.
2. Select the components you want to convert to 3D enhanced mode, and then press ENTER.
The components convert to 3D enhanced.

Convert from project data

Command line: CONVERTFROMPRJDATA
Converts the selected components to the project data changes made to the specification in the
Spec Editor.
1. Type CONVERTFROMPRJDATA on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the objects you want to convert from previous data to the new project data, and then
press ENTER.
The project data of the selected components is updated.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

83

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Convert Intersected Piping

Command line: CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS
Converts the intersected piping components based on your selection from the offered list. This
usually happens automatically when crossing components. However, if this does not happen,
use this command to convert the intersected piping.
1. Type CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS on the command line, and the press ENTER.
2. Select the intersecting components, and then press ENTER.
A list of available components displays.
3. Select a component from the list, and then select the specific component from the expanded
list.
The component changes to connect the piping.

CWexplode
Command line: CWEXPLODE
Changes the CADWorx component to an AutoCAD 3D solid with xdata included.
1. Type CWEXPLODE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the component you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option.
The components are converted to AutoCAD 3D solids with xdata included.

Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Socket Weld
Setting toolbar: Socket Weld
Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for hub-based components. Dimensions and
engagement properties are based on the socket welded section of the specification.
You can also define the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For more
information, see Setup (on page 28).

Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Threaded
Setting toolbar: Threaded
Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based components. Dimensions and engagement
properties are based on the threaded section of the specification.
You can also define the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For more
information, see Setup (on page 28).

84

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Settings
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Settings
Setting toolbar: Current Settings
Plant menu: Utility > Settings
Command line: CURRENT
Displays the current drawing settings, such as main and reduction sizes, text and dimension
sizes, line and drawing modes, and specifications. This command displays the Current
Settings dialog box.
Most of these settings are changed using Setup
page 28).

. For more information, see Setup (on

XREF Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Xref Edit
Command line: XCEDIT
Settings toolbar: Xref Edit
Views sizes or information within the component Xref. This command works in a similar fashion
to the CADWorx CEDIT functionality. For more information, see Local Edit (on page 70). This
function uses the same dialog box as Local Edit, but it does not allow you to modify any of the
values. If a modification to a component is required from within an Xref, use the AutoCAD
REFEDIT command to open that part of the Xref. Then use the Local Edit command to make
any modifications necessary. After the required modification is completed, close the Xref with
the REFCLOSE command.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

85

Setup Size/Spec Panel

86

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 3

Palettes Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette
Command Name

Command Line

Spec View - Filters the available components based on the SPECVIEW

size and specification settings. For more information, see
Spec View Palette (on page 88).
Line View - Isolates components based on their line
number or their specification. For more information, see
Line View Palette (on page 91).

LINEVIEW

Pipe Support Modeler - Inserts pipe and elbow support

components. For more information, see Support Modeler
Palette (on page 94).

PIPESUPPORTVIEW

Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW
modify, and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information,
see Insulation View Palette (on page 100).
Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of
modeling issues. For more information, see Discontinuity
View Palette (on page 104).

DISCONTINUITYVIEW

Pipe Support Modeler Report - Generates a report of all

pipe supports found in the selection or in the entire model.
For more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page
106).

PIPESUPPORTREPORT

P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table PIDVIEW
in a project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Palette (on page 107).
Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD CLASHVIEW
3D solids in the current drawing as well as any attached
XREF drawings. For more information, see Clash View
Palette (on page 111).
Assembly View - Creates an assembly for use in a
drawing. For more information, see Assembly View Palette
(on page 113).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ASSEMBLYVIEW

87

Palettes Panel

Spec View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Spec View
Palettes toolbar: Spec View
Plant menu: Palettes > Spec View
Command line: SPECVIEW
Filters the available components based on the size and specification settings. SpecView also
provides a quick way to change the line number settings. Plant components are typically drawn
using toolbars, or by typing the command name at the AutoCAD command prompt. The
CADWorx Spec View palette provides an alternate method of inserting CADWorx components.

Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 88)
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 90)
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 91)

Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Sets up the filter for the available components.
Main - Specifies the main size of the component.
Reduction - Specifies the reduction size of the component.
Specification - Specifies the specification associated with the component. The list is based on
the SpecificationDirectory (on page 42) in the current configuration settings.
Set Spec and Size - Displays the Set Specification & Size dialog box. For more
information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 46).
Start Spec Editor - Displays the Spec Editor software. For more information, see Spec
Editor (on page 89) or the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide book.
Line Numbering Setup - Displays the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more
information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 146).
Line Number Drop Down Setup - Displays the Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup
dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Dialog Box (on
page 90).
Set size, spec, and line number by component - Sets the main size, reduction size,
current specification, and line number to match a component that you select. For more
information, see All (on page 61).
Reload *.prj File - Refreshes the changes made to the open .prj file in the Specification
Editor.
Help - Displays the help file.
Main - Specifies the selected main size. This can be changed.
Reduction - Specifies the selected reduction size. This can be changed.
Specification - Specifies the selected specification. This can be changed.
Line Numbering System - Specifies the line numbering format. This can be changed using
Line Numbering Setup
.
Components List - Lists the components that can be inserted into the drawing based on the
Specification, Main, and Reduction.
If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select Yes to
override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a matching
rating.

88

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

Draw pipe components

1. Select the pipe spec to use from the list.
The software uses the default type (Buttweld).
2. If necessary, right-click and change the type.

3. Follow the prompts on the command line to place the pipe.

The software draws the pipe using the specified type.

Draw non-pipe components

1. Select the non-pipe component type to use from the list.
The software draws the component in plan view based on the current UCS.
2. Follow the prompts on the command line to place the component.
The software draws the component using the specified insertion option.

Spec Editor
CADWorx Plant I Tab: Setup and Size/Spec Panel > Editor
Spec View Palette > Start Spec Editor
Command Line: SPECEDIT
Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new specifications.
Spec Editor
can also be used as standalone software and can be copied to any
computer. It does not require a hardware lock (ESL) or a license manager.
CADWorxSpecEditor.exe is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec Editor folder.
When opening the Spec Editor from CADWorx, the software loads the specification that you
have specified in Plant. If you want to open a different specification, then select the specific spec
in Project Data.
The Spec Editor stores all the components delivered with CADWorx. If you want to
add a size for a component, you must first add it in the Data Table and the EndType Table in
the Specification Editor. You cannot use a component size that has not been added to the
catalog for the specification. CADWorx uses the SpecificationDefaultProject (on page 43) to
locate the project file and access the components.
Optional components can be manipulated and created in the spec editor.
For more information, see the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide delivered with CADWorx.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

89

Palettes Panel

Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Dialog Box

Controls parameters for adding items to the line numbering list that appears with the line
numbering system. These values are stored in the DropDownList.TXT file. This file is located in
the same folder as the current configuration settings.
Available Categories - Lists the categories for which you can assign dropdown items. Select an
item from the list to make it the active category.
Dropdown Values - Lists the assigned dropdown items for the active category.
Add - Adds an item to the Dropdown Values list.
Remove - Removes the selected item from the Dropdown Values list.
Remove All - Removes all of the items from the Dropdown Values list.

Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Controls parameters for customizing the appearance of the CADWorx Spec View palette.
View Options
Show optional components - Displays optional components in the CADWorx Spec View
palette. If you select this option, always use the CADWorx Spec View palette to draw
components. If you start the component placement from outside of the CADWorx Spec View
palette, such as with a command line, SPACE to run last command, or a toolbar, CADWorx
uses the default component based on the current size setting. This may not be the same
component that was selected in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show all components - Displays all components listed in the specification file regardless of the
current size set. If you select this option, always use the CADWorx Spec View palette to draw
components. If you start the component placement from outside of the CADWorx Spec View
palette, such as with a command line, SPACE to run last command, or a toolbar, CADWorx
uses the default component based on the current size setting. This may not be the same
component that was selected in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show socket weld - Displays socket-welded components in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show threaded - Displays threaded components in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show tag - Displays tags in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show long description - Displays long descriptions in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show short description - Displays short descriptions in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Tree Options
View 1 (No tree or categories) - Lists components in numerical order based on the Sort
Sequence set for the component in the specification file.
View 2 (One level tree with more categories) - Creates a category for each type of
component. For example, butt-welded and socket-welded tees are listed in separate categories.
View 3 (One level tree with less categories) - Creates fewer categories than View 2. For
example, all tees are listed in a single category.
View 4 (Two level tree with Spec Editor style view) - Displays a two-level tree that is
arranged in the same sequence as the Spec Editor application.

90

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel
Color Options
Main Size component - Specifies the color associated with main size components.
Main Size optional component - Specifies the color associated with main size optional
components.
Reducing Size component - Specifies the color associated with reducing size components.
Reducing Size optional component - Specifies the color associated with reducing size
optional components.
Level 1 category - Specifies the color associated with level 1 category components.
Level 2 category - Specifies the color associated with level 2 category components.

Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Enables you to overwrite the default value of the custom data in the CADWorx Spec View
palette without having to change or update the custom data in the Specification Editor.
Field Title - Displays the field title of the custom data. You specify this title when you create
custom data in the Specification Editor. You cannot edit this value. You must change this value
in the Specification Editor.
Description - Displays the description of the custom data. You specify this description when
you create custom data in the Specification Editor. You cannot edit this value. You must change
this value in the Specification Editor.
Default Value - Specifies a new value for the custom data in the drawing. The value you enter
here displays in the custom data for your component. You can only change the Default Value in
the Custom Data tab here. The change you make does not update the Specification Editor with
any new value. Any change to this value overwrites the default value from the Specification
Editor. The overwrite you make only applies to this drawing. If you open a new drawing and use
the same custom data, the default value of your component pulls the original default value from
the Specification Editor. When you draw a component after entering a new Default Value, the
new value displays for those components. When using the List option, the Default Value
displays the following: *VARIES*. You cannot type in a new value if the Type of custom data is
set to List. In that case, you must select and existing item from the list.

Line View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Line View
Palettes toolbar: Line View
Plant menu: Palettes > Line View
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate Palette
Command line: LINEVIEW
The Line View palette isolates components based on their line number, specification, or custom
data. It also lets you locate components based on their description information.
Line View does not process any entities on locked layers.

Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 92)
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 93)
Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 93)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

91

Palettes Panel

Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette)

Controls parameters for isolating components based on their line number, specification, or
custom data. You can isolate an entire line number, isolate one line number and include
surrounding buildings or equipment, or isolate based on any custom data you have created.

If components have been hidden using the Line Isolate tab, those components are not
listed in the Find tab.

For isolation of multiple field selections in the list of the Line View palette, the following logic
is being applied:

OR within the same column.

AND within the same row.

AND between different columns.

Refresh List - Refreshes the line number list in the palette. Use this option if new line
numbers do not appear in the list.
Show All Components - Makes all objects in the drawing visible.
Select Line Number by Component - Select a component in the drawing. The software
uses the line number of this component to isolate the model.
Isolate Based on Selection - Isolates the selected items in the list.
Invert Isolation - Isolates the reverse of the selected item in the list.
Set Layer Options - Displays the Line View Layer Selection dialog box so that you can
include or exclude certain layers when Isolate Type is set to Layer Isolate. For more
information, see Layers Dialog Box (on page 113). By default, all layers are visible for line
isolate.
Filter Settings Manager - Displays the Line View Isolation Properties Manager which
enables you to manage isolations in the drawing. For more information, see Line View Isolation
Properties Manager (on page 93).
Help - Displays on-line help.
Right-clicking the line number list displays the Isolate Selected Items, Invert Isolate
Selected Items, Show All Components, Set Layer Options, Refresh List, Sort Ascending,
and Sort Descending options.
Isolate Type
Full - Displays the selected CADWorx components, and hides all non-CADWorx components
such as buildings, equipment, and dimensions.
Partial - Displays the selected CADWorx components and all non-CADWorx components.
Layer - Displays the selected CADWorx components and hides all non-CADWorx components
based on the layer setup.
Filter - Enter a wildcard filter to limit the items available in the list. The filter is case sensitive.
For wildcard character details, see Select Item Dialog Box (on page 166).

92

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette)

Controls parameters for locating components based on their description information.
Click the edit boxes to refresh the list of components. Type in the boxes to dynamically filter the
list of available components.
If components are hidden using the Line Isolate tab, those components are not listed in
the Find tab.
Tag - Type tag text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Code - Type code text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Line number - Type line number text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Short annotation - Type short annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from
the list, the associated text displays.
Long annotation -- Type long annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from the
list, the associated text displays.
Id Count - Type ID count text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Right-Click Menu
Zoom - Zooms the current model space view to the component. Double clicking in the list of
components also zooms to the component. Zoom does not work with XREFs that have been
inserted into the base drawing with a rotation.
CEdit - Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box. CEdit on an XREF component
does not allow any changes to the component descriptions.
Refresh - Refreshes the list in the dialog box. Use this option if new components do not appear
in the list.

Line View Isolation Properties Manager

Enables you to manage isolations in a drawing.
Isolation Setting File - Specifies the selected isolation file. Isolation setting files are created
using New, and then saved using Save As.
You can set a default isolation setting file by selecting a created file through the
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile variable.
Load - Enables you to load an isolation setting file.
Selected Items - Specifies the items from the Live View palette and enables you to select them
individually for isolation. These selections can be saved.
Isolation Setting List - Specifies the name of the isolation setting you created using New.
New - Enables you to create a new Isolation Setting to manage an isolation group.

Click New, type a name in the New Name dialog box, and then click OK.

Delete - Enables you to delete an Isolation Setting.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

93

Palettes Panel
Rename - Enables you to rename an Isolation Setting.

Select a List Name, click Rename.

The Rename dialog box displays.

Type a new name, and then click OK.

OK - Enables you to isolate a selected item from Selected Items.

Select an item, and then click OK.

Save - Saves the new Isolation Setting you created for the management of this isolation.
Save As - Enables you to save an isolation setting file.
Select / deselect all - Enables you to select or clear all items in Selected Items.

Support Modeler Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler
Palettes toolbar: Pipe Support Modeler
Plant menu: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler
Command line: PIPESUPPORTVIEW
Inserts pipe and elbow support components.
You must have both the Pipe Support Assembly in a project and the PipeSupport
category in a catalog for the pipe supports to be inserted. For more information, see Pipe
Support Assembly and PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
Start Spec Editor - Displays the Spec Editor software. For more information, see Spec
Editor (on page 89) or the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
Replace Pipe Support - Enables you to replace a pipe support. For more options and
information on replacing the pipe support, see Edit Pipe Support Features (on page 98).
Regenerate Pipe Support - Regenerates the pipe support from the updated data when a
change is made to the data of a pipe support already contained in the drawing. For more
information, see Edit Pipe Support Features (on page 98).
View Settings - Displays the View Settings dialog box.
Reload *.prj File - Refreshes the changes made to the open .prj file in the Specification
Editor.
Help - Displays the help file.
Main Size - Specifies the main size for the pipe support components.
Assembly - Specifies the assembly file associated with the project.
The directory location for the project containing the pipe support data is listed below Main
Size and Assembly. The components for the pipe supports are listed and can be selected from
the box below the directory.

94

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel
Insert Options
Multiple - Inserts multiple supports onto the pipe. You specify the start point, end point, and
spacing between the supports. This option is only available for pipe supports.
Detect Steel - Detects CADWorx Steel components to set the correct size for the beam clamp if
the beam clamp is used as the last component in the pipe support assembly.
Repeat Insert - Repeats the insert command for pipe type supports.
Type INSERTSUPPORT on the command line to insert the last selected pipe support or
the start procedure of the last selected component.

Right-click menu for INSERTSUPPORT

poinT distance - Enables you to specify a point on the pipe or component to move the selected
component.
Component distance - Displays the distance from the selected component to the selected
piping or component. The distance measured to a specifically selected component can be
changed by using Point.

Point - Enables you to change the distance from the selected component to another
component on the same linear pipe.

Pipe end point distance - Displays the distance measurement from the selected component to
the end of the pipe. Repeating the command changes the direction of the measurement to the
opposite end of the piping, where it connects to the next component.

View Settings Dialog Box

View 1 - Sets the software to display each pipe support.
View 2 - Sets the software to display the pipe supports based on type.
Pipe Support Color - Specifies the color of the piping support. To change the color, click the
color to open the Color dialog box, select a color, and then click OK.
Tee Support Color - Specifies the color of the tee support. To change the color, click the color
to open the Color dialog box, select a color, and then click OK.
Elbow Support Color - Specifies the color of the elbow support. To change the color, click the
color to open the Color dialog box, select a color, and then click OK.

Pipe Support Data Dialog Box

Enables you to enter the length of certain parts and select a different size of a specific
component on a pipe support when available.
Nominal Size - Specifies the nominal size for the pipe support. This size is based off the Main
Size selection when a specification is selected.
Name - Specifies the name of the pipe support.
Length - Specifies the length of the pipe support. This can be changed.
Data Table - Specifies the values from the data table selected for that pipe support. Click the
ellipsis to select a different size for the part from the list. This ellipsis is only available for certain
parts. The list contains information pertaining to the specific pipe support part, such as Nominal
Size, Pipe OD, Thickness, Length, Width, and Weight.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

95

Palettes Panel

Insert a pipe support

1. Set a specification. For more information, see Set Specification & Size Dialog Box (on page
47).
The pipe support list populates with the pipe support information from the specification.
2. If needed, change the size of a pipe support using Main Size.
3. Select an Assembly, or use the default.
4. Select a pipe support from the list.
5. Select the pipe from the model.
6. Select the location on the pipe to insert the support.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when optional
items are available.
Specify the data for the pipe support, and then click OK.
7. Specify an insertion point and rotation around the pipe.
The software places the pipe support in the model.

Insert an elbow support

When inserting an elbow support, the following options are available for a new start point:
A - Places the support at the A point in the drawing. A could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
B - Places the support at the B point in the drawing. B could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
Corner (C) - Places the support at the corner of the elbow.
miDpoint (D) - Places the support at the midpoint of the elbow.
E - Places the support at the E point in the drawing. E could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
F - Places the support at the F point in the drawing. F could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
1. Set a specification. For more information, see Set Specification & Size Dialog Box (on page
47).
The pipe support list populates with the pipe support information from the specification.
2. If needed, change the size of a pipe support using Main Size.
3. Select an Assembly or use the default.
4. Select an elbow support from the list.
5. Select the elbow from the model.
6. Specify the end point, the rotation around the pipe, and the length of the support.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when optional
items are available.
Specify the data for the pipe support, and then click OK.
7. Specify an insertion point and rotation around the pipe.
The software places the pipe support in the model.

96

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

Insert a tee support

1. Set a specification. For more information, see Set Specification & Size Dialog Box (on page
47).
The pipe support list populates with the pipe support information from the specification.
2. If needed, change the size of a pipe support using Main Size.
3. Select an Assembly, or use the default.
The assembly must contain a tee support. To add a new tee support, see Add
Support Component in the CADWorx Spec Editors User's Guide.
4. Select a tee support from the list.
5. Select the tee in the model.
The tee support displays.
6. Orient the support as need.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when additional
input is required.
7. Specify the length for the pipe support, change Data Table selection if needed, and then
click OK.
The software places the pipe support in the model.

Insert multiple pipe supports

1. Set a specification. For more information, see Set Specification & Size Dialog Box (on page
47).
The pipe support list populates with the pipe support information from the specification.
2. If needed, change the size of a pipe support using Main Size.
3. Select an Assembly or use the default.
4. Under Insert Options, select the Multiple check box.
5. Select a pipe support from the list.
6. Specify a start point on the pipe.
7. Specify an end point on the pipe.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when optional
items are available.
Specify the data, and then click OK.
8. Specify the distance between each pipe support by entering the value on the command line,
and then press ENTER.
9. Specify a rotation around the pipe and the length of the pipe support.
The software places the pipe supports in the model.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

97

Palettes Panel

Edit Pipe Support Features

Change a pipe support type in the drawing with Replace Pipe Support
1. Click Replace Pipe Support
.
2. Select a pipe support.
The pipe support selection list displays.

3. Select a pipe support from the list.

The pipe support in the drawing changes.
4. Adjust the rotation as needed.

Change a pipe support type in the drawing with a plus grip

1. Insert a pipe support on a pipe.
2. Select a pipe support.
3. Click the plus grip point
.
The pipe support selection list displays.

4. Select a pipe support from the list.

The pipe support in the drawing changes.
5. Adjust the rotation as needed.

98

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel
Regenerate a pipe support in the drawing
1. Click Regenerate Pipe Support

2. Select the pipe support, and then press ENTER.

The pipe support in the drawing updates.

Move a pipe with a pipe support attached.

1. Select the pipe you want to adjust.
The grip points

display.

2. Select a grip point

3. Move the piping as needed.

The pipe support adjusts with the movement of the piping.

The grip point

at the end of the pipe support enables you to rotate and change the length
of the rod of the pipe support.

The grip point

at the top of the pipe support where it connects to the piping, enables you
to move the pipe support along the pipe. The pipe support cannot move around corners,
such as elbows or tees.

Change the size of a pipe inside a pipe support

1. Insert a pipe support on a pipe.
2. Click Change Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press

3. Press ENTER for automatic.

4. Select a component.
5. Select a size from the list that displays.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component, the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.

If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.

The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
The entire drawing changes its size.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

99

Palettes Panel

Insulation View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Insulation View
Palettes toolbar: Insulation View
Plant menu: Utility > Insulation Palette
Plant menu: Palettes > Insulation View
Command line: INSULATIONVIEW
Creates a data file with an extension .INU. In this file, you can add, modify, and remove
insulation configurations. After you create the insulation configuration data file you can apply
these configurations to selected components.

Model

Insulation

Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (on page 101)

Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (on page 102)

100

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette)

Controls parameters for creating a data file with an .INU extension. In this file, you can add,
modify and remove insulation configurations that can be applied to CADWorx components.
Save - Saves the data in the Configuration Setup grid to the configuration file.
Save As - Displays the Save As Insulation Data dialog box to save the current data in the
Configuration Setup grid to a new file.
Open - Displays the Open Insulation Data dialog box to load an insulation data file. The data
contained in that file is displayed in the Configuration Setup grid and listed individually in the
drop down categories.
Configuration Setup
Add to drawing - Saves the selected grid rows to the current AutoCAD drawing. If similar data
already exists in the current drawing, it is not overwritten. All configurations that have been
added, appear in the Apply tab of the palette.
Options - Displays the Insulation Options dialog box. For more information, see Insulation
Options Dialog Box below.
Configuration Setup - Grid - Displays the content of the insulation data file in grid form.
Thickness - Specifies the actual insulation thickness value. Type a numeric value greater than
zero. You can also select an existing value. This parameter is required to create an insulation
configuration.
In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), type a value in inches.
In mixed metric units (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions), type a value in inches or
millimeters based on the setting from the Insulation Options dialog box. If you type inch
values, the software automatically converts to millimeters when the insulation solid is
created in the model. If you type a millimeter value, no conversion is done.
In metric units (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), type a value in millimeters.
Density - Specifies the insulation density value. Type numeric values greater than zero. You
can also select an existing value. The density is used to calculate the insulation weight by
multiplying it with the insulation volume. This parameter is required to create an insulation
configuration.
In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), this value has units of lb / in3.
In mixed metric (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions) the value has units of g / cm3.
In metric (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), the value has units of g / cm3.
Mastic - Specifies the mastic description. This is an optional value.
Heat Tracing - Specifies the heat tracing description. This is an optional value.
Insulation - Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing - Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User - Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
Add - Adds the current values from the boxes to the grid. If similar data exists, the value is not
added to the grid.
Modify - Modifies the currently selected row in the grid using the values currently shown in the
boxes. Each box corresponds to a column in the grid.
Remove - Deletes the currently selected row in the grid.
Add, Modify, and Remove only change the data currently displayed in the grid. The data
in the insulation file is not updated until you click Save or Save As.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

101

Palettes Panel
Insulation Options Dialog Box
Controls parameters for insulation options.
Insulation
Append "_I" to layer name - Adds the characters _I to the layer name to create the insulation
layer name. For example, if the solid is on layer 1"-150-CWS, the insulation solid is on 1"-150CWL_l. The insulation solid is grouped with the component solid and center line.
New Layer Name - Indicates that the software creates a new layer.
Name - Specifies the layer name for the insulation solids.
Color - Displays the standard AutoCAD color selection dialog box. Select the default layer color
for the insulation.
Graphics
Show Graphics for Gasket - Indicates whether gasket insulation graphics display. This works
only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for Weld gap - Indicates whether weld gap insulation graphics display. This
works only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for User Shapes - Indicates whether user shape insulation graphics display.
Metric/Inch Units system
Millimeter - Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in millimeters in mixed metric units
(Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions) situations.
Inch - Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in inches in mixed metric units (Imperial pipe
size / metric dimensions) situations.

Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette)

Controls parameters for applying configurations to CADWorx components.
For most CADWorx components, insulation is approximated with the use of single or
multiple AutoCAD cylindrical components.
Available Configuration - Displays the currently saved insulation configurations in the current
AutoCAD drawing.
Remove - Removes the highlighted row in the grid from the current drawing.
Select Mode
Select on screen - Indicates that you will select components in the drawing window.
Line number - Indicates that you will select components by line numbers.
Insulation Mode
Data/Graphics - Adds both the insulation graphic and data.
Data Only - Adds only the insulation data and no graphics.
Insulation
Add - Adds the insulation currently selected in the Available Configuration grid to components
in the drawings. You are prompted to select CADWorx components. If any of the selected
components are already insulated, this action is skipped.

102

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel
Modify - Modifies existing insulation graphics and data.
Remove - Removes existing insulations graphics and data.
Refresh - Generates the graphics from the insulation data stored in the component's centerline.
Use this option if insulation graphics were deleted or lost.
Graphics
Add - Adds insulation graphics to components that have had their graphics removed. The data
previously stored in the components is used to generate the graphics.
Remove - Removes the graphics from the selected components. The insulation data remains.
These components do not show the insulation solid even if you later click Refresh.
Visibility
Isolate - Isolates insulation graphics by either selecting components on screen or by selecting
line numbers from the list.
Hide/Show - Hides or shows the insulation graphics by selecting components on screen or by
selecting line numbers from the list.
Show All - Shows all objects that have been previously hidden in the current drawing.
Report - Creates a complete report, in HTML format, about all of the insulation components in
the model. The report is itemized by the different types of insulation data and calculates the total
weight, volume, and length.
Filter - Filters the list of line numbers using wild cards. For example, type *25-1B* to limit the
line number list to line numbers with 25-1B as part of the name. The text filter occurs regardless
of where the text is in the line number name.
Edit - Displays the Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects dialog box so that you can edit
the insulation data for all components having the selected insulation configuration.
Right-Click Menu
In Line Number selection mode, a right-click menu is available with additional options. The rightclick menu changes what displays in the edit box.
Select All / Clear All - Selects or clears all line numbers in the list.
List Insulated Line Numbers - Lists only insulated line numbers.
List Un-Insulated Line Numbers - Lists only uninsulated line numbers.
List Data Only Line Numbers - Lists line numbers that have insulation data but no insulation
graphics.
List Un-Insulated Components - Lists only uninsulated components.
List All - Refreshes the list.
Modify - Replaces the selected insulation data with the highlighted insulation in the Available
Configuration grid. This change applies to all components in the selected line number.
Remove - Removes the insulation from all components in the selected line number.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

103

Palettes Panel
Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects Dialog Box
Controls parameters for editing the insulation data on multiple objects. This dialog box applies
the settings to all of the selected objects.
Thickness - Displays the insulation thickness value. You cannot edit this value.
Density - Specifies the insulation density value. Type numeric values greater than zero. You
can also select an existing value. The density is used to calculate the insulation weight by
multiplying it with the insulation volume. This parameter is required to create an insulation
configuration.

In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), this value has units of lb / in3.

In mixed metric (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions) the value has units of g / cm3.

In metric (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), the value has units of g / cm3.

Mastic - Specifies the mastic description. This is an optional value.

Heat Tracing - Specifies the heat tracing description. This is an optional value.
Insulation - Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing - Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User - Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.

Discontinuity View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Discontinuity View
Palettes toolbar: Discontinuity View
Plant menu: Palettes > Discontinuity View
Command line: DISCONTINUITYVIEW
Checks for different types of modeling issues, such as disconnected, un-connected, overlapped,
and not on line.
Refresh - Refreshes the data in the grid.
Show All Types - Displays all issues in the grid.
Show Disconnected Only - Displays only disconnected and un-connected issues in the
grid.
Show Not On Line Only - Displays only not-on-line issues in the grid.
Show Overlap Only - Displays only overlap issues in the grid.
Tolerance Settings - Displays the tolerance settings.
Color Settings - Displays the color and Auto Refresh settings.
Remove Selected Overlaps - Deletes the selected overlaps from the model .DWG file.
Export to File - Exports all data from the palette to a Microsoft Excel (*.CSV) file
Help - Displays the help file.

104

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel
Tolerance Min - Specifies the minimum connection tolerance. Two components that are
separated by a distance greater than the minimum tolerance, but less than the maximum
tolerance are considered disconnected.
Tolerance Max - Specifies the maximum connection tolerance. Two components that are
separated by a distance greater than the maximum tolerance are considered un-connected.
Color Arrow - Specifies the color for arrows.
Color Text - Specifies the color for text.
Auto Refresh - Indicates whether the software automatically updates the grid when you open
the drawing.
# - Displays a number from the palette that coincides with the highlighted number in the drawing.
The arrow and text color setting is used for the graphics drawn in the model.
Line Number - Displays the line number of the component.
Type - Displays the discontinuity type for the component.

Disconnected - Displays components that are not connected within the minimum tolerance.

Un-connected - Displays components that are not connected with in the maximum
tolerance.

Overlap - Displays components that are duplicated at the same location. The number in
parenthesis (n) is the number of overlapping components at this location.

Not on line - Displays components that are not connected to the pipe centerline (typically
OLET type components).

Gap - Displays the distance between the two components. This value is 0.0 for overlapping
components.
Long Description - Displays the long description of the component.
Category - Displays the category of the component.
Component Type - Displays the command named used to draw the component.
(X,Y,Z) - Displays the global X-, Y-, Z-coordinates of the component center point.

Pressing CTRL or SHIFT while left-clicking lets you select multiple items from the list.

Left-click to zoom in to the location of the issue.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

105

Palettes Panel

Right-click to change the AutoCAD view to the location of the issue without zooming.

Pipe Support Report

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler Report
Command line: PIPESUPPORTREPORT
Generates a report of all pipe supports found. You can report on the pipe supports found on a
selected item, or the entire model.
The software saves the report to a .CSV file which you can use with Microsoft Excel.
Single item - Reports on a selected item.
Total length - Reports on the total length of the pipe support.
Cut length - Reports on the cut length of the pipe support.
1. Click Pipe Support Modeler Report

2. Select Single item, Total length, or Cut length.

3. Select the pipe support or supports, and then press ENTER.
4. Save the pipe support file.
5. You can open the saved file with Excel from Windows Explorer.

106

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

P&ID View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > PID View
Palettes toolbar: P&ID View
Plant menu: Palettes > P&ID View
Command line: PIDVIEW
Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a project database.
You must set up the following items to use this palette:
1. Create a CADWorx P&ID project that uses the P&ID live database system.
2. Create a CADWorx Plant project that uses the Plant live database system.
3. With Microsoft Access, you must write database tables used by Plant and P&ID to the same
Access file. With SQL Server and Oracle, you must write database tables used by Plant and
P&ID to the same database.
4. Create associations between in-line components and the main process line in the P&ID
drawings with the Combine Process
command. For more information, see Combine
Process in the CADWorx P&ID User's Guide.

Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) (on page 107)

Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) (on page 110)

Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)

Controls parameters for linking matched data between the Plant and P&ID table in a project
database.
Select Configuration File
The current configuration file (Project.CFG) displays.
Browse - Select a different Project.CFG file
Options - Displays available options.
Available Line Numbers - Displays line numbers that are in both the P&ID database and the
Plant database.
Select - Specifies a component in the current Plant model drawing. The software sets the line
number of this component to the current line number for P&ID View.
Component Type - Displays the component tables from the P&ID database.
Link - Links or unlinks P&ID and Plant components.
Help - Displays on-line help.
P&ID Data
P&ID ID_Count - Lists the P&ID ID_COUNT from the P&ID database.
Line Number - Lists the line number for the P&ID component.
Tag - Lists the tag for the P&ID component.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

107

Palettes Panel
Size - Lists the size for the P&ID component.
Spec- Lists the spec for the P&ID component.
Drawing - Lists the drawing for the P&ID component.
Right-Click Menu
Insert in model - Reads the size, spec, and component type from the P&ID database and
inserts the component into the Plant model.
View P&ID drawing - Displays a preview of the P&ID drawing.
To zoom inside the viewer, use the two arrow buttons on the left side of the dialog box. Zooming
inside the viewer can also be done by holding down the left mouse button while rotating the
mouse scroll wheel. The viewer dialog box closes when you switch between drawings in the
same session of AutoCAD. The dialog box must be started with every new AutoCAD session.

Left-click an item to update the P&ID drawing viewer dialog box if it is active.
Double-click an item to run the Insert in model command.
Refresh - Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists.
Options - Displays the Options dialog box so that you can set the colors of the items displayed
in the P&ID and Plant data.
Plant Data
P&ID ID_Count - Displays the ID_COUNT of the P&ID component if a link between the P&ID
component and the Plant component is made. The Plant database (PIPE table) saves the P&ID
ID_COUNT in the RESERVE_10 column.
Line Number - Displays the line number of the plant component.
Tag - Displays the tag of the plant component.
Size - Displays the size of the plant component.

108

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel
Spec - Displays the spec associated with the plant component.
Drawing - Displays the drawing associated with the plant component.
Description - Displays the description of the plant component.
Right-Click Menu
CEdit - Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box.
Zoom - Zooms and highlight the component in the model.
List data from all drawings - Lists plant data from all drawings that have the line number.
List data from current drawing - Lists plant data from the open drawing.
Refresh - Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists.

Options Dialog Box

Controls parameters for setting the colors of the items displayed in the P&ID Data and Plant
Data lists on the P&ID View palette.
Color Options
Unlinked components - Specifies the color for unlinked components.
Linked components - Specifies the color for linked components.
Highlight - Specifies the highlight color.
Auto load last Project.cfg file - Indicates whether the last-used configuration file is
automatically loaded.

What do you want to do?

Link components (on page 109)

Unlink components (on page 109)

Link components
1. Select the check box next to an item in the P&ID Data list and an item in the Plant Data list.
2. Click Link.
The P&ID ID_Count value in the Plant Data list updates.
Vales, reducers, and nozzles can be linked. Instrument components cannot be linked.

Unlink components
1. Select two linked components.
Link changes to Unlink.
2. Click Unlink.
The software removes the link between the two components.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

109

Palettes Panel

Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)

Controls parameters for unmatched data between the Plant and P&ID table in a project
database.
Line number from P&ID table with in-line components - Displays line numbers from the
P&ID database that do not have corresponding line numbers in the Plant database.
Line numbers from Pipe table with in-line components - Displays line numbers from the
Plant database (PIPE table) that do not have corresponding line numbers in the P&ID database.
Line numbers from P&ID table with no in-line components - Displays line numbers from the
P&ID database that do not have any P&ID components associated with them in the P&ID
database.
Export - Exports all data from the Unmatched tab to a report. The report is written to the same
folder as the Project.CFG file. The file names of the reports are P&IDViewUnmatched1.HTML,
P&IDViewUnmatched2.HTML, and P&IDViewUnmatched3.HTML.
Refresh - Refreshes the data presented in the Unmatched tab.
Line numbers - Displays line number information from the P&ID and Plant databases.
In-line components - Displays in-line component information from the P&ID and Plant
databases.

Insert a drawing into the project

When a Plant drawing is opened from the current project, Plant attempts to insert it into the
project. The Insert Drawing into Project Database dialog box opens to confirm this action.

When Insert Into DB is clicked, rows are added to the appropriate tables within the database.
Plant drawings created without a database have xdata attached to each component that allows
the software to automatically add rows into the appropriate tables.

110

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

Clash View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Clash View
Palettes toolbar: Clash View
Plant menu: Palettes > Clash View
Plant menu: Utility > Clash
Command line: CLASH or CLASHVIEW
Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD 3D solids in the current drawing and any attached
XREF drawings.
Settings
Clash On - Turns the clash system on.
Clash Off - Turns the clash system off.
Show Clashes - Displays clash entities that exist in the model.
Options - Displays the Options dialog box. For more information, see Options Dialog Box (on
page 112).
Layers - Displays the Layers dialog box. For more information, see Layers Dialog Box (on page
113).
Refresh - Updates the clash list.
Export - Writes the clash list to a text file. The file is exported to the same folder as the model
drawing file. The name of the file is the drawing name with _Clash.TXT appended.
Display by Status
New - Displays new clashes in the list.
Active - Displays active clashes in the list.
Resolved - Displays resolved clashes in the list.
Approved - Displays approved clashes in the list.
All - Displays all clashes in the list.
Clash List
# - Displays the number assigned to each clash.
Component 1 - Displays the CADWorx data for the first component.
Component 2 - Displays the CADWorx data for the second component.
Status - Displays the clash status.
Type - Indicates whether the clash was from a CADWorx Insulation View-created component.

You can set the color of the grid items using the Options dialog box. For more information,
see Options Dialog Box (on page 112).

Left-clicking an item in the list generates the clash entity in the model and zooms to the
clash.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

111

Palettes Panel
Right-Click Menu
Clash Status New - Changes the status of a clash to New.
Clash Status Active - Changes the status of a clash to Active.
Clash Status Resolved - Changes the status of a clash to Resolved.
Clash Status Approved - Changes the status of a clash to Approved.
Clash Zoom To - Zooms to the clash point.
Clash Viewer - Displays a dialog box with the two clashing components.
Clash Isolate Selected - Isolates the selected clash.
Clash Isolate All - Creates clash entities for all clashes, and isolates them. To remove all clash
entities from the model, run the command CLASHDELETEALLOBJECTS.
Clash Show All - Shows all components in the drawing.

Options Dialog Box

Controls parameters for setting options on clash objects.
Start up - Indicates whether clash detection runs on drawing start up.
On - Clash detection is always on for every drawing.
Off - Clash detection is off for every drawing.
Display Prompt - The software prompt you every time a drawing opens.
On clash detection - Indicates what happens when a clash is detected.

Do Not Report - The software does not notify you if a clash is detected.
Show Tray Notification - The software notifies you through the tray bubble notification that
a clash has occurred.
Show Palette - The software displays the Clash View palette every time a clash is
detected.

Ignore connected steel - Indicates whether the clash detection system checks for connecting
steel members. If this option is selected, steel members that are touching each other are
ignored.
Detect clashes within blocks - Indicates whether the software detects clashes inside blocks. If
this option is selected, the system detects clashes within any blocks in the current drawing.
Synchronize clashes from XREFs - Indicates whether the software checks for clash data
inside external reference drawings and updates the master drawing data for that clash. Only
New clashes in the master drawing which are from an XREF drawing have the status updated to
match the status that is saved in the XREF drawing.
Synchronize layers from XREFs - Indicates whether the system checks for clash layer data
inside externally reference drawings and updates the master drawing clash layer data to match.
If a layer in an XREF is excluded from clash detection, the XREF layer is also excluded in the
master drawing.
Ignore insulation clashes - The system ignores all clashes generated from components
created with the CADWorx Insulation View palette.
Connectivity tolerance - Specifies the tolerance for checking component connectivity. If two
components are connected, a clash is not reported, even if the actual solids intersect.
Clash zoom factor - Specifies the zoom factor used during clash.
Color Options - Specifies the color of the clash entity and the color of the list.

112

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

Layers Dialog Box

Controls parameters for including or excluding certain layers from clash detection. By default, all
layers are considered for clash detection. XREF layers are also displayed.
Layers - Displays the available layers. Select the check box next to the layer name to include
that layer in clash detection.
Select all - Selects all of the layers in the list.
Clear all - Clears the selection of all of the layers in the list.

Assembly View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Assembly View
Palettes toolbar: Assembly View
Plant menu: Palettes > Assembly View
Command Line: ASSEMBLYVIEW
Creates assemblies for placement in a model. The Assembly Manager has four options:
create, edit, delete, and insert.
Command Name
Create Assembly - Creates a new assembly. For more
information, see Create an assembly (on page 114).

Command Line
MAKEASSEMBLY

Edit Assembly Selected - Edits the selected assembly. For

more information, see Edit an assembly (on page 114).
Delete Assembly Selected - Deletes the selected assembly.
For more information, see Delete an assembly from the
Assembly Manager (on page 115).
Insert Assembly Selected - Inserts the selected assembly
into the model. For more information, see Insert an assembly
into the drawing (on page 115).

INSERTASSEMBLY

Help - Opens the help file.

Edit Assembly Paths - Edits the path folder location of the
assembly. For more information, see Edit an assembly path
(on page 115).

ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS

Project File - Specifies the project file selected for the assembly.
Global File - Specifies the global assembly file associated with the assembly. Click Browse to
change the global assembly file.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

113

Palettes Panel
Right- Click Menu
Insert Assembly - Inserts an assembly.
View Assembly - Opens the Assembly Viewer and displays the assembly. The assembly can
be zoomed and rotated for a 360-degree view.
a. Wireframe - Displays the model in wireframe view.
b. Hidden - Displays the model in hidden view.
c. Shaded - Displays the model with shaded view.
Modify Assembly - Enables you to edit an assembly.
New - Creates a new assembly.
Rename - Renames an assembly.
Delete - Deletes an assembly.
Copy - Copies an assembly.
Paste - Pastes an assembly.
Reload Global File - Reloads the global assembly file.
Edit File Paths - Edits the path folder location of the assembly.
You can close the Assembly Manager at anytime by typing ASSEMBLYCLOSE on the
command line.

Create an assembly
1. Click Assembly View
press ENTER.
2. Click Create Assembly

. Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and

.

3. Select all the components necessary for the assembly, and press ENTER
4. Pick a point where you want to connect.
5. Type a name on the command line, and press ENTER.
The assembly appears in the Assembly Manager.

Edit an assembly
1. Click Assembly View
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and

2. Click Edit Assembly Selected

3. Make the changes to the drawing as needed.

4. Click Close Assembly Editor.
5. Click Yes to save the changes.
To close the Assembly Editor without saving any changes, click No.
The change is saved.

114

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Palettes Panel

Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager

1. Click Assembly View
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and

2. Select an assembly for deletion.

3. Click Delete Assembly Selected

4. Click OK to delete.
If you do not want to delete the object, click Cancel.
The assembly disappears from the Assembly Manager.

Insert an assembly into the drawing

1. Click Assembly View
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and

2. Select an assembly from the Assemblies box.

3. Click Insert Assembly Selected

4. Select a component to connect to.

5. Select a direction.
The assembly appears in the drawing.
If an assembly is built with a reducer and then attached to a component of a larger size
you are prompted to change the size of the reducer. The assembly usually takes on the size and
the specification of the component to which it is attached.

Edit an assembly path

1. Click Assembly View
then press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and

2. Type ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS on the command line, and then press ENTER.

3. Select Project and then the name of the assembly from the popup.
OR
Select Global Assembly and then the name of the assembly from the popup.
4. Enter the subdirectory for the user shape path, and then press ENTER.
OR
Type B on the command line for the user shape path, press ENTER to open the Browse for
Folder window, select the new folder location, click OK, and then press ENTER.
5. Enter the subdirectory for the Topworks path, and then press ENTER.
OR
Type B on the command line for the Topworks path, press ENTER to open the Browse for
Folder window, select the new folder location, click OK, and then press ENTER.
The assembly paths are updated.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

115

Palettes Panel

116

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 4

ISOGEN Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN
Command Name

Command Line

ISOGEN Out - Generates an isometric drawing. For more

information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 118).

ISOGENOUT

ISOGEN Batch - Generates isometrics using ISOGEN for

one or more line numbers. For more information, see
ISOGEN Batch (on page 123).

ISOGENBATCH

ISOGEN Supplemental - Places supplemental ISOGEN

blocks in the drawing. For more information, see ISOGEN
Supplemental (on page 123).

ISOGENSUPL

Stop Sign - Places ISOGEN stop sign symbols in the

drawing. For more information, see Stop Sign (on page
124).

STOPSIGN

ISOGEN Start Point - Places ISOGEN start point symbols

in the drawing. For more information, see ISOGEN Start
Point (on page 125).

ISOGENSTARTPT

Offset Tap - Creates offset tap connections for use by

ISOGEN. For more information, see Offset Tap (on page
125).

OTAP

PCF Out - Creates a piping component (PCF) file from

PCFOUT
components selected in the drawing. For more information,
see PCF Out (on page 128).
PCF In - Imports components into the current drawing from PCFIN
a piping component (PCF) file. For more information, see
PCF IN (on page 129).
Tap Connection - Creates tap connections for use by
ISOGEN. For more information, see Tap (on page 129).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

TAP

117

ISOGEN Panel

ISOGEN Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > ISOGEN Out
Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > ISOGEN Out
Command line: ISOGENOUT
Generates an isometric drawing. The components you select to use with this command must be
generated with an authorized ISOGEN hardware lock, or this function cannot process them. The
selection process has different options that allow you to perform more detailed selections.

You can resubmit ISOGEN drawings after you make changes to your CADWorx drawing.
The software displays the drawings in their previous isometric layout with the added
components. You must define the Repeatability return report in I-Configure for resubmitted
drawings to display. To set the ISOGEN repeatability feature, see Enable the Repeatability
return report (on page 120).

If you delete an ISOGEN start or stop point, the software permanently

removes the points. This can affect the repeatability output.
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers, and all Start/Stop signs from
component iso information.
ISOGEN drawings can be created for curved piping by using ISOGEN Out
on an
Adjustable Bend (on page 384). Before you run ISOGEN Out
, make sure to set the
SKEY in the ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73) to PB** (** designates a valid ISOGEN
end type). Select the Overwrite check box to enter the new SKEY. To setup curved piping in
isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 122).

Select ISOGEN Style Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting ISOGEN projects, styles, and names of the automaticallygenerated isometrics. See ISOGEN Project Manager / I-Configure (on page 130) for more in
information on creating and managing these projects and styles.
Directory - Specifies the directory of the ISOGEN project.
Project - Specifies the active project. The list contains all of the available projects. See ISOGEN
Project Manager / I-Configure (on page 130) for information on creating these projects.
Style - Specifies the active style. The list contains all of the available styles in the project.
File Name - Specifies the name of the file. This allows you to name an isometric file if none of
the components selected contain a line number. If the selected components contain line number
information, the line number from the last component selected is used as the isometric file
name.
Path - Displays the Isometric folder that is used by the ISOGEN style.
Select - Displays the Select Isogen Style Directory dialog box so that you can select an
ISOGEN Style (ISOGEN.FLS) file. Use this command to select an ISOGEN style that is in a
shared network folder. For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 118).
Settings - Displays the ISOGEN Settings dialog box so that you can transpose the system by
an X, Y, and Z offset distance. For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 118).
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers and all Start/Stop signs from
component iso information.
The DXF edit box enables you to name a portion of the output file. The name appends a series
of numbers. ISOGEN might break up the selected components into multiple sheets which would
require this numbering sequence.

118

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
Enable the RepeatFile for I-Configure 2012
1. Open I-Configure, select an isometric drawing style, and then select the Detail tab.
2. Expand Supplementary in the list, and then select RepeatFile.
3. In the Property panel, set Enabled value to True.

Select ISOGEN Style Directory Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting an ISOGEN style directory file.

Look in - Specifies the folder in which the file resides.
File name - Specifies the style directory file name.
Files of type - Specifies the file type (extension).

ISOGEN Settings Dialog Box

Controls parameters for transposing the system by X, Y, and Z offsets. The whole system can
be rotated by any angle. This allows any user-defined north arrow direction.
X - Specifies the X-direction offset.
Y - Specifies the Y-direction offset.
Z - Specifies the Z-direction offset.
Angle - Specifies the north arrow direction:
90 = World positive Y-axis as north direction. This is the default value.
180 = World positive X-axis as north direction.
270 = World negative Y-axis as north direction.
0 = World negative X-axis as north direction.

ISOGEN Project Data Setup Dialog Box

Controls parameters for setting position text (POS) that can be displayed on the isometric
drawing file. Review the [Product Folder]\Plant\Isogen\Isogen_Utils\POS_Help.pdf file to locate
the POS number associated with each item. These values are stored with the configuration file
and are used when an isometric is exported. For I-Configure projects, this is the only option for
setting these values. For Project Manager projects, these values can be set from the Project
Manager > Project Default dialog boxes or with this dialog box.
After typing a value, click the Use check box to store the value in the configuration file. To delete
a value from the configuration file, clear the Use box. The values that have the Use box selected
display at the top of the dialog box the next time it displays.

ISOGEN Results Dialog Box

Controls parameters for reviewing the results of the ISOGEN extraction.

The dialog box displays the success or failure of the extraction in a text box.
Open Plot Files - Opens all the generated ISOs in the current session of AutoCAD. The
AutoCAD SDI setting must be set to 0 for the option to be available.
View Message File - Opens Notepad to display a message file that provides information that
could be used when an error was produced. The text file that displays is an .MES file. For more
information, read the ISOGEN documentation.

What do you want to do?

Extract ISOGEN files (on page 120)

Enable the Repeatability return report (on page 120)
Setup short description column for material list with text wrapping (on page 121)
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 122)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

119

ISOGEN Panel

Extract ISOGEN files

1. Click ISOGEN Out
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ISOGENOUT on the command line, and press

The Select ISOGEN Style dialog box displays.

2. Set up the parameters to meet your requirements.
3. Click OK on the Select ISOGEN Style dialog box.
Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
4. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
5. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
Dialog Box (on page 166).
or
Choose Select component to select the components by crossing, window, or any other
preferred method. You can select components that are from an XREF if the
UseObjectsFromXrefs (on page 46) is set to 1.
Processed 164 component(s) to file.
The components must have been generated with a valid ISOGEN authorized hardware
lock. If not, a message similar to the following displays:
Could NOT process 17 component(s) due to permissions failure...
Only components drawn with the ISOGEN interface are allowed...
No components were written to file...
The ISOGEN Results dialog box displays.

Enable the Repeatability return report

1. Click Start > All Programs > CADWorx > ISOGEN > I-Configure > I-Configure.
I-Configure opens.
2. In the Project View panel, select the appropriate isometric directory and project.
3. Under the active project, select the appropriate isometric drawing style.
4. Click Edit in the Properties panel.
The ISOGEN Configuration Home screen displays.
5. Click Reports in the Drawing Manager pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Reports panel.
6. Expand Report Types.
7. Double-click Repeatability return to open the data grid.
The Reports panel displays the Repeatability return options.
8. Expand File Formatting.
The File Formatting properties display.

120

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
9. Select Revised ASCII from the Content list.
10. Use the Part Numbers, Split Points, Start Point, and Weld Numbers check boxes control
the information that displays in the drawing.
11. Set Spool Identifier to Numeric or Alphabetic.
12. In the Report Location box, type the name and full path location of the report file.
Alternatively, click the Report Location browse button
and navigate to the appropriate
file.
13. Click

to update the active style file with the new property settings.

14. Select Home in the

menu to return to the Home screen.

15. Close ISOGEN Configuration.

16. Verify the Reports displays in the Properties panel, and that Value is set to
REPEATABILITY-RETURN.
17. Click Export Style

on the I-Configure horizontal toolbar.

For more information on Reports, see Report Definition Panel in the ISOGEN
Configuration User's Guide.

Setup short description column for material list with text

wrapping
1. Click Start > All Programs > CADWorx > ISOGEN > I-Configure > I-Configure.
I-Configure opens.
2. In the Project View panel, select the appropriate isometric directory and project.
3. Under the active project, select the appropriate isometric drawing style.
4. Click Edit in the Properties panel.
The ISOGEN Configuration Home screen displays.
5. Click Drawing Material List in the Materials pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Drawing Material List panel.
6. Expand User Defined Columns.
7. Click Show

to open the data grid.

The User Defined Columns properties list displays.

8. Verify that there is a -80 value in the Attribute column. If there is none, select -80 from the
Attribute list.
9. Verify the offset value. If you created a new -80 attribute, then you must also add an offset
value.
10. Verify the Maximum Characters value. If you created a new -80 attribute, then you must
also add a Maximum Characters value.
11. Click

to update the active style file with the new property settings.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

121

ISOGEN Panel

12. Select Home in the

menu to return to the Home screen.

13. Click Drawing File in the Drawing Manager pane.

The Configuration view opens and displays the Drawing File panel.
14. Expand Template File.
15. Verify that Format is set to Smart DWG (DWG).
16. Type the full path location and file name of the template file that contains the correct
material list information in the Path box. Alternatively, click the browse button
and
navigate to the appropriate file.
The template file displays in the Path box.
17. Click

to update the active style file with the new property settings.

18. Close ISOGEN Configuration.

19. Click Export Style

on the I-Configure horizontal toolbar.

Your material list now displays with the short description and the lines do not overlap, but
are text wrapped.

Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics

1. Click Start > All Programs > CADWorx > ISOGEN > I-Configure > I-Configure.
I-Configure opens.
2. In the Project View panel, select the appropriate isometric directory and project.
3. Under the active project, select the appropriate isometric drawing style.
4. Click Edit in the Properties panel.
The ISOGEN Configuration Home screen displays.
5. Click Piping Components and Features in the Dimensions pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Piping Components and Features panel.
6. Expand Curved Pipe.
7. Type a value greater than zero in the Threshold box.
The bend radius (inches) is divided by the nominal size (pipe diameter in inches). If
the result is lower than the Threshold setting, normal bends are drawn. If the result is
greater than the Threshold setting curves are drawn.
8. Click outside the Threshold box to set the new value.
9. Click

to update the active style file with the new property settings.

10. Close ISOGEN Configuration.

11. Click Export Style

on the I-Configure horizontal toolbar.

To use this feature you need to draw an adjustable bend using the BENT command. You
also need to update the SKEY of the new bend to PB** (** designates a valid ISOGEN end
type) in the ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73). For more information, see Adjustable Bend
(on page 384).

122

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel

ISOGEN Batch
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > ISOGEN Batch
Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > ISOGEN Batch
Command line: ISOGENBATCH
Generates isometrics using ISOGEN for one or more line numbers. The command uses the
default settings from the ISOGEN Project Manager. For more information, see ISOGEN Project
Manager / I-Configure (on page 130).
ISOGEN drawings can be created for curved piping by using ISOGEN Batch
on an
Adjustable Bend (on page 384) with SKEY in the ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73) set to
PB** (** designates a valid ISOGEN end type). You need to check the Overwrite check box to
enter the new SKEY. To setup curved piping in isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant
isometrics (on page 122).
ISOGENBATCH also exports line number continuation information to ISOGEN.

Extract batch ISOGEN files

1. Click ISOGEN Batch
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ISOGENBATCH on the command line, and

The software displays the Select Item dialog box which lists all the line numbers available in
the model.
2. Select one or more from the available line numbers. For more information, see Select Item
Dialog Box (on page 166).
CADWorx sends each line number to ISOGEN for processing. ISOGEN might break up the
selected line numbers into multiple sheets.
ISOGENBATCH log file written to: C:\Drawings\Model_ISOGEN.log
The components must be generated with a valid ISOGEN authorized hardware lock. If
not, a message similar to the following displays.
Could NOT process 17 component(s) due to permissions failure...
Only components drawn with the ISOGEN interface are allowed...
No components were written to file...
As each line is processed, any errors encountered are displayed on the screen, and a log
file is created.
The ISOGEN Results dialog box displays. For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page
118).

ISOGEN Supplemental
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > ISOGEN Supplemental
Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > ISOGEN Supplemental
Command line: ISOGENSUPL
Places supplemental ISOGEN blocks in the drawing. There are several types of block available
for export to ISOGEN:

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

123

ISOGEN Panel

ISOGEN_Arrow

ISOGEN_Wall

ISOGEN_Floor

ISOGEN_Instrument

ISOGEN_BreakIn

Arrow, wall, and floor blocks must be inserted along the center line of a pipe component.
Instrument blocks must have the instrument line connected to the end of an olet component,
TAP component, or a weld gap component.
Break in (Tie in) points must be connected to the end point of a component.
To add other blocks to this menu, see Introduction. The block name must contain
ISOGEN_Arrow, ISOGEN_Instrument, ISOGEN_Wall, ISOGEN_Floor, or ISOGEN_BreakIn
for export to ISOGEN. For example, to add another instrument type, you could name the block
ISOGEN_Instrument_4, and add it to the menu.
If you are placing a flow arrow on a sloped line, align the UCS to the slope before
inserting the arrow.

ISOGEN Supplemental Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing supplemental ISOGEN blocks in the drawing.
The folder containing the ISOGEN supplemental blocks displays at the top of the dialog box.
List - Displays the available ISOGEN supplemental blocks.
Preview - Displays a preview of the selected block.

Stop Sign
CADWorx Plant I tab: Stop Sign
Misc toolbar: Stop Sign
Command line: STOPSIGN
Places stop sign symbols in the drawing. This symbol is used for designating the starting and
ending locations for automatically-generated isometric output. For more information, see
ISOGEN Out (on page 118). Stop signs must be at a weld or connection point on the piping
system. You place these designators on the drawing and then export them to the database. This
could occur manually with Export Pipe (on page 165) or automatically with Setup Live Database
(on page 164).
If stop signs are present when using the Database option of the ISOOUT command, you are
asked if stop signs should be used in generating the ISOs.
Use Stop Signs [Yes/No] <Yes>:
If you select Yes, continuity is checked and the ISOs are broken at each stop sign. If there are
no line numbers or stop signs present in the database, the following prompt displays.
Database does not have any line number or stop signs...
When exporting with the Select ISOGEN Style dialog box isometric generator (ISOGEN
Out (on page 118) or ISOGEN Batch (on page 123)), stop signs are used, if selected.

124

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel

ISOGEN Start Point

CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN Start Point
Command line: ISOGENSTARTPT
Places start point symbols in the drawing.

Offset Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Offset Tap
Command line: OTAP
Creates offset tap connections for use by ISOGEN. Offset taps are for use with large branches.
After you create an offset tap connection for a component, you can route piping from that point.
Use offset taps for all major branches of the main pipeline. Offset tap is more robust at
processing branches then tap connection. Use an offset tap connection if ISOGEN reports
discontinuity or tap connection does not produce the necessary results.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.
The OTAP command allows several types of pipe-to-pipe connections. The default connection
for OTAP is TANGENTIAL (TTSO). To change to another type of connection, change the
symbol key (SKEY) value on the ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73) for the OTAP
component.
SKEY

Connection Type

TTSO

TANGENTIAL

TTRF

TANGENTIAL REINFORCED

TOSO

OFFSET

TORF

OFFSET REINFORCED

TSSO

STUB IN

TSRF

STUB IN REINFORCED

TESO

SET ON

TERF

SET ON REINFORCED

If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:
TERF, TESO, TSRF, TSSO:

The length of pipe for the cut list increases to include the OTAP length.

The dimension includes OTAP length.

If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

125

ISOGEN Panel
TORF, TOSO, TTRF, TTSO:

The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.

The dimension does not include OTAP length.

If the OTAP connects two pipes that are of different sizes (reduction), ISOGEN Option Switch 2
is used for cut length calculation.

Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:

The length of pipe for the cut list is increased to include the OTAP length.

The dimension includes the OTAP length.

Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO,
TOSO:

The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.

The dimension does not include the OTAP length.

Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:

126

The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.

The dimension includes the OTAP length.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO:

The length of the pipe for the cut list is adjusted based on the diameter of the main and
reduction pipe sizes.

The dimension does not include the OTAP length.

Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point setting with SKEYs: TOSO:

The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.

The dimension does not include the OTAP length.

Option switch 77 Generate PAD Item Code and Show Symbol on Iso option shows a
reinforcement pad on OTAP connections with SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF. A CADWorx
reinforcement pad does not have to be drawn in the model for these three SKEYs.
For all other SKEYs, a CADWorx reinforcement pad must be drawn in the model for it to appear
in the ISO drawing.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

127

ISOGEN Panel
ISOGEN option switch 77 No Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads, One Extra Weld
added at Reinforcement Pads, and Two Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads settings
control weld numbering at the reinforcement pads. Extra welds are only shown for the following
SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF.

Place an offset tap

1. Click Offset Tap . Alternatively, type OTAP on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping
component.
3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped.
The software places the offset tap.

PCF Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > PCF Out
Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > PCF Out
Command line: PCFOUT
Creates a piping component (PCF) file from components selected in the drawing.
This command displays the standard file selection dialog box and prompts for a file name.

128

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel

Extract piping component files

1. Click PCF Out

. Alternatively, type PCFOUT on the command line, and press ENTER.

The Create dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the PCF file in the File name box, and click Save.
Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
3. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
4. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
Dialog Box (on page 166).
or
Choose Select component to select the components by crossing, window, or any other
preferred method. You can select components that are from an XREF if the
UseObjectsFromXrefs (on page 46) is set to 1.
The software processes the components.

PCF In
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > PCF In
Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > PCF In
Command line: PCFIN
Imports components into the current drawing from a piping component (PCF) file. The PCF file
is usually produced from some other plant design system. This command requires that proper
CADWorx specification and data files exist. If the PCF file uses a specification that does not
match the CADWorx specification exactly, the model created by PCF In
does not function as
expected.
The function displays a standard file selection dialog box. There is an intervention level. For
more information, see System In (on page 206).

Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Tap
Command line: TAP
Creates tap connections for use by ISOGEN. The tap connections are used for small branches.
After creating a tap connection for a component, piping can be routed from that point. The
CADWorx ISOGEN interface automatically processes numerous types of taps without needing a
tap connection. Only use a tap connection if ISOGEN reports a discontinuity.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

129

ISOGEN Panel

Place a tap
1. Click Tap

. Alternatively, type TAP on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping
component.
3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped.
The software places the tap.

ISOGEN Project Manager / I-Configure

Generates isometrics. All of the software included with ISOGEN is supplied with an Adobe
Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF) file. This PDF file can be printed or viewed from the
computer. The PDFs can be accessed from the program group that is created during
installation. We suggest reading the PDF manual prior to contacting for technical support.
ISOGEN is installed in a subfolder of CADWorx. There is not an option to install it anywhere
else. The program group created during installation provides shortcuts to all the software within
these folders. It also provides shortcuts for all the documentation.
The information supplied in the CADWorx help file is for general use only.
The Isogen_Utils folder contains all the editors that are used to control the format of the
automatically generated isometrics. These utilities include the options editor, symbols editor,
and others. These applications are required to control the appearance of the ISOGEN isometric.
All of the applications have shortcuts in the program group.
There are two applications available for creating and maintaining ISOGEN Styles: Project
Manager and I-Configure.
Project Manager and I-Configure are both installed with CADWorx ISOGEN and are located in
the [Product Folder]\Plant\ISOGEN folder.
CADWorx can use ISOGEN styles created by Project Manager or I-Configure.

ISOGEN Information
The following topics provide general ISOGEN information.

Material List Definition

The Material List Definition (MLD) file allows you to customize the ISOGEN material list. The
following table shows how CADWorx data is exported to an ISOGEN material list for use with
the MLD file.

130

CADWorx data (as listed in

component edit dialog box)

ISOGEN MLD

Alpha size

Not exported ('N.S.' in the MLD is based on the size stored within
the component data.)

Short annotation

'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE2'

Short annotation

-80

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
Long annotation

'DESCRIPTION'

Line Number

Not available as an MLD item.

Tag

'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE3'

Code

'ITEM-CODE'
(If DataBaseCodesISOGEN (on page 36) = Yes in current
configuration settings)

Code

'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE4'
(If DataBaseCodesISOGEN (on page 36) = No in current
configuration settings)

Weight

'WEIGHT'

Sort sequence

Not exported

Length

'QTY'

Specification

'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1'

SKEY Information
The following ISOGEN SKEYs can be used by CADWorx when creating an isometric.
ISOGEN SKEY definitions and symbol shapes are available in the ISOGEN Symbol Key
(SKEY) Definitions Reference Guide. You can access this document with the Help > Printable
Guides command in I-Configure.
PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

PIPE

PIPE

(Blank)

ELBOW 90 LR BUTTWELD

ELBOW

ELBW

ELBOW 90 SR BUTTWELD

ELBOW

ELBW

ELBOW 90 REDUCING BUTTWELD

ELBOW-REDUCING

ERBW

ELBOW 45 BUTTWELD

ELBOW

ELBW

BEND 180 LR RETURN BUTTWELD

ELBOW

EUBW

BEND 180 SR RETURN BUTTWELD

ELBOW

EUBW

TEE STRAIGHT BUTTWELD

TEE

TEBW

TEE REDUCING BUTTWELD

TEE

TEBW

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

131

ISOGEN Panel

132

PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

10

REDUCER CONCENTRIC BUTTWELD

REDUCER-CONCENTRIC

RCBW

11

REDUCER ECCENTRIC BUTTWELD

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC

REBW

12

CAP BUTTWELD

CAP

KABW

13

STRAIGHT CROSS BUTTWELD

CROSS

CRBW

14

REDUCING CROSS BUTTWELD

CROSS

CRBW

15

LATERAL BUTTWELD

TEE

TSBW

16

STUB END BUTTWELD

LAPJOINT-STUBEND

FLSE

17

LONG WELD NECK

FLANGE / NOZZLE

FLWN /
NZFS

18

FLANGE WELD NECK

FLANGE

FLWN

19

FLANGE SLIP ON

FLANGE

FLSJ

20

FLANGE BLIND

FLANGE-BLIND

FLBL

21

FLANGE LAP JOINT

FLANGE

FLLB

22

FLANGE SOCKET WELD

FLANGE

FLSW

23

FLANGE THREADED

FLANGE

FLSC

24

BOLT

BOLT

(Blank)

25

GASKET

GASKET

(Blank)

26

NIPPLE

COUPLING

NRSC

27

CONCENTRIC SWAGE

REDUCER-CONCENTRIC

CSPL

28

ECCENTRIC SWAGE

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC

ESPL

29

90 LR ELBOW SOCKET WELD

ELBOW

ELSW

30

90 STREET ELBOW SOCKET WELD

ELBOW

ELSW

31

90 REDUCING ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW-REDUCING

ERSW

32

45 ELBOW SOCKET WELD

ELSW

ELBOW

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

33

STRAIGHT TEE SOCKET WELD

TEE

TESW

34

REDUCING TEE SOCKET WELD

TEE

TESW

35

LATERAL SOCKET WELD

TEE

TSSW

36

STRAIGHT CROSS SOCKET WELD

CROSS

CRSW

37

REDUCING BUSHING SOCKET WELD

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC

RBSC

38

CAP SOCKET WELD

CAP

KASW

39

COUPLING SOCKET WELD

COUPLING

COSW

40

HALF COUPLING SOCKET WELD

OLET

HCSW

41

UNION SOCKET WELD

UNION

UNSW

42

BLEED RING

MISC-COMPONENT

RP

43

90 LR ELBOW THREADED

ELBOW

ELSC

44

90 STREET ELBOW THREADED

ELBOW

ELSC

45

90 REDUCING ELBOW THREADED

ELBOW-REDUCING

ERSC

46

45 ELBOW THREADED

ELBOW

ELSC

47

STRAIGHT TEE THREADED

TEE

TESC

48

REDUCING TEE THREADED

TEE

TESC

49

LATERAL THREADED

TEE

TSSC

50

STRAIGHT CROSS THREADED

CROSS

CRSC

51

REDUCING BUSHING THREADED

REDUCER-CONCENTRIC

RBSC

52

CAP THREADED

CAP

KASC

53

COUPLING THREADED

COUPLING

COSC

54

HALF COUPLING THREADED

OLET

HCSC

55

UNION THREADED

UNION

UNSC

56

PLUG THREADED

MISC-COMPONENT

PL

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

133

ISOGEN Panel

134

PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

57

SOCKET WELD ELL-O-LET

ELBOLET

CESW

58

THREADED ELL-O-LET

ELBOLET

CESC

59

WELD ELL-O-LET

ELBOLET

CEBW

60

SOCK-O-LET

OLET

SKSW

61

THREAD-O-LET

OLET

THSC

62

WELD-O-LET

OLET

WTBW

63

BALL VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE

VBFL or
VBBW

64

BALL VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VBSW

65

BALL VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VBSC

66

BUTTERFLY VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE

VYFL or
VYBW

67

CHECK VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE

CKFL or
CKBW

68

CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

CKSW

69

CHECK VALVE THREADED

VALVE

CKSC

70

GATE VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE

VTFL or
VTBW

71

GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VTSW

72

GATE VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VTSC

73

GLOBE VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE

VGFL or
VGBW

74

GLOBE VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VGSW

75

GLOBE VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VGSC

76

PLUG VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE

VPFL or
VPBW

77

PLUG VALVE SOCKET WELD

VPSW

VALVE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

78

PLUG VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VPSC

79

RELIEF VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE-ANGLE

ARFL or
ARBW

80

RELIEF VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE-ANGLE

ARSW

81

RELIEF VALVE THREADED

VALVE-ANGLE

ARSC

82

NEEDLE VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VNSW

83

NEEDLE VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VNSC

84

3-WAY VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE-3WAY

V3FL or
V3BW

85

3-WAY VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE-3WAY

V3SW

86

3-WAY VALVE THREADED

VALVE-3WAY

V3SC

87

4-WAY FLANGED or BUTTWELD

VALVE-4WAY

V4FL or
V4BW

88

4-WAY SOCKET WELD

VALVE-4WAY

V4SW

89

4-WAY VALVE THREADED

VALVE-4WAY

V4SC

90

CONTROL VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

INSTRUMENT

CVFL

91

CONTROL VALVE SOCKET WELD

INSTRUMENT

CVSW

92

CONTROL VALVE THREADED

INSTRUMENT

CVSC

93

STRAINER FLANGED or BUTTWELD

FILTER

FIFL

94

STRAINER SOCKET WELD

FILTER

FISW

95

STRAINER THREADED

FILTER

FISC

96

ANGLE VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE-ANGLE

AVFL or
AVBW

97

ANGLE VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE-ANGLE

AVSW

98

ANGLE VALVE THREADED

VALVE-ANGLE

AVSC

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

135

ISOGEN Panel
PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

99

GAGE VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VKSW

100

GAGE VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VKSC

101

SPECTACLE BLIND

MISC-COMPONENT

SB

102

EXPANSION BELLOWS

MISC-COMPONENT

EXFL

103 to

Symmetrical user shapes: NCFL

NCFL or

107

Non-symmetrical users shapes with two

points: NCFL

MISC-COMPONENT
(NCFL) or

Non-symmetrical users shapes three or

more points: XVFL

136

XVFL

MULTI-PORTCOMPONENT (XVFL)

108

ELBOW 22.5 BUTTWELD

ELBOW

ELBW

109

ELBOW 11.25 BUTTWELD

ELBOW

ELBW

110

WYE BW

TEE

TSBW

111

REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH

SOCKET WELD HUB

REDUCER-CONCENTRIC

RCSW

112

REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH

THREADED HUB

REDUCER-CONCENTRIC

RCSC

113

REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH SOCKET REDUCER-ECCENTRIC

WELD HUB

RESW

114

REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH

THREADED HUB

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC

RESC

115

FLANGE REDUCING SO

FLANGE-REDUCINGCONCENTRIC

FLRC

116

FLANGE REDUCING THREADED

FLANGE-REDUCINGCONCENTRIC

FLRC

117

FLANGE REDUCING WN

FLANGE-REDUCINGCONCENTRIC

FLRC

118

COUPLING SOCKET WELD

COUPLING

COSW

119

COUPLING THREADED

COUPLING

COSC

120

LATERAL-O-LET SOCKET WELD

OLET

LASW

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

121

LATERAL-O-LET THREADED

OLET

LASC

122

LATERAL-O-LET WELD

OLET

LABW

123

NIP-O-LET THREADED

OLET

NISC

124

NIP-O-LET PLAIN

OLET

NIPL

125

PIPE FLANGED

PIPE-FIXED

FPFL

126

ELBOW 90 LR FLANGED

ELBOW

ELFL

127

ELBOW 45 FLANGED

ELBOW

ELFL

128

TEE STRAIGHT FLANGED

TEE

TEFL

129

REDUCER CONCENTRIC FLANGED

REDUCER-CONCENTRIC

RCFL

130

REDUCER ECCENTRIC FLANGED

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC

REFL

131

WYE FLANGED

TEE

TSFL

132

DIAPHRAGM VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VDSW

133

DIAPHRAGM VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VDSC

134

DIAPHRAGM VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE

VDFL or
VDBW

135

ROTARY VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VRSW

136

ROTARY VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VRSC

137

ROTARY VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE

VRFL or
VRBW

138

DUAL CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

CKSW

139

DUAL CHECK VALVE THREADED

VALVE

CKSC

140

DUAL CHECK VALVE FLANGED or

BUTTWELD

VALVE

CKFL or
CKBW

141

XBODY GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD

VALVE

VTSW

142

XBODY GATE VALVE THREADED

VALVE

VTSC

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

137

ISOGEN Panel

138

PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

143

XBODY GATE VALVE BW

VALVE

VTFL

144

ELBOW 90 WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

ELBOW

EL**

145

ELBOW 90 REDUCING WITH SPECIAL ELBOW-REDUCING

END TYPES

ER**

146

ELBOW 45 WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

ELBOW

EL**

147

TEE STRAIGHT WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

TEE

TE**

148

TEE REDUCING WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

TEE

TE**

149

CROSS WITH SPECIAL END TYPES

CROSS

CR**

150

CROSS REDUCING WITH SPECIAL

END TYPES

CROSS

CR**

151

LATERAL WITH SPECIAL END TYPES

TEE

TE**

152

REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH

SPECIAL END TYPES

REDUCER-CONCENTRIC

RC**

153

REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH

SPECIAL END TYPES

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC

RE**

154

STUB WITH SPECIAL END TYPES

CONNECTOR

MPBW

155

WYE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES

TEE

TS**

156

CAP WITH SPECIAL END TYPES

CAP

KA**

157

NUT WITH SPECIAL END TYPES

NUT (BNUT) or CLAMP

(CLMP)

BNUT or
CLMP

158

BALL VALVE WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

VALVE

VB**

159

BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH SPECIAL

END TYPES

VALVE

VY**

160

CHECK VALVE WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

VALVE

VC**

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

161

GATE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

VALVE

VT**

162

GLOBE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

VALVE

VG**

163

PLUG VALVE WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

VALVE

VP**

164

3-WAY VALVE WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

VALVE-3WAY

V3**

165

ANGLE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

VALVE-ANGLE

AV**

166

MULTIPORT 1 VALVE WITH SPECIAL

END TYPES

VALVE, VALVE-ANGLE,
VALVE-3WAY

ZG**, 2Z**,
3Z**

167

MULTIPORT 2 VALVE WITH SPECIAL

END TYPES

VALVE-MULTIWAY

MZ**

168

MULTIPORT 3 VALVE WITH SPECIAL

END TYPES

VALVE-MULTIWAY

MZ**

169

ELBOW 22.5 WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

BEND

BE**

170

ELBOW 11.25 WITH SPECIAL END

TYPES

BEND

BE**

171

LATERAL REDUCING WITH SPECIAL

END TYPES

TEE

TE**

172

U-BEND WITH SPECIAL END TYPES

Not exported

Not
exported

173

WELD GAP

WELD

WW

174 to 197

(Future Components)

198

GENERIC INSERT

Not exported

Not
exported

199

WELD GAP

WELD

WW

200

BEND PIPE

ELBOW, BEND

ELBW,
BUBW,
PBBW,

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

139

ISOGEN Panel
PRGM #

CADWorx Name

ISOGEN Identifier

SKEY

201

MITER PIPE

GAP

(Blank)

202

ROLLED PIPE

MISC-COMPONENT

FXBW

203

RESTRAINTS

SUPPORT

SKID

204

PAD or SADDLE

REINFORCEMENT-PAD

(Blank)

205

RIGID ELEMENT

GAP

(Blank)

206

SKIPPED ELEMENT

GAP

(Blank)

207

SPECIAL RIGID

GAP

(Blank)

208

TUBING

PIPE or BEND (PB)

(Blank) or
PB

209

STOP SIGN

ISO-SPLIT-POINT

(Blank)

210

TAP CONNECTION

TAP-CONNECTION

(Blank)

211

OFFSET TAP CONNECTION

TEE-SET-ON

TTSO

212

ISOGEN START POINT

START-CO-ORDS

(Blank)

End Type Information

CADWorx special end type components are written to the PCF based on the end type used in
the data file.

140

CADWorx End Type

ISOGEN End Type

PL

BW

FL

LN

LN

MP

MP

MP

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

ISOGEN Panel
8

MP

CL

10

CL

11

CL

12

CL

13

CL

14

SW

15

SC

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

141

ISOGEN Panel

142

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 5

OrthoGen Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen
Command Name

Command Line

OrthoGen Launch - Launches the OrthoGen application.

ORTHOGENLAUNCH
For more information, see OrthoGen Launch (on page 143)
OrthoGen Out - Generates OrthoGen drawings from a
ORTHOGENOUT
script file created using the OrthoGen application. For more
information, see OrthoGen Out (on page 143).

OrthoGen Launch
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Launch
Command line: ORTHOGENLAUNCH
Launches the OrthoGen application, which enables you to create an OrthoGen script (SCR) file
to be used in rendering an OrthoGen drawing.
For additional information about OrthoGen see the OrthoGen Help files.

See Also
OrthoGen Out (on page 143)

OrthoGen Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Out
Command line: ORTHOGENOUT
Generates OrthoGen drawings from a script (SCR) file created using the OrthoGen application.
OrthoGen annotates pipe lines, steel, equipment, HVAC, and more. Annotations are based on
styles created using the OrthoGen application.
1. Open a drawing, and then click Layout or create your own layout.
2. Click OrthoGen Out on the OrthoGen panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab. Alternatively,
type ORTHOGENOUT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select a script file created from OrthoGen, and then click Open.
The OrthoGen script file produces the label and dimensional information on the
Orthographic drawing.

See Also
OrthoGen Launch (on page 143)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

143

OrthoGen Panel

144

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 6

LNum Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum
You can create and store line numbers in different configuration files for various requirements in
a variety of formats. There can be any number of categories within a line number.
When you start a new drawing, the line number system is not active by default.
Click Setup
to automatically assign line numbers when you place components. After you set
the line number in the current drawing, it remains set until you change it.
Command Name
Setup - Modifies line number configurations. For more
information, see Setup (on page 146).

Command Line
NUMBERSETUP

Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a P&ID NUMBERSET
project, the current drawing, or a component that you
select. For more information, see Set (on page 147).
Count - Sets the present line number count value. For
more information, see Count (on page 148).

NUMBERCOUNT

Increment - Increases the line number count value. For

more information, see Increment (on page 149).

NUMBER+

Decrement - Decreases the line number count value. For

more information, see Decrement (on page 149).

NUMBER-

Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers to existing

components. For more information, see Assign (on page
149).

NUMBERASSIGN

Annotate - Labels components with existing line numbers.

For more information, see Annotate (on page 150).

NUMBERANNOTATE

Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a

component that you select. For more information, see Line
(on page 151).

COMP2LINE

Line Isolate - Isolates components based on their line

numbers or their specifications. For more information, see
Line Isolate (on page 151).

LINEISOLATE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

145

LNum Panel

Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Setup
Line Number toolbar: Setup
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Setup
Command line: NUMBERSETUP
Modifies any line number configuration. You can turn the line numbering system on or off. If the
system is on, it can operate in a static or dynamic mode.
In the dynamic mode, CADWorx adjusts the line number according to the size or specification.
In the static mode, you must manually change the size and specification. Static is useful when
all components and sizes of a particular piping run are required to have the same line number
(such as, the 3/4 vent on an 8 process line needs a line number of 8-150-2001-N). Static line
numbering is also useful when selecting runs of piping for other functions with CADWorx. For
more information, see LineNumberSystem (on page 41).
This system also works with a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file. You can change the
configuration file location in SETUP to use the same project configuration as any P&ID project.
For more information, see Setup (on page 28). Click Add in the Category group in this dialog
box to select additional fields located in the process lines table of a typical P&ID project
database. When using a P&ID project, changes made to a line number configuration within
CADWorx reflect within the P&ID project.
If the system is not using a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file, the additional fields are
obtained from the DATABASE.TBL file located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. You
must manually edit this file for any modifications required of the existing fields within the default
line number system.

Line Numbering System Dialog Box

Controls parameters for line numbering systems. The name of the current configuration file
displays at the top of the dialog box. You can also use a P&ID project configuration file.
Category - Specifies the active process line item. The list contains the process line items from
the Database.TBL file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. You can add these items to
any line number system. After you select an item, click Add to place it in the Category list.
Highlight the item in the right list box, and then click Delete to remove it from the line number
system. You can also type in a value, and then click Add.
Add - Adds the item from the Category box to the Category list.
Delete - Removes the selected item from the Category list.
Separator - Specifies a separator character. Type an alphanumeric value (including special
characters such as -, ~, #, or SPACE). Click Add to place it in the Category list. Highlight the
item in the Category list, and then click Delete to remove it from the line number system.
Add - Adds the separator character to the Category list.
Delete - Removes the separator character from the Category list.
Default Value - Adds any default value to any category included in the Category list. The size
and specification are disabled if the system is set to the dynamic mode.
System Off - Indicates that line numbers are not placed in the drawing.

146

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

LNum Panel
System On (Dynamic Size/Spec) - Indicates that each component placed in the drawing
receives a line number. When this option is cleared, the line number is not placed on the
component.
System On (Static Size/Spec) - Indicates that the line number system uses the value in the
Default value box, including the size and specification. This allows you to type anything for the
size and specification.
Preview - Displays the line number based on the selected categories. The line number added to
components looks similar to the Preview value.
Move Up - Moves the selected item higher in the Category list. The new order also displays in
the Preview box.
Move Down - Moves the selected item lower in the Category list. The new order also displays
in the Preview box.

Set
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Set
Line Number toolbar: Set
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Set
Command line: NUMBERSET
Sets the line number from one of three sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a
selected component.
P&ID - Requires a valid CADWorx P&ID project using an Access database. If the configuration
file is the same as an existing P&ID project, this option automatically supplies all the line
numbers within that project from the process lines table. The line numbers supplied are of the
same format as the project. If the configuration file is not the same, a standard file dialog box
displays requesting the location of the database to use.
Current Drawing - Sets the line numbers based on the current drawing. This option searches
the entire drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select Item dialog box. This option
requires that the LineNumberSystem (on page 41) variable is set to 2. This is the same as
selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box.
For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 146).
Component - Sets the line numbers based on a component that you select from the current
drawing. This option searches the entire drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select
Item dialog box. This option requires that the LineNumberSystem (on page 41) variable is set to
2. This is the same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line
Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box
(on page 146).

Select Item Dialog Box (on page 166)

What do you want to do?

Set line numbers based on a P&ID project (on page 148)

Set line numbers based on the current drawing (on page 148)

Set line numbers based on a component (on page 148)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

147

LNum Panel

Set line numbers based on a P&ID project

1. Click Set

. Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line and press ENTER.

2. Type P on the command line and press ENTER, or select Process drawings from the
popup menu.
The Select Database File dialog box displays.
3. Select the P&ID Access database file.
4. Click Open on the Select Database File dialog box.
The software sets the line numbers.

Set line numbers based on the current drawing

1. Click Set

. Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line and press ENTER.

2. Type D on the command line and press ENTER, or select current Drawing from the popup
menu.
The Select Item dialog box displays.
3. If needed, use the Filter box to limit the items that display.
4. Select the item to use from the list.
5. Click OK.
The software sets the line numbers.

Set line numbers based on a component

1. Click Set

. Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Type C on the command line and press ENTER, or select Component from the popup
menu.
3. Select the component in the drawing.
The software sets the line numbers.

Count
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Count
Line Number toolbar: Count
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Count
Command line: NUMBERCOUNT
Sets the present line number count value.
This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 41) variable to 1. This is the
same as selecting the System On (Dynamic Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering
System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page
146).

148

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

LNum Panel

Set the line count value

1. Click Count
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type NUMBERCOUNT on the command line, and press

2. Type the line count value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software sets the line count number.

Increment
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Increment
Line Number toolbar: Increment
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Increment
Command line: NUMBER+
Increases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0001, then
this increments it to 0002.

Decrement
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Decrement
Line Number toolbar: Decrement
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Decrement
Command line: NUMBERDecreases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0002, this
decrements it to 0001.

Assign
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Assign
Line Number toolbar: Assign
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Assign
Command line: NUMBERASSIGN
Assigns new or different line numbers to existing components. In the static mode, the line
number is replaced exactly as it is previewed in the Setup dialog box. This means that a 3/4
line can be assigned an 8-150-2001-N line number. When in dynamic mode, the line number is
automatically adjusted and the 3/4 line receives a line number of 3/4-150-2001-N. This is
based on the present size and specification listed within the component's data.
When selecting a component with a line number already attached, a message appears. Select
Yes to assign the component the new line number. You can make your selection by window,
fence, or by individually selecting a component. During the process, a rubberband cursor
appears indicating which component is being assigned the new line number.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

149

LNum Panel

Assign line numbers

1. Click Assign
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type NUMBERASSIGN on the command line, and press

Current line number is 4"-150-HWS-3001-N.

2. Select all the components requiring a new number.
3. Press ENTER to finish the selection process.
If the component already has a line number, a prompt appears confirming replacement.
Component has existing line number of 4"-150-HWS-3001-N
Replace with line number of 2"-150-HWS-3001-N
4. Type N on the command line and press ENTER, or select No from the popup menu to leave
the line numbers as they are.
Type Y on the command line and press ENTER, or select Yes from the popup menu to
replace the line numbers.
Type A on the command line and press ENTER, or select yes to All from the popup menu
to skip all future prompts and replace the line numbers.
The software assigns the line numbers.

Annotate
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Annotate
Line Number toolbar: Annotate
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Annotate
Command line: NUMBERANNOTATE
Labels components with existing line numbers. The text size is based upon the AutoCAD
environment variable TEXTSIZE and is placed on the default text layer. You can select
individual components to annotate. During the labeling process, a rubberband cursor appears
indicating which component is being labeled.

Label components with line numbers

1. Click Annotate
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type NUMBERANNOTATE on the command line, and

2. Select the components to annotate.

3. Select the point for the annotation.
4. Select the direction for the annotation, or type the angle for the annotation on the command
line and press ENTER.
The software places the annotation.

150

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

LNum Panel

Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Line
Setting toolbar: Line
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Line
Command line: COMP2LINE
Sets the current line number by selecting a component with the required line number. Any
components created after running this command use the new line number.
This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 41) variable to 2. This is the
same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System
dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 146).

Set the current line number to that of a component

1. Click Line

. Alternatively, type COMP2LINE on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Select a component in the drawing.

CADWorx displays the line number.

Line Isolate
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate
Command line: LINEISOLATE
Isolates components based on their line numbers or their specifications. You can use this
command to isolate an entire line number or to isolate one line number and include surrounding
buildings or equipment. It can also turn off any isolation of components or surrounding
equipment and building.
Isolate - Isolates only components with particular specifications or line numbers. This option
hides all objects including non-CADWorx objects in the drawing. To make them visible again,
run this command again and select the Show all option.
Partial isolate - Works similar to the Isolate option, except that it leaves the surrounding
graphics (building, equipment, dimensions, and so on) visible. This option has the same
additional options as Isolate.
Show all - Turns off any isolation and makes all objects in the drawing visible.
Spec - Lists all specs used in the model. You can select one or more specifications to isolate.
Line number - Lists all line numbers used in the drawing. You can select one or more line
numbers to isolate.
List - Displays a dialog box listing either the specifications or line numbers within the drawing.
You can select one or more items using the standard Windows selection methods.
Select component - Select a component in the drawing.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

151

LNum Panel

152

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 7

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

CADWorx Plant I tab > Steel BOM DB Panel
Command Description

Command line

BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style BOMSETUP
or layout that you need. For more information, see Bill of Material
Setup (on page 154).
Cut BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece BOMCUT
of pipe with a length and a tag. For more information, see Cut Pipe
Bill of Material (on page 157).
Total BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for BOMTOTAL
a total length of pipe in each size. For more information, see Total
Pipe Bill of Material (on page 159).
Single BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each
BOMSINGLE
selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see Single
Pipe Bill of Material (on page 160).
Export BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an
external file format that you specify. For more information, see
Export Pipe Bill of Material (on page 162).

BOMEXPORT

Import BOM - Imports a database into a Bill a Material schedule.

For more information, see Import Pipe Bill of Material (on page
163).

BOMIMPORT

Delete BOM - Deletes all entities designated for Bill of Material.

For more information, see Delete Bill of Material (on page 163).

BOMDELETE

Tag Toggle - Turns on and off the placement of tags. For more
information, see Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page 163).

TAGTOGGLE

Tag Location - Moves a tag. For more information, see Tag

Location (on page 163).

TAGRELOCATE

Insert Tag - Places a tag on the drawing without having to run a

Bill of Material. For more information, see Insert Tag (on page
164).

TAGINSERT

Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external database. LIVEDB

For more information, see Setup Live Database (on page 164).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

153

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Export Pipe - Exports CADWorx component information to a
DBFGEN
Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see
Export Pipe (on page 165).
Import Pipe - Imports and draws CADWorx components from a
DBFIN
Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see
Import Pipe (on page 168).
Audit Pipe Database - Maintains the database for each
component in the drawing that has data attached. For more
information, see Audit Pipe Database (on page 168).

DBAUDIT

Synchronize - Checks all components in the drawing and updates SYNC

them according to the current value in the database. For more
information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 169).
C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for selected pipe CG
members. For more information, see C.G. Generator (on page
171).

Bill of Material Setup

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Setup
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Setup
Plant menu: Bill of Material > Setup
Command line: BOMSETUP
Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. Using this dialog
box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down), provide user
specified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of over 30
different entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Use the Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page 163) command to turn the tags on and off in the
schedule.

Bill of Material Setup Dialog Box

Defines or edits the Bill of Material (BOM) schedule template. The template is stored in the
configuration file listed at the top of the dialog.
Database Columns Available - Lists all the information that you can include in the BOM. These
columns can be added to any schedule template in any order using Add.
There are six special columns: USER1, USER2, USER3, USER4, USER5, UNIT. These
columns are blank in the BOM. You can manually enter data after the BOM is generated.
Custom Data created in the Specification Editor can be added to any schedule template in any
order using Add. Find the custom data field name in the Database Columns Available to add it
to BOM Columns Selected.
PT4_X, PT4_Y and PT4 _Z are the world coordinate system location of the approximate center
point of the component.

154

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

BOM Columns Selected - Shows all the columns that have been selected and their order of
appearance in the schedule from left (top of list box) to right (bottom of list box). Use Sort Order
to set the order by which these columns are sorted.
Add and Remove - Moves selected columns between the Database Columns Available and
BOM Columns Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking
the column name in the list.
Alignment - Specifies the text alignment for the selected column.
Grow Direction - Specifies whether the schedule should start at the top and work its way down
or start at the bottom and work its way up.
Move Up and Move Down - Defines the column order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM
Columns Selected list, and then click Move Up to place the column further left in the BOM.
Click Move Down to place the selected column further right in the BOM.
Move Up and Move Down do not set the sort order of the BOM, only the placement of
the columns. Use Sort Order to define the sort order.
Column title - Specifies the text heading for the selected column.
Column width - Specifies the width for the selected column.
Sort Order - Controls the sort order and accumulation of pipe components in the BOM. For
more information, see BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 157).

What do you want to do?

Add or remove properties from BOM (on page 155)

Change the column order (on page 156)

Change text alignment in columns (on page 156)

Change the BOM sorting and accumulation (on page 156)

Add or remove properties from BOM

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type BOMSETUP in the command line.

The Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. To add a property to the BOM, double-click the property in the Database Columns
Available list.
Use the Column title and Column width boxes to define the column heading text and
the column width respectively.
3. To remove a property from the BOM, double-click the property in the BOM Columns
Selected list.
4. Click OK.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

155

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Change the column order

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type BOMSETUP in the command line.

The Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. Select the column to move in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Use Move Up and Move Down to change the column order. The column order in the list top
to bottom is the column order in the BOM from left to right.
4. Click OK.

Change text alignment in columns

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type BOMSETUP in the command line.

The Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. Select the column to edit in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Select Left, Center, or Right to control the vertical text justification in the selected column.
4. Select Downward or Upward to control the horizontal alignment of the text in the selected
column.
5. Click OK.

Change the BOM sorting and accumulation

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type BOMSETUP in the command line.

The Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. Click Sort Order.
The BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Control Setup dialog box displays.
3. Move the columns that you want to sort with to the BOM Columns Selected list.
4. Use Move Up and Move Down to specify which columns are sorted first in the BOM.
5. Select a column and use the Ascending and Descending options to control how
information in that column is sorted. Ascending means sorting from small numbers to larger
numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z. Descending is large number to smaller (100 to 1) and Z
to A.
6. Click OK on the BOM Sort Order dialog box.
7. Click OK on the Bill of Material Setup dialog box.

156

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box

Controls the sort order of the BOM. Columns that you place in the BOM Columns Selected list
are used to sort the BOM starting with the top column, then the second column, and so forth.
Use Move Up and Move Down to change the order in which the BOM is sorted.
This dialog box also controls the accumulation of piping components. If two valves have different
TAG values and you do not want these to accumulate, then you need to add TAG to the BOM
Columns Selected list.
Database Columns Available - Lists all the information on a steel member that you can use to
sort the BOM. These columns can be used to sort using Add.
BOM Columns Selected - Shows all the columns that have been selected for sorting and their
sort order from top to bottom.
Add and Remove - Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM
Columns Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking on the
column name in the list.
Column Sort - Controls additional sorting on each selected column.

Ascending - Sorts from small numbers to larger numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z.

Descending - Sorts from large numbers to small numbers (100 to 1) and from Z to A.

If you want the BOM to sort from large size piping to small size piping, use Descending for
MAIN_NOM and RED_NOM.
Move Up and Move Down - Defines the sort order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM
Columns Selected list, and then click Move Up to sort that column before other columns. Click
Move Down to sort the column after columns higher in the list.
When you add the line number (LINE_NUM) to BOM Columns Selected, the bill of
material export options (BOMCUT, BOMTOTAL, and BOMEXPORT) calculates the
components by the line number rather than the total number of the selected components.

Cut Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Cut
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Cut
Plant menu: Bill of Material > Run > Cut
Command line: BOMCUT
Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece of pipe with a length and a tag. Identical
items are accumulated in the quantity column.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

157

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

Cut BOM using Automatic placement (on page 158)

Cut BOM using Manual placement (on page 159)

Cut BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Cut

You can also type BOMCUT in the command line.

2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

158

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Cut BOM using Manual placement

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Cut
.
You can also type BOMCUT in the command line.
2. Select the Manual placement option.
3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

Total Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Total
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Total
Plant menu: Bill of Material > Run > Total
Command line: BOMTOTAL
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of pipe in each size. Identical
long annotation items are accumulated in the length column.
Bill of Material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

159

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

Total BOM using Automatic placement (on page 160)

Total BOM using Manual placement (on page 160)

Total BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Total

You can also type BOMTOTAL in the command line.

2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

Total BOM using Manual placement

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Total

You can also type BOMTOTAL in the command line.

2. Select the Manual placement option.
3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

Single Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Single
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Single
Plant menu: Bill of Material > Run > Single
Command line: BOMSINGLE
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each selected object having its own line in the
schedule.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.

160

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

Single BOM using Automatic placement (on page 161)

Single BOM using Manual placement (on page 162)

Single BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Single
.
You can also type BOMSINGLE in the command line.
2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

161

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Single BOM using Manual placement

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Single

You can also type BOMSINGLE in the command line.

2. Select the Manual placement option.
3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

Export Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Export
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Export
Plant menu: Bill of Material > Export
Command line: BOMEXPORT
Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The
schedule for the Bill of Material is defined using Bill of Material Setup (on page 154). CADWorx
can export the Bill of Material schedules to:

Access file (*.mdb)

Excel file (*.xls)
Text file (*.txt)
HTML file (*.htm)

When exporting data to Microsoft Excel, numeric data is exported as text and is preceded by a
single quote. This single quote prevents you from totaling the column in Excel. To correct this in
Excel, select the column and then select Data > Text To Columns. Step through the wizard
selecting the Delimited option and Tab as the Delimiter check box. This changes the data from
text to numbers. In Imperial/Inch settings, length is exported in feet and inches, which cannot be
totaled in Excel. To export length in decimal format, change the current AutoCAD Dimension
Style settings Primary Units format to decimal.
An additional command called BOMEXTERNAL is available to export a project database
to a file based on the columns chosen in the BOMSETUP.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Export

You can also type BOMEXPORT in the command line.

2. Specify if you want a Cut, Total, or Single BOM.
3. Select the objects to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished.
4. In the Save as type box, select the file format that you want.
5. Type the file name, and specify the folder location.
6. Click Save.

162

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Import Pipe Bill of Material

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Import
Command line: BOMIMPORT
Imports a database into a Bill of Material schedule on the present drawing. The schedule is
generated using the BOMSETUP parameters, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 154). You can
import only Access files (*.mdb) formats created with the DBFGEN command. For more
information, see Export Pipe (on page 165).
This command cannot be used to import data from the files generated with the BOMEXPORT
command because BOMEXPORT exports only partial field information. BOMIMPORT command
expects all the fields to be present.
1. Select Plant > Bill of Material > Import.
You can also type BOMIMPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want a Cut length, Total length, or Single item BOM.
3. Select to use the current database or to select another database. The current database
displays in the command line area.
4. Select the upper right corner location of the Bill of Material in the drawing.

Delete Bill of Material

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Delete
Command line: BOMDELETE
Deletes all entities that are on the layer designated for Bill of Materials in the current
configuration settings. This option cannot be used for deleting partial tags or for deleting the
schedule only.
1. Select Plant > Bill of Material > Delete.
You can also type BOMDELETE in the command line.

Tag Toggle Bill of Material

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Tag > Toggle
Command line: TAGTOGGLE
Toggle Bill of Material tags in the schedule on and off.
1. Select Plant > Bill of Material > Tag > Toggle.
You can also type TAGTOGGLE in the command line.

Tag Location
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Location
Command line: TAGRELOCATE (EQUIPTAGRELOCATE in CADWorx Equipment)
Relocates a tag. This command is useful when tags are placed on top of each other. Optionally,
this command deletes the connector line from the item mark to the component. This is useful
when multiple items are required for one location, such as gaskets and bolts associated with a
flange.
Tags and the associated leader lines are grouped. This makes them easier to
manipulate. You can use the AutoCAD Group command to un-group the items and manually
rearrange them.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

163

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Insert Tag
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Insert
Command line: TAGINSERT (EQUIPTAGINSERT in CADWorx Equipment)
Places tags on the drawing without having to run the main Bill of Material generator. The tag is
scaled according to the present text size.

Setup Live Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Setup
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Setup
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Setup
Command line: LIVEDB
CADWorx supports a fully functional live external database. Use this command to define the
database settings that are saved to the configuration file listed. When a drawing is opened and a
configuration file is located in the same folder, the drawing initializes according to that
configuration file using a live database or not.

When a component is deleted from the drawing and there is a live database active, that
component is marked for deletion in the database. When the drawing is closed, if the
drawing is not saved the item is not deleted from the database. If the drawing is saved, then
the item is deleted from the database.

When a component or a group of components are copied from a drawing to a new drawing
that uses the same live database, the copied components are duplicated in the live database
with the new drawing name.

When a component or a group of components are cut from a drawing and placed in another
drawing that uses the same live database, the components duplicate in the live database
with the new drawing name. When the old drawing is saved and closed any duplicate items
from the first drawing are deleted from the live database because they are no longer on the
first drawing.

All changes to live database settings take effect in the next drawing session.

On/Off - Turns the live database system on and off. When on, all components drawn are
updated instantaneously to the database. Changes can be made in the drawing or in the
database. When off, all CADWorx component information is stored only within the drawing.
Database Type - Select the type of database to use as the live database. Depending on the
type chosen, the path to the database or schema is displayed.
Access Path - Defines the Microsoft Access database information. Click Create Table to create
the PIPE table in the database when creating a new database. Click Select File to specify an
existing database.
SQL Server Database Name and Schema - Defines the Microsoft SQL Server database
information. You must have already created the ODBC schemas (refer to the installation guide
for help). Type the database name in the Database box. Type the ODBC schema name in the
Schema box, either Plant_SQL_SERVER or Steel_SQL_SERVER.

164

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Oracle Schema - Defines the Oracle database information. Type the ODBC schema name in
the Schema box.
Startup Dialog Options - Sets the database option on CADWorx startup.

No dialog (new drawings are in Live DB) - Select to place new drawings automatically in
the database. Selecting this option requires that a new drawing be named and saved
immediately on creation. Drawings that use a live database must be in the same folder with
the appropriate configuration file.

No dialog (new drawings are not in Live DB) - Select to not add new drawings to the
database. You can add drawings to the live database later using this command.

Show dialog - Select to display a dialog box on which you can choose to use a database or
not.

Existing components in drawings can be added to the database by using DBFGEN for
Pipe or SDBFGEN for Steel. For more information, see Export Pipe (on page 165).

Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box

Enables you to access the system by entering a user name and password when required.
User Name - Specifies your user name for the system.
Password - Type the password, if your system requires a password.
Database : Schema - Displays the database name and schema from the Enter Value dialog
box. For Oracle, only the schema displays from the Enter Schema dialog box.

Export Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Export
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Export
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Export
Command line: DBFGEN
Exports CADWorx component information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
When using live database, this command updates the appropriate database setup for the
drawing.
Database Type - Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a
Microsoft Excel file.
Browse - Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of
the dialog display the file name and folder in use.
Append/Sync - Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the
database that no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database
according to the drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to
maintain the database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database
file at the same time.
New - Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

165

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Export

You can also type DBFGEN in the command line.

Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
2. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
3. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
Dialog Box (on page 166).
or
Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any
other preferred method.
4. Select the components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The Select Database Type dialog box displays.
5. Select Access or Excel to define the file type.
6. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name.
7. Select New if you are creating a new file.
or
Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file.
8. Click OK.
If live database is being used, the prompt Continue to update live database? [Yes/No]
<Yes>: displays.
9. Click Yes to update the database.
or
Click No to stop updating the live database.

Select Item Dialog Box

Lists all the line number or specifications in the drawing (or database). You can select multiple
items using the CTRL or SHIFT keys.
Filter - Enter a wildcard filter to limit the items available in the list. The filter is case sensitive.

Wildcards

166

Character

Used to

# (pound)

Matches any single numeric digit

@ (at)

Matches any single alphabetic character

. (period)

Matches any single non-alphanumeric character

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

* (asterisk)

Matches any character sequence, including an empty one, and it can

be used anywhere in the search pattern: beginning, middle, or end

? (question mark) Matches any single character

~ (tilde)

If it is the first character in the pattern, it matches anything except the

pattern

[...]

Matches any one of the characters enclosed

[~...]

Matches any single character not enclosed

- (hyphen)

Used inside brackets to specify a range for a single character

, (comma)

Separates two patterns

` (reverse quote)

Escapes special characters (reads next character literally)

In the example below, lines with 2C or A1 display for selection.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

167

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Import Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Import
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Import
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Import
Command line: DBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. This
command is not available when you are using a live database.
You can select one or more drawings to import. CADWorx then draws the imported components
in single line mode. These can be converted to any other modes using the Mode Convert (on
page 81) tools available.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Import

2.
3.
4.
5.

You can also type DBFIN in the command line.

The Select Database File dialog box displays.
Browse to and select the file to import.
Click Open.
The Select Item dialog box displays.
Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing.
Click OK.

Audit Pipe Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Audit
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Audit
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Audit
Command line: DBAUDIT
Maintains the database for each component in the drawing that has data attached. Use this
command whenever the drawing or the database has any problems. If a problem is found in the
drawing, for example a component in the database is not present in the drawing, you have the
option to delete this component in the database or to simply ignore it.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Audit

You can also type DBAUDIT in the command line.

The Select Database File dialog box displays.
2. Browse to and select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
The message Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database displays.
4. If no problems are found, the message Audit completed displays.
5. If a problem is found, you are prompted to delete the row from the database. Select Yes to
delete the row. Select No to ignore the row.

168

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Synchronize Pipe Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Synchronize
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Synchronize
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Synchronize
Command line: SYNC
Checks all components in the drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. This command does not write new records to the database for new components that
are in the model but are not in the database. You need to use Setup Live Database (on page
164) before using this command.
When a drawing has a live database attached, you can open the database and edit the
ALPHA_SIZE, SHORT_DESC, LONG_DESC, TAG, LINE_NUM, DB_CODE, WEIGHT, and any
Custom Data values in the PIPE table. Changing any other column value does not have any
effect on the drawing.
The external database does not update newly created custom data if the database itself
is opened in a separate session.
If the SPEC_FILE column value is changed, the values in the other columns listed above are
ignored. The SPEC_FILE column value must be changed to an existing valid specification. The
column values listed above are updated according to the information derived from the
specification. When a specification is changed, it must match the base rating of the specification.
For example, changing a component from a 150 lb rated specification to a 300 lb rated
specification causes discontinuity within the drawing. This discontinuity does not present itself
until a mode convert is performed on the component.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

169

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

After data is changed and you run Synchronize
, the data is updated. The Synchronize
command now works in conjunction with the SyncOnStartUp (on page 44) variable in
Configuration Settings (on page 31). Setting the SyncOnStartUp variable to Synchronize With
Changes Review displays the Synchronize Component dialog box that enables you to review
the changes made to a database and decide which ones to accept or reject. These changes
also include the custom data fields created in the Specification Editor.

Synchronize Component Dialog Box

Enables you to review the changes made in a live database and accept or reject the changes.
The Field Name includes information from the Component Edit dialog box including the
custom data. For more information, see Local Edit (on page 70).
Field Name - Specifies the database information name, as they pertain to the database and the
corresponding information in the Component Edit dialog box fields. When SyncOnStartUp (on
page 44) is set to Synchronize With Changes Review while using a live database, the editable
boxes in the Component Edit dialog box display for review in this window. You can then update
the changes in the Synchronize Component dialog box, by clicking Accept Changes.
Database Values - Specifies the changed information value for the Field Name when a change
was made. If no change was made, the Database Values keep the same value as the
Component Values indicating no change takes place when the changes are accepted.
Component Values - Specifies the original database information values for the Field Name.
Field Name, Database Values, and Component Values display in red when a change
has been made to the database.
select / deselect all - Enables you to select or clear all changes made to the database.
Accept Changes - Accepts the selected changes made to the database and updates the
Component Edit dialog box.
Reject Changes - Rejects the changes to the database and returns them to their original value.
Each component changed displays the Synchronize Component dialog box separately.
You must except or reject each change individually.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Synchronize

You can also type SYNC in the command line.

2. Click Yes to confirm that you want to synchronize the drawing with the database.
OR
The Synchronize Component dialog box displays.
Review the information, and accept or reject the changes.
If you reject the changes, the changes you made in the database file are reset to the
previous information.

170

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

C.G. Generator
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > C.G. Generator
Plant menu: Accessory > C.G. Generator
Command line: TCG
Calculates center of gravity for all components drawn in X,Y planes (2D plans) or in X,Y,Z
planes (3D Model). You can use a generic attach (from Plant > Toolbars > Misc) which
provides the center of gravity location and weight. For more information on specifying a center of
gravity location for a generic attach, see Generic Attach (on page 202) or Steel - Generic
Attachment (on page 295).
Selection can be done by crossing, window, or selecting individual component.

Total Center of Gravity Calculation Dialog Box

Calculates the total center of gravity for all components.

Selected Components
Select - Enables you to select items to calculate the total center of gravity for that item.
Piping - Enables piping to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
Piping Insulation - Enables piping insulation to be calculated for the total center of gravity.
Reports the selected component counters in the corresponding box.
Steel - Enables steel to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
HVAC - Enables HVAC to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
Equipment - Enables equipment to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the
selected component counters in the corresponding box.
You must have a material set for the equipment, and then run EQUIPCG before you
can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant.

Report Options
Title - Specifies a title for the report that prints when CG is calculated.
Path - Specifies the location of the report file. Click the Path ellipsis to change the location and
save the file.
Print report to command line - Prints the total center of gravity report to the command line.
View Report - Indicates that the software opens the report after the center of gravity calculates.
Insert drawing marker - Inserts a drawing marker for the total center of gravity.
1. Click C.G. Generator
on the Pipe BOM / DB panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
Alternatively, type TCG on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Total CG Calculation dialog box displays.
2. Select the type of components to calculate center of gravity.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

171

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

3. Enter a title for the report in the Title box.
4. Select whether you want the report to print on the command line, view the report, or whether
you want to insert a marker.
5. Click Select.

Before you can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant, you
must have a material set for the equipment, and then you must run EQUIPCG.

When selecting equipment to calculate the center of gravity, you have the following
choices:

Select all.

Zoom to the small white cross and select it.

6. Select the components, and then press ENTER.

The center of gravity calculates and the Total CG Calculation dialog box redisplays with
the selected component counters in the corresponding boxes.
7. Click OK.
A center of gravity reference point

172

and a report display.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 8

Misc Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc
Command Name
Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For
more information, see Auto Connect (on page 174).

Command Line
CONNECTOG

Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the

GROUPTOG
centerline of the component with the accompanying
graphics. For more information, see Group On/Off (on page
175).
Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that
accompany single line components. For more information,
see Weld Size (on page 175).

WELDSIZE

Join Pipe - Changes segmented piping to non-segmented

piping. For more information, see Join Pipe (on page 175).

JOINPIPE

Create - Creates symmetrical or non-symmetrical user

shape components. For more information, see User
Shapes (on page 176).

USERCREATE

Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn TOPWORKSADD
in the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 197)
Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or
deletes top works already associated with a valve. For
more information, see Top Works Change (on page 198).

TOPWORKSCHANGE

System Out - Creates a CAESAR II input file. For more

information, see System Out (on page 198).

C2OUT

Break Pipe - Changes non-segmented piping to

segmented piping. For more information, see Break Pipe
(on page 200).

BREAKPIPE

Nozzle Generic Attach - Attaches nozzle information to

any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more
information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 200).

ENGENERIC

Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic

AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see
Generic Attach (on page 202).

GENERIC

System In - Reads a CAESAR II input file. For more

information, see System In (on page 206).

C2IN

Change Elevation - Changes the elevation of a selected

pipe in the drawing. For more information, see Change
Elevation (on page 207).

CHANGEELEVATION

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

173

Misc Panel
Elbow Centerline - Turns on or off elbow centerlines for
use with isometrics. For more information, see Elbow
Centerline (on page 209).

ELBOWCL

ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that the

present stored length should be used regardless of what
type of length modifications are made to the pipe
component. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page
210).

ISOFLAG

Dim Adjustment - Adjusts a dimension when the pipe

DIMADJUST
segments of a particular run have been adjusted or
modified with the ISO flag command. For more information,
see Dim Adjustment (on page 208).
Re-associate the Components - Enables you to reREASSOCIATEMODEL
associate disconnected components. For more information,
see Re-associate the Components (on page 210).
System Visibility - Turns on or off visibility of components
usually located on the system layer. For more information,
see System Visibility (on page 210).

SYSVIS

Auto Connect
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Auto Connect
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Connect
Settings toolbar:
Command line: CONNECTTOG
Turns automatic connection on or off. Auto connection provides minimum prompts and makes
certain assumptions.

The last component placed in the drawing provides the starting point for the next
component. The direction of the last component indicates the direction of the new
component.

If you select a component which requires a second direction, such as an elbow, or tee, there
are additional prompts requesting the direction.

Typical elbow - Prompts you for a direction.

Pipe with an arbitrary length - Prompts you for an end point.

Elbow pointing up or down - Prompts you for a direction.

This is useful for placing components down a line. It can dramatically decrease the time required
to place components in assemblies, such as control valve bypass loops.
If you have run any type of mode conversion, the last point is not available. The software
prompts you to pick the starting point.
Auto Connect does not work in conjunction with Router (on page 225).

174

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel

Group On/Off
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Group On/Off
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Group On/Off
Settings toolbar:
Command line: GROUPTOG
Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline of the component with the accompanying graphics.
This is useful for selecting any piece of the component rather than only the centerline. By
default, grouping is turned on.

Weld Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Weld Size
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Weld Size
Command line: WELDSIZE
Specifies the default size of the weld dots that accompany single line components. This
command also allows for the change of weld dots already placed in the drawing.

Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe

1. Click Weld Size
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type WELDSIZE on the command line, and press

2. Type the new weld size on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software changes the weld dot size.

Join Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Join Pipe
Command line: JOINPIPE
Changes segmented piping to non-segmented piping.
Run - Joins the entire run of pipe.
Segment - Joins the selected segments of pipe.

What do you want to do?

Join by Run (on page 176)

Join by Segment (on page 176)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

175

Misc Panel

Join by Run
1. Click Join Pipe

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Type R on the command line, and then press ENTER.

3. Select the pipe to join.
The software joins all segments along the selected piping.
The JOINPIPE command for the Run option does not work around elbows. To join
the piping on the other side of the elbow select it during step 3.

Join by Segment
1. Click Join Pipe

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Type S on the command line, and then press ENTER.

3. Select the segments to join.
The software joins the selected segments.

User Shapes
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Create
Misc toolbar: Create
Command line: USERCREATE
Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape components. Symmetrical shapes require
you to draw an outline that can be used to create the user component. Non-symmetrical shapes
require a block or an object completely drawn in 2D and 3D that represents the complete
component. A symmetrical object can be converted from 2D to 3D Mode, or vice versa, using
the mode convert (on page 81) commands. It does not allow double-line to single-line
conversion in 2D mode. Non-symmetrical shapes can only convert between isometric and solids
(Convert Isometric (on page 82) or 3D Solids (on page 82)).
1. Create the component.
2. Modify the specification.
3. Click Create
, or type USERCREATE on the command line and press ENTER.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Each dialog box option is explained below.
User shape components can also be tagged as optional components in the specification. This
allows for an infinite number of additional components.
For symmetrically shaped components, draw a 2D polyline indicating the outline of the shape.
The symmetrical shape is limited to straight lines between vertices in the polyline. In other
words, there cannot be a fillet radius on any corner of the polyline. If fillets exist, the routine
draws them with chamfered corners. Draw only half of the shape on one side of the centerline.
We recommend preparing an outline before trying to draw the polyline. For example, draw the
component using standard AutoCAD methods or CADWorx components, and then draw a
polyline around the contour.
For symmetrical shapes, the polyline may overlap as shown in the example below for 2D
solids (drawn to each indicated point, PT1, PT2, and so on). For use with 3D solids, the polyline
cannot overlap (there cannot be a PT4 or PT7). If the polyline overlaps, an ACIS error occurs
indicating the object cannot be revolved.

176

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
For non-symmetrically shaped components, you must first create a 2D and 3D representation.
This representation needs to show all the required details of the component. The 3D
representation is used when in the 3D drawing mode. It can be used for orthographic and
model-type representation. The 2D representation is used when in the 2D isometric drawing
mode.
After the polyline or components are complete, click Create
. This creates a data file in the
required folder with the required file name. For non-symmetrically shaped components, it also
creates two drawing files: one 2D and one 3D. The drawing names have appended in square
brackets, the size and drawing mode (for example, [4.0-3D]). The file name must be unique.
User Shapes are stored in Product Folder]\Plant\Spec. You can change were User Shapes are
stored under Folder Setting in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Make sure to set a default size and specification first. Create
creating components with different sizes.

must be run multiple times for

Component Setup
Name - Specifies the name of the user shape. There is a 20 character limit.
Number - Specifies the number of the user shape. Select a number in the range of 1 to 5.
Specification - Sets the specification for the user shape.
Assign to Spec - Assigns the user shape to other specifications.
Save to Catalog - Saves the user shape to the catalog.

Folder Settings

Folder - Defines the save location for the user shape.

Browse - Enables you to search the computer folders for a specific location.

Define Size and Geometry

Type - Sets the type selection for the user shape.

Block - Specifies a block to form the shape. If the component is created on layer 0, it
inherits the specification color when inserted. This option requires a fully developed
component drawn to the correct size with AutoCAD or CADWorx. The software removes
any attached extended entity data. This option is used with non-symmetrical
components.
Select Polyline - Specifies a polyline to form the shape. The software automatically
extracts all the points from the selected polyline. You must first select the reference and
end points. This option is used with symmetrical components.
Pick Point - Specifies each point required to form the shape. You must first select the
reference and end points (PT1 and PT37 in the following figure). This option is used
with symmetrical components. Press ENTER to end the sequence.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

177

Misc Panel
Main Size - Sets the main size of the user shape.
Reduction Size - Sets the reduction size of the user shape.
Select 3D Solid - Creates 3D user shapes.
Select 2D Double Line - Creates 2D double line user shapes.
Select 2D Single Line - Creates 2d single line user shapes.
Define Connections - Defines the end type connection for the user shape. You can select
Buttweld, Socket, Threaded, or Flanges. The user shape must have been previously selected
with either Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line.
If the component is less than 1/16" long (2 mm when in metric mode), the associated xdata is in
an inserted block named XATB. It is located on the default layer named SYSTEM instead of the
CL layer so that it does not plot or display while this layer is turned off.
If the component is non-symmetrical, there is an inserted block named NATB located at the start
point. This block, like the XATB block, contains all the associated xdata and acts as any other
component.
When a 2D representation of a non-symmetrical component is not present (that is, only the 3D
representation option is used) and the component is converted to the 3D mode, the NATB
remains. This block can be converted to 2D but does not have any graphics in the 3D mode.
The NATB and XATB blocks can be moved and controlled just as any other CADWorx
component.

Spec Properties
BOM Type - Sets the bill of material type for the user shape.
Color - Sets the color of the user shape.
Layer - Sets the layer for the user shape. This setting defaults to the layer named as the
specification in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Material - Sets the material type of the user shape.
Density - Sets the density of the user shape.
Weight - Sets the weight of the user shape
Length - Sets the length of the user shape.
Sort Sequence - Sets the sort sequence of the user shape.
Optional Component - Sets the user shape as an optional component.
With the use of optional components, a specification file can have an unlimited number of
user shapes.

Description
Long - Describes the component in long format.
Short - Describes the component in short format.
Tag - Tags the user shape with the entered information.
Notes - Sets other information about the user shape.

178

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
Isogen Symbol Information
Identifier - Identifies the isogenic information for the component.
SKEY - Sets the SKEY for the user shape.

Rating
Component Class - Sets the specification class for the user shape.
Temperature Rating - Sets the highest temperature allowed for the user shape.
Pressure Rating - Sets the highest pounds per square inch allowed for the component.

Define User Shape Dialog Box buttons

OK - Creates the user shape.
Cancel - Cancels creation of the user shape.
Help - Displays the online help file.

When placing non-symmetrical user shapes

Up - Rolls the component by 90 degrees. This option turns the component up if the nonsymmetrical component has a branch-like extrusion.
Down - Rolls the component by 90 degrees. This option turns the component down if the nonsymmetrical component has a branch-like extrusion.
Roll - Allows the non-symmetrical user shape to be rolled at any angle. When the component
has been flipped with one of the mirror options, the angle may need to be negative. If the rolled
angle input is incorrect, retype the angle as a negative to correct it. When the component has
been turned up or down with one of the options above, rolling is from that location.
mirrorX - Mirrors the non-symmetrical user shape along the X-axis. After a shape has been
mirrored, it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component
back in its original position.
mirrorY - Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Y-axis. After a shape has been
mirrored, it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component
back in its original position.
mirrorZ - Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Z-axis. After a shape has been
mirrored, it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component
back in its original position.
<Pick rotation> - Rotates the nonsymmetrical user shape by the angle you specify. This option
causes the command to exit, and the options above become unavailable. This should be the last
option chosen.

What do you want to do?

Create a user shape file (on page 180)

Edit an existing user shape (on page 181)
Create a user shape from points (on page 186)
Create a user shape from a polyline (on page 188)
Create a user shape from a block (on page 189)
Create a 3D user shape (on page 191)
Create a 2D user shape (on page 193)
Create a 2D single line user shape (on page 194)
Add a user shape to a specification (on page 196)
Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197)
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

179

Misc Panel

Create a user shape file

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

The Define User Shape dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
6. Select the type of the user shape in the Type list.
7. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
8. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
9. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
10. Click Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line and follow the
prompts.
11. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
12. Select a direction in the drawing.
Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End
Type>.
13. Select an end type for the user shape.
Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>.
14. If you have more than one connection point select each one as prompted and then press
ENTER when finished.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
15. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
16. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
17. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.
18. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
19. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
20. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.

180

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
21. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
22. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
23. Select Optional Component to make this component an optional component.
24. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file.
25. Type the short description in the Short box.
26. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
27. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or
use the information as needed.
28. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box.
29. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
30. Type the component class in the Component Class box.
31. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
32. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
33. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more information
on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197) or
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

Edit an existing user shape

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

2. Select the name of the user shape, you want to modify, in the Name box.
The software auto-populates the boxes with the information you used when you initially
created the shape.
3. Change any other data as needed.
4. When finished making changes to the file, click OK.
The software updates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more information
on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197) or
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

Edit by redefining connection points

Command line: EDITUSERSHAPE
Enables you to redefine connection points on user shapes.
When you import legacy user shape data, the software may not map the connection
points. Use EDITUSERSHAPE to define the user shape connection points.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

181

Misc Panel
1. Type EDITUSERSHAPE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the user shape to edit.
3. Select connection points for each point you want to change, and then select an end type.
4. Changing the connections points and end types, and then press ENTER to finish.
The connection points update in the drawing and the catalog, with routing points added to
the user shape.

ISOGEN Export Options

Select connection points based on the images below, where one is the first pick, two is the
second pick, and so on.

PCF Identification Valid SKEY Connection Connection Points Order

Points

182

NUT

BNUT

CAP

KA**

MISCCOMPONENTRETURN

BR**

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
TEE

TE**, TS**

REDUCERCONCENTRICTEED

CT**

REDUCERECCENTRICTEED

EX**

VALVE-3WAY

V3**

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

183

Misc Panel

184

VALVE-4WAY

V4**

MISCCOMPONENTANGLE

BA**

CROSS

CR**

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
MISCCOMPONENTOFFSET*^

BO**

VALVEMULTIWAY***

MD**

VALVEMULTIWAY***

MD**

*^For MISC-COMPONENT-OFFSET, point 1 and point 2 are required. Point 3 and Point 4 are
optional.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

185

Misc Panel

Create a user shape from points

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

The Define User Shape dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
6. Select Pick Points in the Type list.
7. Click Select.
Pick point.
8. Select points on the drawing based on the following graphic.

Pick insertion point.

Select an insertion point on the shape.
Pick end point.
9. Select an end point on the drawing.
If reducing is selected as the insertion point you receive the following prompt. If not skip to
step 12.
Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>.
10. Select the required option.
Set End Type at start connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld end type>.
11. Select the required option.
Set End Type at end connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld end type>.
12. Select the required option.

186

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
13. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
14. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
15. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
16. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. For more information, see User Shapes
(on page 176).
17. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
18. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.
19. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
20. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
21. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
22. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
23. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
24. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component.
25. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file.
26. Type the short description in the Short box.
27. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
28. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or
use the information as needed.
29. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box.
30. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
31. Type the component class in the Component Class box.
32. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
33. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
34. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more information
on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197) or
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

187

Misc Panel

Create a user shape from a polyline

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

The Define User Shape dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
6. Select Polyline in the Type list.
7. Click Select.
Select polyline.
8. Select the polyline that defines the shape.
The Selection dialog box displays.
9. Select the required option.
Pick insertion point.
10. Select the insertion point on the model.
Pick end point.
11. Select the end point on the model.
The prompt below only displays if you have a reducing component in the user shape.
Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>.
12. Select the required option.
Set End Type at start connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End
Type>.
13. Select the required option.
Set EndType at end connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End Type>.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
14. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
15. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
16. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
17. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
18. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
19. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.

188

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
20. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
21. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
22. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
23. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
24. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
25. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component.
26. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file.
27. Type the short description in the Short box.
28. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
29. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or
use the information as needed.
30. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box.
31. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
32. Type the component class in the Component Class box.
33. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
34. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
35. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 197) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

Create a user shape from a block

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

The Define User Shape dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
6. Select Block from the Type list.
7. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
8. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

189

Misc Panel
9. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
10. Click Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line and follow the
prompts.
11. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
12. Select a direction in the drawing.
Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End
Type>.
13. Select an end type for the connection.
Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>.
14. Select a connection point on the drawing.
Pick direction.
15. Select a direction in the drawing.
Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End
Type>.
16. Select an end type for the connection.
Pick connection 2 or <Enter to finish>.
17. Press ENTER to finish.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
18. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
19. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
20. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.
21. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
22. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
23. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
24. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
25. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
26. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component.
27. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file.
28. Type the short description in the Short box.
29. Type the tag information in the Tag box.

190

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
30. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or
use the information as needed.
31. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box.
32. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
33. Type the component class in the Component Class box.
34. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
35. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
36. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 197) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

Create a 3D user shape

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

The Define User Shape dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
6. Select the type of the user shape in the Type list.
7. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
8. If the component reduces, click the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
9. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
10. Click Select 3D Solid.
Select 3D solid representation.
11. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower
right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish
selection.
Pick insert point.
12. Select an insertion point on the component.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

191

Misc Panel
13. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
14. Select a direction in the drawing.
Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End
Type>.
15. Select an end type for the user shape.
Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>.
16. If you have more than one connection point select each one as prompted, and then press
ENTER when finished.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
17. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
18. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
19. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.
20. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
21. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
22. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
23. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.

Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component.
Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file.
Type the short description in the Short box.
Type the tag information in the Tag box.
Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or
use the information as needed.

30. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box.

31. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
32. Type the component class in the Component Class box.
33. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
34. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
35. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 197) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

192

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel

Create a 2D user shape

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

The Define User Shape dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
6. Select the type of the user shape in the Type list.
7. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
8. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
9. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
10. Click Select 2D Double Line.
Select 2D double line representation.
11. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower
right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish
selection.
Pick insert point.
12. Select an insertion point on the component.
13. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
14. Select a direction in the drawing.
Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End
Type>.
15. Select an end type for the user shape.
Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>.
16. If you have more than one connection point, select each one as prompted, and then press
ENTER when finished.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
17. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

193

Misc Panel
18. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
19. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.
20. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
21. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
22. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
23. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
24. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
25. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component.
26. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file.
27. Type the short description in the Short box.
28. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
29. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or
use the information as needed.
30. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box.
31. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
32. Type the component class in the Component Class box.
33. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
34. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
35. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 197) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

Create a 2D single line user shape

1. Click Create
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press

The Define User Shape dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
6. Select the type of the user shape in the Type list.
7. Select the main size in the Main Size list.

194

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
8. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
9. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
10. Click Select 2D Single Line.
Select 2D single line representation.
11. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower
right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish
selection.
Pick insert point.
12. Select an insertion point on the component.
13. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
14. Select a direction in the drawing.
Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End
Type>.
15. Select an end type for the user shape.
Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>.
16. If you have more than one connection point, select each one as prompted, and then press
ENTER when finished.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
17. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
18. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
19. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.
20. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
21. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
22. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
23. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
24. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
25. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component.
26. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file.
27. Type the short description in the Short box.
28. Type the tag information in the Tag box.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

195

Misc Panel
29. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or
use the information as needed.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.

Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box.

Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
Type the component class in the Component Class box.
Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 541) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 197) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 197).

Add a user shape to a specification

Adds a user shape to the specification.
If Spec Editor is already displayed skip to step 2.
1. Click Start Spec Editor
on the spec view palette. Alternatively, click Spec Editor on the
desktop.
The Specification Editor software opens.
2. Click File > Open.
The Open File dialog box displays.
3. Select a catalog, and then click Open.
The Catalog Data window displays.
4. Click the (+) sign on the Data Tables folder.
The Data Tables list displays.
5. Right-click User Shapes, and select Add Data Table
.
The New Usershape Table displays.
6. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
7. Select a user type in the Type list.
8. Select a size table in the Size Table list.
You can select and clear multiple sizes by clicking the Size Table ellipsis.
9. Select the Reducing Component check box if you want this to be a reducing component.
10. Type the user shape folder name in the Usershape Folder box.
11. Type the part number in the Part Number box.
12. Type the description of the user shape in the Description box.
13. Click OK.
The user shape file appears under the User Shape category in the Data Tables folder, and
also to the right of Catalog Data, in the Main Table List View.
14. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
You can now enter information for the specifics of the user shape that you have
added to this specification catalog. For more information, see Add a new data table in
CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.

196

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel

Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing

1. Click and hold Create

on the Misc toolbar.

A list of numbered buttons displays.

2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place.

3. Select a point in the drawing.
4. Select a direction in the drawing, or type Up or Down.
The software places the shape in the drawing.

Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing

1. Click and hold Create

on the Misc toolbar.

A list of numbered buttons displays.

2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place.

3. Select the start point for the shape in the drawing.
4. Select the rotation option that meets your requirements.
The software places the shape in the drawing.

Top Works Add

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Top Works Add
Operators toolbar: Top Works Add
Command line: TOPWORKSADD
Adds top works to a valve already drawn in the model.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

197

Misc Panel

Top Works Change

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Top Works Change
Operators toolbar: Top Works Change
Command line: TOPWORKSCHANGE
Changes the orientation of or deletes top works already associated with a valve.

System Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: MISC > System Out
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System Out
Command line: C2OUT
Creates a CAESAR II input file. This input file can then be used in CAESAR II without any
modification. Components selected in the drawing convert to the appropriate elements for the
stress model. For example, a tee connected to pipe in all directions is represented with one
node at the intersection instead of four (three at the ends and one at the intersection). This
provides the stress analyst a model that is ready for use. All pertinent information is transferred
(weights, wall thickness, and so on).
The selection process in the drawing environment is available in two ways. The first requires
selecting the components with the standard selection processes in AutoCAD. This can include
selection by crossing, window or any other preferred method. The second selection process
allows the selection by line number or selecting a component with an existing line number. The
database option is not available with this command.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a language-specific
specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your specification, set the
LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out (on page 198) and
System In (on page 206) do not function correctly. For more information, see LanguageFile (on
page 38).

Generate a CAESAR II input file

1. Click System Out
. Alternatively, type C2OUT on the command line, and press ENTER.
The CAESAR II Output File dialog box displays.
2. Specify the location and file name for the file, and click Save.
Enter an option [Database/Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
3. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
4. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
Dialog Box (on page 166).
or
Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any
other preferred method.
Provide start locations [Yes/No] <No>
5. Select Yes to provide a start and direction, or select No to process all of the components.
6. Press ENTER to finish the selection.

198

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
Example
1. Select the starting point at node 10.
2. Select anywhere along the centerline toward node 90 for a direction.
3. Select the intersection at 30, and then select a direction toward 50.
4. Select a point at 40 and then select a direction toward 50.
5. Select the intersection at 50 and then select a direction toward 70.
6. You could let CAESAR II automatically node the rest of the model, or you could finish by
manually selecting the next point at 30 and then selecting a direction toward 90.
7. Select a point at 50 and then select a direction toward 110.
8. Select a point at 40 and then select a direction toward 150.
Make sure Ortho is off, and use OSnap NEArest to pick along centerlines for directions.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

199

Misc Panel

Break Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Break Pipe
Command line: BREAKPIPE
Changes non-segmented piping to segmented piping.
Length - Specifies breaking the segments by length of the segments.
Number - Specifies breaking the segments by the number of segments.

What do you want to do?

Break by Length (on page 200)

Break by Number (on page 200)

Break by Length
1. Click Break Pipe

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Type L on the command line, and then press ENTER.

3. Type the length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Length.

Break by Number
1. Click Break Pipe

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Type N on the command line, and then press ENTER.

3. Type the number of segments on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Number.

Nozzle Generic Attach

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Nozzle Generic Attach
Command line: ENGENERIC
Draws a generic nozzle object in the drawing. You can use the information later in bill of material
extraction, labeling, and so forth. A project, a specification, and a Main size must be set before
you can draw a generic nozzle.
Description - Specifies the description of the nozzle generic attachment.
Equipment Name - Specifies the name of the equipment nozzle generic attachment that you
are creating or editing.
Size - Specifies the nominal size of the generic nozzle. You can edit the size with the list.

200

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
Flange Rating - Specifies the flange rating for the nozzle generic attachment that you are
creating or editing.
Flange Thickness - Specifies the flange thickness for the nozzle generic attachment that you
are creating or editing.
Flange Type - Specifies the flange type for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating
or editing.
Layer - Specifies the layer for the generic nozzle.
Color - Specifies the color for the generic nozzle. You can use the Select Color option from the
list to open the AutoCAD Color Index, and select any color.
Points List - Enables you to select the face end and buttweld end points for the nozzle generic
attachment.

Face end - Specifies the face end point with a red arrow on the nozzle generic attachment.

Buttweld end - Specifies the buttweld end point with a green arrow on the nozzle generic
attachment.

Specify On-Screen - Enables you to specify the face end and buttweld end points on the nozzle
generic attachment on screen by the X, Y, and Z. These coordinates can also be entered
manually. Specifying the end and middle points sets those points for the routing point for the
next nozzle.
Remove Removes the existing xdata from the generic nozzle. Alternatively, you can use
ENGENERICREMOVE to remove data from any generic nozzle.

What do you want to do?

Place a nozzle generic attachment (on page 201)

Route from a generic nozzle (on page 202)

Change position and direction of generic nozzle (on page 202)

Place a nozzle generic attachment

1. Click Nozzle Generic Attach
and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ENGENERIC on the command line,

2. Select the nozzle flange face point in the drawing.

3. Select the nozzle buttweld end point in the drawing.
The Nozzle Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
4. Type a description in the Description box.
5. Type an equipment name in the Equipment Name box.
6. Select a size from the Size list if needed. Main size must be set before you can draw a
generic nozzle.
7. To change the flange rating, select a rating from the Flange Rating list. A project and
specification must be set before you can draw a generic nozzle.
8. Type the thickness of the flange in the Flange Thickness box. This must be higher than
zero.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

201

Misc Panel
9. Select a Flange Type from the list.
10. Select a layer from the Layer list, or leave the default.
11. Select a color from the Color list, or leave the default.
12. Click OK.

A red arrow indicates the end point. The start and end points can be re-specified after the
nozzle generic attachment is drawn.

To edit the generic nozzle, double-click it in the drawing.

Route from a generic nozzle

1. Select the generic nozzle in the drawing.
A plus grip

displays.

2. Click the plus grip point

3. Route pipe as needed in any direction, or select an option.

Change position and direction of generic nozzle

1. Select the generic nozzle in the drawing.
A grip point

displays.

2. Select one of the two grip points

to define the nozzle direction or position.

Generic Attach
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Generic Attach
Misc toolbar: Generic Attach
Command line: GENERIC
Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.

Generic Attach Dialog Box

Specifies the details for the generic attach.
Alpha size - Specifies a size-only description of the component.
Short annotation - Specifies a short description of the component.
Long annotation - Specifies a long description of the component.
Line number - Specifies the line number of the component.
Tag - Specifies a tag for the component.
Code - Specifies a code for the component.
Weight - Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe component.

202

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
Sort sequence - Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Length - Specifies a length for the component.
Component type - Displays the type of the component.
Specification - Displays the specification used by the component.
Coordinates
World - Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components such
as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the positions of the
components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso - Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 210).
Miscellaneous
Existing - Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component
symbol is also moved to the Exist layer. In ISOGEN isometric drawings, the component is
shown as dotted and dimensioned.
Insulation or CAESAR II - Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress
analysis information or insulation attached.
BOM Item Type
Fabrication - Specifies a fabrication type of bill of material item.
Erection - Specifies an erection type of bill of material item.
Offshore - Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.
Misc - Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.

The selected item type appears on the bill of materials when the FLAG column is added
using Pipe BOM / DB > Setup . For ISOGEN, you must also sort by the FLAG column to
group by type. For more information, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 154) and BOM Sort
Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 157).

If Misc is selected when using ISOGEN, then ISOGEN treats the weld gap as a field-fit weld.
Use ISOGEN Option Switch 22 to increase the cut piece add-on allowances for field-fit
welds.

ISOGEN - Specifies data for the component in an ISOGEN drawing. Opens the ISOGEN Data
dialog box.
ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73)
Custom Data - Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit
the value. This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.

For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.

Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 78).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

203

Misc Panel
Remove - Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to generic
AutoCAD geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if the
data is removed.
BOM/CG Point - Displays the Get BOM/CG Location dialog box, which enables you to specify
the bill of material location and the center of gravity location.
Attach - Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel - Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.

Get BOM/CG Location Dialog Box

BOM Mark Point - Shows the drawing coordinate location at which the information was
attached.
Specify On-screen - Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark
point.
View - Displays the BOM Mark Point.
X - Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y - Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z - Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
CG Location - Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen - Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of
gravity point.
View - Displays the CG Location.
X - Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Y - Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z - Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component.
To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place
information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and
pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.

Place a generic attachment in the drawing

1. Click Generic Attach
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type GENERIC on the command line, and press

The Generic Attach dialog box displays.

2. Alpha Size auto-populates with the main size already selected when you set up the
drawing. Type the alpha size in the Alpha size box, if you need to change it.
3. Type an abbreviated description, such as PUMP 2X1X8, in the Short annotation box.

204

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
4. Type a complete description, such as PUMP, INGERSOLL-RAND, MODEL HOC, 2X1X8, in
the Long annotation box.
5. Type a line number in the Line number box, if you want to assign a line number to the
component.
6. Type the tag in the Tag box.
7. Type the code in the Code box, if you want to assign a code to the component.
8. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
9. Type the sort sequence number for the bill of material schedule location in the Sort
sequence box.
10. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
11. Change the Coordinates if available and needed.
12. Select Existing in the Miscellaneous column, if needed.
13. Change the BOM Item Type, if needed.
14. Click Attach.
15. Select the object to attach the information.
The software attaches the information to the object, and a red arrow displays indicating the
BOM Mark Point.
16. Press ENTER.

Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of

Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
The Component Edit dialog box displays.
2. Click BOM/CG Point.
3. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
4. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
5. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
6. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A green arrow displays indicating the location.
7. Click OK.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

205

Misc Panel

System In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > System In
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System In
Command line: C2IN
Reads a CAESAR II input file. You must select the necessary ._A or .C2 file. This is the input file
created by CAESAR II or the output facility in CADWorx. After you select the input file, a dialog
box indicating that the file was read displays.
Make sure that the CAESARIIVersion (on page 36) startup variable is set to match your
CAESAR II installation. If this variable is set to 3.2, and the C2IN command is issued on a file
created or modified with CAESAR II 4.40, then an error message displays indicating that the
valid file is corrupt.

The next prompt requires that a specification be set. Although, there might be an existing
specification set, confirmation or a new specification is required. The specification might not be
used. The input facility in CADWorx attempts to determine the proper specification for the
component being input from data in the CAESAR II input file. The input facility or the data in the
input file does not always indicate a specification. Therefore, a default specification needs to be
set for these components.
Caesar - Derives the descriptive information within any new components from the material
passed back from CAESAR II and the name of the purposed component located in the
PRGM.TBL file. This file is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. The system
automatically assigns all the required paths for data files which might be used later for
reconstruction (such as mode conversion). If the material was not supplied in CAESAR II, then
this option uses the description from the specification but does not populate the line number.
Environment - Assigns the component information based on the default specification. It also
assigns a line number if there is a current line numbering system setup. You are responsible for
the correct line number being set before importing. This option overrides any material sent from
CAESAR II. For example, if A-133-B material type was chosen in CAESAR II, and the default
specification above dictated A-106-B as the material type, this option would override the A-333B grade and place A-106-B in the component. The full description would be from the default
specification set above.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a language-specific
specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your specification, set the
LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out (on page 198) and
System In (on page 206) do not function correctly. For more information, see LanguageFile (on
page 38).

206

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel

Read a CAESAR II input file

1. Click System In

. Alternatively, type C2IN on the command line, and press ENTER.

The CAESAR II Input File dialog box displays.

2. Select the file to read, and click Open.
3. Set the default specification, or press ENTER to use the current specification.
The software reads the CAESAR II input file.
4. Select the option that meets your requirements.
The software writes the CAESAR II components in the drawing.

Change Elevation
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Change Elevation
Command line: CHANGEELEVATION
Changes the elevation of a selected pipe in the drawing.
Pick - Enables you to select the location for the change in the elevation.

BOP - Changes the elevation location to the bottom of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.

TOP - Changes the elevation location to the top of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.

Current - Keeps the center of the pipe as the current location after specifying the elevation
change.

BOP - Enables you to change the elevation to the bottom of pipe.

TOP - Enables you to change the elevation to the top of pipe.

What do you want to do?

Change elevation by entering the elevation value (on page 207)

Change elevation by Pick (on page 208)

Change elevation by BOP (on page 208)

Change elevation by TOP (on page 208)

Change elevation by entering the elevation value

1. Click Change Elevation

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Select the pipe requiring an elevation change.

3. Type the elevation value on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the location option (BOP, TOP, Current) to specify where to locate the changed
piping.
The piping elevation changes and places at the new location.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

207

Misc Panel

Change elevation by Pick

1. Click Change Elevation

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Select the pipe requiring an elevation change.

3. Type P on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select a point in the drawing to move the piping elevation.
The length of pipe must exist in the specification or you get a response that the
piping length does not exist.
5. Select the location option (BOP, TOP, Current) to specify where to locate the changed
piping.
The piping elevation changes and places at the new location.

Change elevation by BOP

1. Click Change Elevation

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Select the pipe requiring an elevation change.

3. Type B on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The piping elevation changes to the bottom of the pipe.

Change elevation by TOP

1. Click Change Elevation

on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.

2. Select the pipe requiring an elevation change.

3. Type T on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The piping elevation changes to the top of the pipe.

Dim Adjustment
Pipe menu:

Utility

Dim Adjustment

Command line: DIMADJUST

Adjusts a dimension when the pipe segments of a particular run have been adjusted or modified
with the ISO flag command. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 210). This command
works with the associate dimensioning setvar DIMASSOC on. The command also adjusts the
pipes stored xdata length. This is performed by using the dimension to adjust the pipes xdata.
You can adjust the pipe with Dimension option, or adjust the dimension with Pipe option. Both
options of this command read and write fractional characters used with the dimension routines.

Options
Dimension - Adjusts the pipe to match an existing dimension. Select the dimension, then select
the pipes centerline.
Pipe - Adjusts the dimension to match the stored length in the pipes xdata.

208

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Misc Panel
Line - Adjusts the pipe distance to match the length of a line that you select. AutoCAD
dimension lines stop at the back of the arrow, so they are not typically a good choice for this
option.
Pick reference points - Adjusts the pipe distance based on two reference points that you
select. This is the most commonly used option and can be used to pick each end of a pipe.

For this option, the following prompts requests the selection of the pipe(s) that were adjusted.
Selection can be made by crossing, window or individually selecting the centerlines. Other
components which might have been selected with crossing or window are simply ignored. This
only detects adjusted pipe.

Adjust a dimension to match a pipe

1. Click Plant > Utility > Dim Adjustment. Alternatively, type DIMADJUST on the command
line, and press ENTER.
2. Select Pipe.
3. Select the reference points for the pipe. Press ENTER to finish.

Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension

1. Click Plant > Utility > Dim Adjustment. Alternatively, type DIMADJUST on the command
line, and press ENTER.
2. Select Dimension.
3. Select the dimension text. Press ENTER to finish.

Elbow Centerline
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Elbow Center Line
Command line: ELBOWCL
Turns on or off elbow centerlines for use with isometrics. When toggled on, it provides square
elbow centerlines which can be used for dimensioning. This also produces attractive isometrics.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

209

Misc Panel

ISO Flag
Plant menu: Utility > ISO Flag
Command line: ISOFLAG
Sets a flag in the component indicating that the present stored length should be used regardless
of what type of length modifications are made to the pipe component. This command only
affects pipes and nipples. This is useful when adjusting a pipe which is to be used in an
isometric. For example, if you use this command before stretching a pipe which was 120'-0" long
to 5'-0" long, the Bill of Material generator reflects a 120'-0" long piece of pipe.
The components xdata is flagged when using the CEDIT dialog box.

Re-associate the Components

CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx Interface Palette: Re-associate the Components
Command line: REASSOCIATEMODEL
If you have not purchased fieldPipe, you can only enter the command on the command
line.
Enables you to re-associate disconnected components.
Entire drawing - Re-associates the entire drawing.
Select components - Re-associates only the selected components.

Re-associate the Entire drawing

1. Click Re-associate the Components
on the on the CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx
Interface palette. Alternatively, type REASSOCIATEMODEL on the command line, and
then press ENTER.
2. Select Entire drawing.
The entire drawing is re-associated.

Re-associate the Select components

1. Click Re-associate the Components
on the on the CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx
Interface palette. Alternatively, type REASSOCIATEMODEL on the command line, and
then press ENTER.
2. Select Select components.
3. Select the components you want to re-associate.
The components in the drawing are re-associated.

System Visibility
Command line: SYSVIS
Turns on or off visibility of components usually located on the system layer. The command
affects the components listed below.

210

Weld gaps
Pads / Saddles
Bolts
Gaskets
TAPs

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 9

2D Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D
Command Name

Command Line

2D Representation - Creates a 2D representation. For

more information, see 2D Representation (on page 211).

2DREP

2D Representation Hidden - Creates a 2D representation

with hidden lines. For more information, see 2D
Representation Hidden (on page 212).

2DREPH

Box - Creates views based on a picked box. For more

information, see Box (on page 212).

VIEWBOX

Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit (on
page 213).

VIEWEDIT

Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK
information, see Zoom Lock (on page 214).
Zoom Factors - Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. For
more information, see Zoom Factors (on page 214).

ZOOMF

2D Representation
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation
Plant Menu: Accessory > 2D Representation
Command line: 2DREP EQUIP2DREP
Creates a two-dimension representation from a three-dimensional model. This command
removes hidden lines and retains layer and color information. It can work in model or paper
space. In model space, the 2D representation is created as a block.
An alternate command, 2DREPH (EQUIP2DREPH in CADWorx Equipment), is also available.
This command exports the hidden lines from solids to the 2D representation. All other features
of this command are similar to the 2DREP command.
Solids - Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids.
Centerlines - Copies selected CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation.
Lines - Copies selected AutoCAD 3dPolyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline
and Helix to the 2D representation. This includes CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines.
This command only processes native AutoCAD solid and line entities that are typically
created by CADWorx. This command does not process any custom solid or line entities that are
created by other add-on AutoCAD applications.

What do you want to do?

Create a 2D representation (on page 212)

Create a 2D representation with hidden lines (on page 212)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

211

2D Panel

Create a 2D representation
1. Type 2DREPEQUIP2DREP.
2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation.
3. Select the filter option that meets your needs.
If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off.
4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on.
This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D
representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the AutoCAD
Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.

2D Representation Hidden
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation Hidden
Plant Menu: Accessory > 2D Representation
Command line: 2DREPH
Creates a 2D representation with hidden lines. This command exports the hidden lines from
solids to the 2D representation. All other features of this command are similar to the 2DREP
command. For more information, see 2D Representation (on page 211).

Create a 2D representation with hidden lines

1. Type 2DREPHEQUIP2DREPH.
2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation.
3. Select the filter option that meets your needs. For more information, see 2D Representation
(on page 211).
If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off.
4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on.
This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D
representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the AutoCAD
Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.

Box
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Box
Command line: VIEWBOX
Displays the View Creation dialog box. This dialog box creates clipped views by defining a 3D
box. This command is useful in creating layout drawings in paper space.
View Creation Dialog Box
View set name - Specifies the overall set name for the views. Each view created is named
based on this name.

212

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

2D Panel
First corner point
Specify On-screen - Select a point in the model as the first corner point of the view box.
Selecting a point in the model automatically fills in values for the X, Y, and Z boxes.
X - Specifies the X-axis value for the view box.
Y - Specifies the Y-axis value for the view box.
Z - Specifies the Z-axis value for the view box. The Z-axis value must be different for the first
and second corner points.

Second corner point

Specify On-screen - Select a point in the model as the second corner point of the view box.
Selecting a point in the model automatically fills in values for the X, Y, and Z boxes.
X - Specifies the X-axis value for the view box.
Y - Specifies the Y-axis value for the view box.
Z - Specifies the Z-axis value for the view box. The Z-axis value must be different for the first
and second corner points.

Views
View Type - Indicates the orientation of the view.
Name - Specifies the view name. The default name is a combination of the View set name
value and the View Type. After you create the view set, the views display in the AutoCAD View
dialog box.
Available - Indicates whether the view is included in the set. Select the checkbox to include the
view. Clear the checkbox to exclude the view.
Select All - Selects all of the check boxes in the Available column.
Delete All - Deletes all of the AutoCAD views that were previously created with this view set,
and close the dialog box.
Set Current - Sets the AutoCAD window to the selected view.
Isolate Box - Hides all AutoCAD entities outside the view box. Entities that cross the boundaries
of the view box are not hidden.
Show All - Shows all of the entities in the drawing.

Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Edit
Command line: VIEWEDIT
Edits the box created with the VIEWBOX command. Double-clicking an existing view box runs
this command. For more information, see Box (on page 212).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

213

2D Panel

Zoom Lock
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Zoom Lock
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Lock
Settings toolbar:
Command line: ZOOMLOCK
Locks the AutoCAD ZOOM command to allow zooming in paper space only. This means that
while you are in paper space with the MSPACE command activated (the cursors are in the
Mview), you can zoom without resizing the model space viewport. Instead, this command
intercepts the ZOOM command and changes to paper space before zooming. When you are
finished zooming, the command returns the cursor and environment back to the Mview.
This command simplifies working on CADWorx isometrics.

What do you want to do?

Turn on the zoom lock (on page 214)

Turn off the zoom lock (on page 214)

Turn on the zoom lock

Type ZOOMLOCK.
Paperspace zoom lock toggled on.

Turn off the zoom lock

Type ZOOMLOCK.
Paperspace zoom lock toggled off.

Zoom Factors
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Factors
Command line: ZOOMF
Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. This command zooms to a perfect scale for your current
Mview. If you use this command from model space (tilemode 1), it displays a warning that
tilemode has to be set to 0 (paper space). After selecting the scale from one of the menus, a
prompt displays requesting the center of the view.

214

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 10

Bolt
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt
Command Name

Command Line

Auto Gasket - Place gaskets automatically after the last

AUTOGASKET
flange face drawn. For more information, see Auto Gasket (on
page 215).
Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT
gasket. For more information, see Automatic (on page 216).
Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the last butt AUTOWELD
weld drawn. For more information, see Auto Weld (on page
217).
Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (on page
218).

WELDTOTAL

Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected

location. For more information, see Standard (on page 219).

STDBOLT

Non Standard - Places nonstandard stud bolts at the selected NONSTDBOLT

location. For more information, see Non Standard (on page
219).

Auto Gasket
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Gasket
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Gasket
Command line: AUTOGASKET
Places a gasket on flange sets, and valves.
Automatic - Places a gasket into the drawing automatically.
Manual - Places a gasket into the drawing manually.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 49).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

215

Bolt

Place a gasket automatically

1. Click Auto Gasket
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type AUTOGASKET on the command line, and then

2. Press ENTER for Automatic.

3. Select the flange set or flange and valve set.
4. Select the branches to add gaskets, or press ENTER to finish.
5. Select a component to keep the position, or press ENTER to finish.
The gasket is placed.

Place a gasket manually

1. Click Auto Gasket
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type AUTOGASKET on the command line, and then

2. Type M on the command line, and press ENTER.

3. Select the flange set or flange and valve set.
4. Select the branches to add gaskets, or press ENTER to finish.
5. Select a component to keep the position, or press ENTER to finish.
The gasket is placed.

Automatic
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Automatic
Command line: AUTOBOLT
Assigns stud bolt sets with similar sizes and specifications to all gaskets within the current
selection set. Gaskets of different sizes and specifications are automatically handled.
Automatic - Places a bolt into the drawing automatically.
Manual - Places a bolt into the drawing manually.
When the Bolt Insertion rule is turned on and you place a flange in the drawing it
does not have a bolt until you place a flange or a valve on the other side. Only then is the bolt
automatically inserted into the drawing when necessary.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 49) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

Place stud bolts automatically

1. Click Automatic
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type AUTOBOLT on the command line, and then press

2. Press ENTER for Automatic.

3. Select a flange set or flange and valve set.
4. Select the branches to add gaskets, or press ENTER to finish.
The bolt is placed.

216

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Bolt

Place stud bolts manually

1. Click Automatic
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type AUTOBOLT on the command line, and then press

2. Type M on the command line, and press ENTER.

3. Select a flange set or flange and valve set.
The bolt is placed.

Auto Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Weld
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Weld
Command line: AUTOWELD
Places weld gaps on every end of any butt weld and socket weld component or only on every
end of any butt weld when the component is selected. Three different scenarios can occur when
the weld gaps are placed:
1. When a weld gap is automatically placed on the end of a butt weld or socket weld
component, do one of the following to place the next component:

Press ENTER to place the component at the weld gap.

Pick the end point of the weld gap symbol.

2. When a component, such as a tee, is inserted into a pipe, and the weld gaps are placed at
each end of the tee, the weld gaps automatically break and cut back the pipe on both sides
of the tee. If one exists, the branch connection pipe is also broken.
3. When a component is placed against another component that cannot be cut back, a weld
gap must already exist. For example, if you are placing a flange against an elbow, the elbow
must have an existing weld gap. If not, the software places the flange against the elbow
without any gap. In this scenario, it is your responsibility to place a weld gap before placing
the flange.
Automatic - Places a weld gap into the drawing automatically.
Manual - Places a weld gap into the drawing manually.

This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 49) and Apply Weld Insertion Rule (on page 50).

Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes ISOGEN to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For
more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit (on
page 70). Use ISOGEN Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit
welds.

Place weld gaps automatically

1. Click Auto Weld
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type AUTOWELD on the command line, and then press

2. Press ENTER for Automatic.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

217

Bolt
3. Select the piping components where you want welds placed, and press ENTER when
finished.
4. Select branches to add welds, or press ENTER to finish.
5. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The software displays the number of welds added.

Place weld gaps manually

1. Click Auto Weld
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type AUTOWELD on the command line, and then press

2. Type M on the command line, and press ENTER.

3. Select the piping components where you want welds placed, and press ENTER when
finished.
4. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
The software displays the number of welds added.

Weld Total
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Weld Total
Command line: WELDTOTAL
Counts weld gaps on a drawing for estimating purposes.

An example of the typical output is shown below. You can copy this information and paste it
into a text file or to a Microsoft Excel workbook.
Qty.

Spec.

Nominal

Actual

Thk.

Linear Lg.

A0

2.000

2.375

0.154

37.310

A0

3.000

3.500

0.216

43.980

14

A1

10.000

10.750

0.365

472.810

A1

14.000

14.000

0.375

43.980

150

A1

2.000

2.375

0.154

1119.190

The ability to export the drawing to a database using the DBFGEN or LIVEDB command
can also help manage weld gaps.

Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes ISOGEN to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For
more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit (on
page 70). Use ISOGEN Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit
welds.

What do you want to do?

218

Count weld gaps automatically (on page 219)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Bolt

Count weld gaps automatically

1. Click Weld Total
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type WELDTOTAL on the command line, and then

2. Select the objects you want to have automatically counted, and then press ENTER.
The software displays a prompt showing the total number of welds in the drawing.

Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Standard
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Standard
Command line: PLACEBOLT
Inserts stud bolt sets into the drawing environment for Bill of Materials extraction. You can insert
a stud bolt set anywhere in the drawing. However, stud bolt sets must be attached to a flange
set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. Size and specification must be set
accordingly.
If the bolt Weight equals 0.0 in the Stud Bolts data table, the software calculates the weight
using the Density value from the Material Table and the AutoCAD solid volume of the whole
set of bolts.
If the bolt Weight is greater than 0.0 for flange-to-flange components, then the software assigns
the weight to the bolt set without performing any other calculations. However, when there is a
component between the flanges, such as a bleed ring, the software uses the Density and solid
volume calculation.
This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping Rules
(on page 49) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51). If you need to change the bolt set by
the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.

Place standard stud bolts

1. Click Standard
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type PLACEBOLT on the command line, and then press

2. Select a point in the drawing.

The bolts display in the drawing.

Non Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Non Standard
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Non Standard
Command line: NONSTDBOLT
Inserts a stud bolt set anywhere. However, nonstandard bolt sets must be attached to a flange
set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. You can also insert special bolts. Size and
specification must be set accordingly.
This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping Rules
(on page 49) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51). If you need to change the bolt set by
the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

219

Bolt

Place nonstandard stud bolts

1. Click Non Standard
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type NONSTDBOLT on the command line and then

2. Type the required text. For example, you can type NON STD STUD BOLTS.
3. Type the required description. For example, you can type STUD BOLTS W/ DOUBLE
NUTS & WASHERS.
4. Type the stud diameter. You must enter the value as a real number, such as 5/8".
5. Type the length. You must enter a real number, such as 7.25 or 7-1/4".
6. Type the required stud value.
7. Type the required weight.
8. Type a string, a real number, or press ENTER to accept the default.
9. Type the value, or press ENTER to accept the default.
10. Select a point in the drawing.
11. Use the compass to pick a direction in the drawing, and click to finish.
The bolt is placed in the drawing.

220

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 11

RT Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT
Command Name
Auto Route - Provides the ability to draw components
continuously without selecting them from the toolbar or
palette. For more information, see Auto Route (on page
221).

Command Line
AUTOROUTE, ROUTE

Router - Provides routing lines with various options such as ROUTER

slope and elevation changes. For more information, see
Router (on page 225).
Buttweld LR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected
ROUTEBWLR
routing line. For more information, see Buttweld LR (on page
227).
Buttweld SR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected
routing line. For more information, see Buttweld SR (on
page 227).

ROUTEBWSE

Threaded - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Threaded (on page
228).

ROUTETRHD

Socket Weld - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Socket Weld (on
page 228).

ROUTESW

Auto Route
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Auto Route
Command Line: AUTOROUTE, ROUTE
You can also use the PIPW command to start routing pipe.
Starts the ROUTE in the X-Y plane as needed. This command can be used to route pipe from
one component to another without accessing the pipe, or elbow commands. The command is
best used to start a new route of pipe, but it also works to continue routing a previous section of
pipe. However, the most useful way to continue routing pipe is to use the + sign on the ends and
middle of the pipe. For more information on continuing routing, see Continue Routing (on page
223).
last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
component List - Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing. All
components available display in the list based on the main size you have set.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

221

RT Panel
Slope - Starts the pipe in a slope direction.

Meter - Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on meters.
Foot - Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on feet.
Rise - Places the slope rise or drop based on the degrees entered.

sKew - Places the pipe at a skewed angle and allows you to continue piping. To finish or end
the running of skewed piping, you must press ENTER. sKew works in conjunction with the
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle rule. CADWorx does not allow the piping to be placed at a
greater angle then set in the piping rule. For more information on the rule, see Apply Skew Pipe
Maximum Angle (on page 55).

component List - Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing at the
skewed point.
Plane - Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on
the command line, and then press ENTER to reorient the compass direction.
Undo - Takes you back to the previous step in your process.
Elevation - Starts the pipe perpendicular to the plane for routing.
Plane - Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on the
command line and press ENTER to reorient the compass direction.
Reference - Starts the line at a distance based on the reference point chosen.
Fitting mode - Starts the pipe as Buttweld, Socket Weld, Threaded, Flanged, or Special
Endtype fitting mode, depending on your selection.
elBow type - Enables you to select the elbow types based on the fitting mode you have
selected. For instance, with Buttweld the list would be Long Radius Buttweld, Short Radius
Buttweld, or Miter Elbow Buttweld. However, for Socket Weld the list would be Elbow
Socket Weld and Miter Elbow Socket Weld. You can change the fitting mode of the router in
the CADWorx Spec View palette. For more information, see Draw pipe components (on page
89).
Undo - Undoes the last piece of routed pipe.
Connect - Connects to a component or other piece of pipe.
Components - Displays all possible connecting directions to the component or pipe
using an image of piping.
Lines - Displays specific lines in a box form for connecting to the component or pipe.
Toggle length - Toggles the dimension of the pipe from the start point.
Alignment - Starts the pipe at a chosen alignment.
Center - Center of pipe
BOP - Bottom of pipe
TOP - Top of pipe
Left - Left of pipe
Right - Right of pipe
TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.

What do you want to do?

222

Start a new route (on page 223)

Continue Routing (on page 223)
Route skewed pipe (on page 224)
Moveline (on page 225)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

RT Panel

Start a new route

1. Click Auto Route
. Alternatively, type AUTOROUTE, or ROUTE on the command line,
and press ENTER.
2. Select a start point.
3. Select an end point, or select one of the options in the list.
CADWorx lets you continue routing pipe as needed, using the component List and other
options to allow you to route to components as needed.
4. When finished routing pipe, press ENTER.
The new pipe is inserted in the drawing.

Continue Routing
This procedure does not require a command to start. However, the ROUTE command used to
start new piping, can also be used to continue routing pipe.
The options below display when selecting the middle grip point on a pipe to insert a
component in an already routed piece of piping. If you select the grip point at the end of a piping
run the run just continues as a normal pipe with the options listed in Auto Route (on page 221).
List - Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing.
poinT distance - Enables you to specify a point on the pipe or component to move the selected
component.
Component distance - Displays the distance from the selected component to the selected
piping or component. The distance measured to a specifically selected component can be
changed by using Point.

Point - Enables you to change the distance from the selected component to another
component on the same linear pipe.

Pipe end point distance - Displays the distance measurement from the selected component to
the end of the pipe. Repeating the command changes the direction of the measurement to the
opposite end of the piping, where it connects to the next component.
insertion Justification - Changes the justification of a selected component from the end of the
piping. Justification for the component is left, right, or center. Use the Pipe end point distance
option by typing P on the command line, which enables you to change the justification from
either end of the piping.
Change connection - Enables you to change the direction of a component. This option is only
available on certain components when using the List or component List option.

Turning on Auto Connect (on page 174) allows you to continue routing from your last point
without having to click the grip point or without pressing ENTER. Turn off Auto Connect to
start from a different point, or to start a new point in the drawing.
You can move components by typing MOVECOMPONENT on the command line. The above
options, as well as the TAB key, are available with the MOVECOMPONENT command. You
can move more than one component at a time with MOVECOMPONENT. You can also
move components around to the other side of an elbow.
TAB key - Allows components to jump over other components in the piping after they
have been selected using the MOVECOMPONENT command.
Piping can be moved and lengthened by using the MOVELINE command. For more
information, see Moveline (on page 225).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

223

RT Panel
Route from a grip point
1.

In a model, click on the component you want to route from.

2. Click the plus grip point

3. Continue to route pipe as needed in any direction, or select an option.

As you click, the pipe stops at that point, and allows you to go in any other direction. Do not
click on the screen unless you want the pipe to stop.

You can change a tee to a cross by selecting the plus grip point
opposite side of the branch.

You can add a pipe branch or nipple to a reducer with the plus grip point

on the main at the

on the side.

Route mitered elbows

1. Click Auto Route

. Alternatively, click the plus grip point

to continue routing.

2. Right-click, and then select elBow type.

The elbow type list displays.
3. Select Miter Elbow Buttweld. This selection is determined by the router type. Right-click
Pipe in the CADWorx Spec View palette to change the router type. For more information,
see Draw pipe components (on page 89).
4. Route the piping.
The software routes mitered elbows.
If you stop routing and then start routing again on the same line, the software continues
to route mitered elbows. However, if you stop routing and start a new route from a different
location, the software resets the elbow type. If you want to only route one mitered elbow, then
you can use the component List and place an elbow from Elbows > Mitered Elbow.

Route skewed pipe

1. Click Setup

The CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box displays.

2. Select Piping Rules.
3. Select Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle.
4. Type an angle in the text box.
You can type a value of 1 to 179 for the angle. For more information, see Apply Skew
Pipe Maximum Angle (on page 55).
5. Click Auto Route
. Alternatively, type AUTOROUTE, or ROUTE on the command line,
and then press ENTER.
6. Select a start point.
The routing options display on the command line.

224

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

RT Panel
7. To skew a pipe, type K or SKEW on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The skewed piping options display on the command line. For more information, see Auto
Route (on page 221).
Turn off the AutoCAD ORTHO Mode in order for the piping to move in a 360 degree
direction.
8. Click the end point of the pipe to place the skewed piping.
The software inserts the skewed pipe in the drawing.
You cannot skew pipe larger than the angle set in the Apply Skew Pipe Maximum
Angle rule. If you do, the following message displays: The skew pipe does not allow an angle
bigger than the maximum value of 15.0000...

Moveline
Enables you to move, lengthen, or change the elevation of the piping in the plane.
Elevation - Enables you to move the elevation of the piping.

Pick - Select the elevation point in the drawing to place the piping.

BOP - Places the piping in the elevation based on the Bottom of Pipe.

TOP - Places the piping in the elevation based on the Top of Pipe.

1. Select the piping.

The grip points

display.

2. Select a grip point

3. Move the piping as needed.

To move the piping in the elevation, type E on the command line and then follow the
prompts. The prompt options are listed above.
If an item is unable to move, a message displays on the command line.

Router
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Router
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Router
Command line: ROUTER
Draws a 3D polyline for the previous welded, threaded, and socket automatic routing routines.

If you are using known 3D points, the UCS must be at the world position: Type UCS on the
command line, and press ENTER.

Unlike a normal 3D polyline, the elevation must be controlled with the Elevation option of
the Router
command or the UCS position.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

225

RT Panel
Slope - Specifies the known slope or drop per foot to the next point in degrees (positive or
negative). Alternatively, use one of the options listed below to define the slope. This option does
not take effect until the next point is selected. For example, select the Slope option and then
select the next point of the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.

Meter - Defines the rise or drop in millimeters per meter.

Foot - Defines the rise or drop in inches per foot.

Drop - Defines the drop to the next point as a real number, such as 1'-8

Rise - Defines the rise to the next point as a real number, such as 2'-9.

Continuous - Turns constant sloping on or off.

Position - Starts the 3D polyline at an elevated position. This option does not take effect until
the next point is selected. For example, select the Position option and then select the next point
of the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.

Nominal - Determine the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.

Size - Determines the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.

BOP - Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size upward.

TOP - Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size downward.

Centerline - Default when starting this routine. You can change to the bottom of pipe BOP
option, then change back with this option.

Reference - Starts the line at a given distance from a reference point. After you provide this
reference point, you must provide relative/polar coordinates with an @ location.
Elevation - Changes the elevation in conjunction with the present UCS coordinate system. The
elevation change can be expressed using a positive or a negative number.

World - Specifies the elevation in the world coordinate system.

Pick - Establishes the working elevation based on a point selected in the drawing. You can
use object snap, if necessary.

Undo - Removes the last 3D polyline segment, and prompts you to enter the next point.
Specify next point - Selects the next point along the 3D polyline segment. Press ENTER to end
the selection.

Router commands
The CADWorx Plant auto route commands listed below provide a quick and effective way of
drawing pipe. You can draw long radius, short radius, threaded, or socket weld pipe.

Buttweld LR (on page 227)

Buttweld SR (on page 227)

Threaded (on page 228)

Socket Weld (on page 228)

All commands have the same options.

226

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

RT Panel

Buttweld LR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld LR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld LR
Command line: ROUTEBWLR
Draws a long radius pipe.
Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to
select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.

An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations.

The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not
polylines.

Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides
rolling offsets.
For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 225).

Buttweld SR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld SR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld SR
Command line: ROUTEBWSR
Draws a short radius pipe.
Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to
select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.

An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations.

The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not
polylines.

Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides
rolling offsets.
For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 225).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

227

RT Panel

Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Threaded
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Threaded
Command line: ROUTETHRD
Draws threaded pipe.
Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to
select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.

An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations.

The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not
polylines.

Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides
rolling offsets.
For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 225).

Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Socket Weld
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Socket Weld
Command line: ROUTESW
Draws socket weld pipe.
Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to
select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.

An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations.

The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not
polylines.

Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides
rolling offsets.
For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 225).

228

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 12

Dimension Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions
Command Name

Command Line

Automatic - Automatically creates dimensions for a set of

components that you select. For more information, see
Automatic (on page 230).

AUTODIM

Horizontal - Places horizontal dimensions. For more

information, see Horizontal (on page 230).

DIMH

Vertical - Places vertical dimensions. For more information,

see Vertical (on page 231).

DIMV

Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set (on
page 231).

ELEV

Rotated - Places rotated dimensions. For more information,

see Rotated (on page 232).

DIMR

Horizontal with Tail - Places tailed horizontal dimensions

on objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Horizontal with Tail (on page 232).

DIMTAILH

Vertical with Tail - Places tailed vertical dimensions on

objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Vertical with Tail (on page 233).

DIMTAILV

Change - Changes the elevation. For more information, see CHANGEELEV

Change (on page 233).
Component - Places component annotation. For more
information, see Component (on page 234).

ANOTCOMP

Elevation - Places component elevation annotation. For

more information, see Elevation (on page 234).

ANOTELEV

Coordinates - Places coordinates in either a user

coordinate system or a world coordinate system. For more
information, see Coordinates (on page 235).

DIMCOORD

Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension extension

line the gasket is on. For more information, see Tick Mark
(on page 236).

TICK

ISO Text - Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in

paper space when working with isometrics. For more
information, see ISO Text (on page 236).
Height - Changes the height of selected text by matching it
with other text. For more information, see Height (on page
236).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

TEXTHEIGHT

229

Dimension Panel

Automatic
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Automatic
Plant menu: Dimension > Automatic
Command line: AUTODIM
Automatically creates dimensions for a set of components that you select. Options to set the
offset distance and whether to include flanges are also provided.

Options

Flange - Dimensions flange faces. You specify whether flange dimensioning is turned On or
Off.
Offset - Specifies the distance from the dimension line to the component.
Selection - Starts the dimensioning process.

Place automatic dimensions

1. Click Automatic

. Alternatively, type AUTODIM on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Type S on the command line, and press ENTER to select objects to dimension.
3. Select the objects to dimension. Press ENTER when you are finished.
4. Select the centroid for the dimensions. For example, if you selected two pieces of parallel
pipe with elbows attached to each end to dimension, and then selected a point between the
two pieces of pipe, the software would place the dimension lines to the outside.
The software displays the dimensions.
If you try to place automatic dimensions on two pieces of parallel pipe with no elbows, an
error code displays. Combined components must have at least one turn.

Horizontal
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Horizontal
Command line: DIMH
Places horizontal dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the
sequence, you must type D for dimension line.

Place horizontal dimensions

1. Click Horizontal
. Alternatively, type DIMH on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the origin location for the first extension line.
3. Select the origin location for the second extension line.
The software continues to prompt you for extension lines.
4. Type D on the command line, and press ENTER to end the sequence.
5. Select a location for the dimension line.
6. Press ENTER, or type a new value for the dimension.
The software displays the dimension.

230

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Dimension Panel

Vertical
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Vertical
Command line: DIMV
Places vertical dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the sequence,
you must type D for dimension line.

Place vertical dimensions

1. Click Vertical

. Alternatively, type DIMV on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Select the origin location for the first extension line.

3. Select the origin location for the second extension line.
The software continues to prompt you for extension lines.
4. Type D on the command line, and press ENTER to end the sequence.
5. Select a location for the dimension line.
6. Press ENTER, or type a new value for the dimension.
The software displays the dimension.

Set
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Set
Pipe menu: Utility > Elevation > Set
Command line: ELEV
Places piping at a preset elevation. This is the standard AutoCAD Elev command. When using
this option, remember to place the elevation back to 0'-0" for the proper elevation placement of
all future components. Use this command with caution. An alternative is to use the Flat (on page
267)
command built into CADWorx (VIEWFLAT).
Refer to the AutoCAD documentation for complete details regarding this command (ELEV).

Set the Elevation

1. Click the CADWorx Plant II tab, and then click Set
on the Dimensions panel.
Alternatively, type ELEV on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point in the drawing to specify a new elevation.
3. Select a second point in the drawing.
4. Enter a thickness value.
Piping is now at the new elevation.
Remember to set it back to 0'-0" when you are finished with the new elevation.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

231

Dimension Panel

Rotated
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Rotated
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Rotated
Command line: DIMR
Places rotated dimensions. You are prompted for the angle of rotation and the points to
dimension. To end the sequence, you must type D for dimension line.

Place rotated dimensions

1. Click Rotated

. Alternatively, type DIMR on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Type the dimension angle, or select two points to indicate the angle.
3. Select the origin location for the first extension line.
4. Select the origin location for the second extension line.
The software continues to prompt you for extension lines.
5. Type D on the command line, and press ENTER to end the sequence.
6. Select a location for the dimension line.
7. Press ENTER, or type a new value for the dimension.
The software displays the dimension.

Horizontal with Tail

CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal with Tail
Plant menu: Dimension > Tailed > Horizontal
Command line: DIMTAILH
Places tailed horizontal dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. To end this
sequence, press ENTER or SPACE.

Place horizontal tailed dimensions

1. Click Horizontal with Tail
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type DIMTAILH on the command line, and

2. Select the reference point for the dimension.

3. Select the origin point, or press ENTER to end.
4. Select the location for the dimension.
5. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
When you run this command a second time, you have the option to either reselect the
reference point or use the previous reference point.

232

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Dimension Panel

Vertical with Tail

CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical with Tail
Plant menu: Dimension > Tailed > Vert
Command line: DIMTAILV
Places tailed vertical dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. To end this
sequence, press ENTER or SPACE.

Place vertical tailed dimensions

1. Click Vertical with Tail
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type DIMTAILV on the command line, and press

2. Select the reference point for the dimension.

3. Select the origin point, or press ENTER to end.
4. Select the location for the dimension.
5. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
When you run this command a second time, you have the option to either reselect the
reference point or use the previous reference point.

Change
CADWorx Plant II: Dimensions > Change
Command line: CHANGELEV
Moves all selected entities (blocks, lines, polylines and so on) to a new elevation in reference
with the world coordinate system. You can also change a component elevation to 1/2 its actual
outside diameter.
Arbitrary - Places the component anywhere in the drawing.
BOP Correction - Aligns the pipe bottom with the center of the connected piece.

Change the Elevation

1. Click the CADWorx Plant II tab, and then click Change
on the Dimensions panel.
Alternatively, type CHANGEELEV on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Press ENTER to select the default.
3. Select a point in the drawing, or enter a numerical value.
4. Select a point in the drawing.
5. Select the needed objects for elevation, and press ENTER.
6. Select a point in the drawing.
The component appears at the new elevation.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

233

Dimension Panel

Component
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Component
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Component
Command line: ANOTCOMP
Places component annotation.

Options
Tag - Annotates the component with its tag.
Long - Annotate the component with its long description and appends the size to the front.
Short - Annotates the component with its short description and appends the size to the front.
Justify - Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more
information please refer to the AutoCAD documentation.
Leader - Adds a leader to the text.
Start point - Specifies the starting point for the text.

Place component annotation

1. Click Component
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ANOTCOMP on the command line, and press

2. Select the annotation type.

3. Select the component to annotate.
4. Select the start point, or set up the leader line and justification.
5. Type the rotation angle, or select two points to specify the angle.
The software displays the annotation.

Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Elevation
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Elevation
Command line: ANOTELEV
Places component elevation annotation.

Options
BOP - Labels the bottom of the pipe elevation.
TOP - Labels the top of the pipe elevation.
Centerline - Labels the centerline elevation.
Justify - Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more
information please refer to the AutoCAD documentation.
Leader - Adds a leader to the text.
Start point - Specifies the starting point for the text.

234

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Dimension Panel

Place component elevation annotation

1. Click Elevation
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ANOTELEV on the command line, and press

2. Select the component to annotate elevation.

3. Specify the elevation option to use.
The software displays a rubber band to the selected component.
4. Select the start point, or set up the leader line and justification.
5. Type the rotation angle, or select two points to specify the angle.
The software displays the annotation.

Coordinates
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Coordinates
Plant menu: Dimension > Coordinates
Command line: DIMCOORD
Places coordinates in either a user coordinate system or a world coordinate system. You can
place the text at the coordinate with or without a leader.
TEXTSIZE is controlled by DIMSCALE and DIMTXT.

Options
Leader - Places a leader.
Other point - Places the dimension text in an alternate location without a leader.
Same point - Places the dimension text at the same location which is picked without a leader.
Centerline - Places the dimension text either with a north or east designation. This option labels
a vertical dimension as east and a horizontal dimension as north.
The following AutoCAD setvars affect the dimensioning routines: DIMALT, DIMALTD,
DIMALTF, DIMASZ, DIMBLK, DIMEXE, DIMEXO, DIMLFAC, DIMTXT, DIMZIN, DIMSCALE,
LUNITS, LUPREC, and UNITMODE.

Place coordinates
1. Click Coordinates
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type DIMCOORD on the command line, and press

2. If necessary, press ENTER, or type Y on the command line and press ENTER, to change to
the world coordinate system.
3. Select an extension line point.
4. Select an option.
5. Follow the prompts to place the coordinates.
The coordinates display.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

235

Dimension Panel

Tick Mark
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Tick Mark
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Tick Mark
Command line: TICK
Shows which side of the dimension extension line the gasket is on.
This command is dependent upon the DIMSCALE being set properly. For example; if the gasket
thickness was set to 1/8" and the scale of the drawing was set to full, the distance from the
extension line to the tick mark would be 1/8". If the scale of the drawing was set to 3/4"=1'-0",
the distance from the tick mark to the extension line would be 3/8". This insures that the tick
mark is visible on a plotted drawing.
The initial prompt allows you to set the thickness, but does not appear again during the single
drawing session. Changing the thickness is allowed in the next prompt.

Place tick marks

1. Click Tick Mark

. Alternatively, type TICK on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Type the thickness, or press ENTER to accept the default.

3. Type C on the command line, and press ENTER if you need to change the thickness.
4. Type a value for the thickness.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Select the point.

Select a direction parallel with the extension line.
Select the gasket side.
Select the extension line.
Select a direction parallel with the extension line.
Select the gasket side.
The software displays the tick mark.

ISO Text
Plant menu: Text > ISO Text
Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in paper space when working with isometrics. These
commands are similar to the AutoCAD DTEXT command.

Height
Plant menu: Text > Height
Command line: TEXTHEIGHT
Changes the height of selected text by matching it with other text. This is useful when you are
zoomed to an unknown factor in paper space.

Options
Entire drawing - Chooses all text on the drawing.
Layer - Specifies a layer for selection. CADWorxs default text layer is TEXT.
Selection - Matches the height of text that you select.

236

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 13

Graphics / Pipe Ends

CADWorx Plant II tab: Graphics / Pipe Ends
Command Name
Section - Opens the Sections dialog box in which you can
select a section graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Section (on page 240).

Command Line
SECTIONS

Detail - Opens the Details dialog box in which you can select DETAILS
a detail graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Detail (on page 242).
Plan - Opens the Plan dialog box in which you can select a
plan graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Plan (on page 243).

PLANS

Instrument - Opens the Instruments dialog box in which you

can select an instrument graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Instrument (on page 244).

INSTRUMENTS

Elevation - Opens the Elevations box in which you can select ELEVATIONS
an elevation graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Elevation (on page 245).
Arrow - Opens the Arrows dialog box in which you can select ARROWS
an arrow head graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Arrow (on page 246).
Weld - Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box in which you
select a weld symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Weld (on page 247).

WELDS

ISO - Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box in which you ISOS
can select an ISO symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see ISO (on page 248).
Dots - Opens the Dots dialog box in which you can select a
weld dots graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Dots (on page 250).

DOTS

Misc - Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box in which you can

select a miscellaneous symbol graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see Misc (on page 251).

MISC

Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a flange

O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (on page 253).

ENDFLG

Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain end ENDPLAIN

of a pipe. For more information, see Plain End (on page 253).
Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the hidden ENDHIDDEN
end of a pipe. For more information, see Hidden End (on page
253).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

237

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe end
of a pipe. For more information, see Pipe End (on page 254).

ENDPIPE

Fitting Width - Controls the appearance of all flanged, socket

weld, and threaded fittings. For more information, see Fitting
Width.

FITTINGWIDTH

Single Line Width - Specifies the line width for single-line

components. For more information, see Single Line Width.

LINEWIDTH

Each of the Graphics commands opens a related dialog box, which is used to preview and
select a graphic for placement in the drawing. A drawing file is used to display the preview
graphic in the dialog box. These graphic drawing files are delivered to the [Product
Folder]\Support folder. They can be modified to meet your specific project requirements.
A modified graphic drawing file must contain the same number of attributes as are
currently in the drawing.

Adding preview graphics

If necessary, you can add more graphics to any of the graphics dialog boxes by modifying the
contents of the Pipe_alt.dat file. This file contains the definitions for each graphic type. The
example below shows the graphics group in the Pipe_alt.dat file that is referenced in the
Sections dialog box.
[Sections]
s1s.dwg
s2s.dwg
s3s.dwg
s4s.dwg

Head
Head w/ Attrib
Head w/ 2 Attrib
End w/ Attrib

graph1 s1 1
graph1 s2 2
graph1 s3 3
graph1 s4 4

Columns must start at positions 1, 40, and 75 and define the information outlined below.

238

COL1 (Position 1) - Drawing used in the dialog box for preview image.

COL2 (Position 40) - Name displayed in the dialog box for graphic name.

COL3 (Position 75) - Function used to draw the graphic in the drawing with
arguments.

Before you modify the Pipe_alt.dat file, make a backup copy.

If the columns are not at the required positions, the drawing function fails.

There must not be any blank lines located within a section.

There must be a blank line at the beginning and at the end of a section.

The scale of the graphics inserted into the drawing, excluding isometric symbol graphics, is
based upon the value of the AutoCAD setvar DIMSCALE. If DIMSCALE is set to 0, as is
required for paper space, the software inserts graphics at a scale of 1. Isometric symbol
graphics are inserted at a scale of 1 regardless of the DIMSCALE setting.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

System Prompts
The system prompts required to draw the graphic types delivered with the software are outlined
in the table below.
Function

System Response

Prompt 1

Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER

Prompt 2

Pick left justified insertion point: pick point in the drawing

Rotation angle: pick direction or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER

Prompt 3

Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Rotation angle: pick a direction in the drawing or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")

Prompt 4

Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Section direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Projection direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)

Prompt 5

Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Section direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Projection direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER ( ex: 106)

Prompt 6

Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Section direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Projection or other direction: pick a direction in the drawing

Prompt 7

Pick object to mark: pick an object in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick point in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)

Prompt 8

Pick object to mark: pick an object in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick a point in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)

Prompt 9

Pick left end point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick right end point: pick a point in the drawing
Enter title: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: ELEVATION NORTH)
Enter scale: enter a string (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")

Prompt 10

Pick instrument to label: pick a point in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick a point in the drawing
Enter first level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: SDV)
Enter second level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 1)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

239

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Function

System Response

Prompt 11

Pick instrument to label: pick a point in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick a point in the drawing
Enter first level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: PI)
Enter second level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Enter third level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: B)

Prompt 12

Pick center insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle

Prompt 13

Pick center insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Prompt 14

Pick center insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick direction: pick a direction

Prompt 15

Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing (not center insertion, outside edge)
Pick direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 101)Weld

Prompt 16

Pick leader start point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick intermediate point: pick a point in the drawing
Pick direction for tail: pick a direction in the drawing

Prompt 17

Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick rotation: pick a direction in the drawing

Prompt 18

Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Prompt 19

Pick insertion point on line: pick a point in the drawing

Pick rotation: pick a direction in the drawing

Prompt 20

Pick location: pick a point in the drawing

Pick rotation or [Up/Down/Roll/mirrorX/mirrorY/mirrorZ]: select an option or pick the rotation

Section
CADWorx Plant II tab: Section
Pipe menu: Graphics > Section
Command line: SECTIONS
Opens the Sections dialog box, which allows you to select a section graphic for placement in
the drawing.

Sections Dialog Box

Displays the sections graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each section graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).

240

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

The table below lists the section graphics that display in the Sections dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical representation,
as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific
set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Sections Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Head

S1S.dwg

Prompt 1

Head w/ Attrib

S2S.dwg

Prompt 2

Head w/ 2Attrib

S3S.dwg

Prompt 3

End w/ Attrib

S4S.dwg

Prompt 4

End w 2Attrib

S5S.dwg

Prompt 5

End

S6S.dwg

Prompt 6

Middle

S7S.dwg

Prompt 6

Place a section graphic

1. Click Section
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type SECTIONS on the command line and then press

The Sections dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

241

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Detail
CADWorx Plant II tab: Detail
Pipe menu: Graphics > Details
Command line: DETAILS
Opens the Details dialog box, which allows you to select a detail graphic for placement in the
drawing.

Details Dialog Box

Displays the detail graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each details graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).
The table below lists the detail graphics that display in the Details dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical representation,
as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific
set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Detail Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Head

D1S.dwg

Prompt 1

Head w/ Attrib

D2S.dwg

Prompt 2

Head w/ 2Attrib

D3S.dwg

Prompt 3

Mark w/ Attrib

D4S.dwg

Prompt 7

Mark w 2Attrib

D5S.dwg

Prompt 8

Place a detail graphic

1. Click Detail

. Alternatively, type Details on the command line and then press ENTER.

The Details dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

242

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Plan
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plan
Pipe menu: Graphics > Plans
Command line: PLANS
Opens the Plans dialog box, which allows you to select a plan graphic for placement in the
drawing.

Plans Dialog Box

Displays the plan graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each plan graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).
The table below lists the plan graphics that display in the Plans dialog box by default. The table
also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical representation, as well
as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific set of
prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more information,
see System Prompts (on page 239).
Plan Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Head

P1S.dwg

Prompt 1

Head w/ Attrib

P2S.dwg

Prompt 2

Head w/ 2Attrib

P3S.dwg

Prompt 3

Place a plan graphic

1. Click Plan

. Alternatively, type PLANS on the command line and then press ENTER.

The Plans dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

243

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Instrument
CADWorx Plant II tab: Instrument
Pipe menu: Graphics > Instruments
Command line: INSTRUMENTS
Opens the Instruments dialog box, which allows you to select an instrument graphic for
placement in the drawing.

Instruments Dialog Box

Displays the instrument graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each instrument graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).
The table below lists the instrument graphics that display in the Instruments dialog box by
default. The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical
representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries
with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing.
For more information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Instrument Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

2 Attrib Local

F1S.dwg

Prompt 10

3 Attrib Local

F2S.dwg

Prompt 11

2 Attrib Board

F3S.dwg

Prompt 12

Place an instrument graphic

1. Click Instrument
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type INSTRUMENTS on the command line and then

The Instruments dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

244

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Elevation
Pipe menu: Graphics > Elevations
Command line: ELEVATIONS
Opens the Elevations dialog box, which allows you to select an elevation graphic for placement
in the drawing.

Elevations Dialog Box

Displays the elevation graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each elevation graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).
The table below lists the elevation graphics that display in the Elevations dialog box by default.
The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical
representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries
with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing.
For more information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Elevation Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Head

E1S.dwg

Prompt 1

Head w/ Attrib

E2S.dwg

Prompt 2

Head w/ 2Attrib

E3S.dwg

Prompt 3

Generic Head

L1S.dwg

Prompt 9

Place an elevation graphic

1. Click Elevation
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ELEVATIONS on the command line and then press

The Elevations dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

245

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Arrow
CADWorx Plant II tab: Arrow
Pipe menu: Graphics > Arrows
Command line: ARROWS
Opens the Arrows dialog box, which allows you to select an arrow head graphic for placement
in the drawing.

Arrows Dialog Box

Displays the arrow head graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each arrow head graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files
are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
your specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).
The table below lists the arrow head graphics that display in the Arrows dialog box by default.
The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical
representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries
with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing.
For more information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Arrow Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

North

N1S.dwg

Prompt 14

Prevailing

N2S.dwg

Prompt 12

Model Iso North

N3S.dwg

Prompt 12

Paper Iso North

N4S.dwg

Prompt 14

Small

A1S.dwg

Prompt 12

Medium

A2S.dwg

Prompt 12

Large

A3S.dwg

Prompt 12

Place an arrow head graphic

1. Click Arrow
. Alternatively, type ARROWS on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Arrows dialog box appears.
2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

246

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Weld
CADWorx Plant II tab: Weld
Pipe menu: Graphics > Weld
Command line: WELDS
Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select a weld symbol graphic for
placement in the drawing.

Weld Symbols Dialog Box

Displays the weld symbol graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each weld symbol graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files
are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
your specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).
The table below lists the weld symbol graphics that display in the Weld Symbols dialog box by
default. The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical
representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries
with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing.
For more information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Weld Symbol Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Leader

W1X.dwg

Prompt 16

Fillet

W2X.dwg

Prompt 17

Weld Around

W3X.dwg

Prompt 18

Field Weld

W4X.dwg

Prompt 17

Back

W5X.dwg

Prompt 17

Square

W6X.dwg

Prompt 17

V Groove

W7X.dwg

Prompt 17

Bevel

W8X.dwg

Prompt 17

U Groove

W9X.dwg

Prompt 17

J Groove

W10X.dwg

Prompt 17

V Flare

W11X.dwg

Prompt 17

Flare Bevel

W12X.dwg

Prompt 17

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

247

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Flush Small

W14X.dwg

Prompt 17

Flush Large

W15X.dwg

Prompt 17

Convex Small

W16X.dwg

Prompt 17

Convex Medium

W17X.dwg

Prompt 17

Convex Large

W18X.dwg

Prompt 17

Backing

W19X.dwg

Prompt 19

Spacer

W20X.dwg

Prompt 19

Plug

W13X.dwg

Prompt 17

Place a weld symbol graphic

1. Click Weld

. Alternatively, type WELDS on the command line and then press ENTER.

The Welds dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

ISO
CADWorx Plant II tab: ISO
Pipe menu: Graphics > ISO
Command line: ISOS
Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select an isometric symbol
graphic for placement in the drawing.

Isometric Symbols Dialog Box

Displays the isometric symbol graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each isometric symbols graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing
files are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
your specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).

248

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

The table below lists the isometric symbol graphics that display in the Isometric Symbols
dialog box by default. The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the
graphical representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function
carries with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the
drawing. For more information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Isometric Symbol Display Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Adjustable Base Ell

Adjustable_Base_Ell.dwg

Prompt 20

Angle

Angle.dwg

Prompt 20

Arrow1

Arrow1.dwg

Prompt 20

Arrow2

Arrow2.dwg

Prompt 20

Arrow3

Arrow3.dwg

Prompt 20

Base Support

Base_Support.dwg

Prompt 20

Channel

Channel.dwg

Prompt 20

Column

Column.dwg

Prompt 20

Column Knee Brace

Column_Knee_Brace.dwg

Prompt 20

DummyLeg

DummyLeg.dwg

Prompt 20

Floorwall Penetration

Floorwall_Penetration.dwg

Prompt 20

Grating Penetration1

Grating_Penetration_1.dwg

Prompt 20

Grating Penetration2

Grating_Penetration_2.dwg

Prompt 20

Grating Penetration3

Grating_Penetration_3.dwg

Prompt 20

Hanger Clamp

Hanger_Clamp.dwg

Prompt 20

Hanger Clamp 1

Hanger_Clamp_2.dwg

Prompt 20

Hanger Clevis

Hanger_Clevis.dwg

Prompt 20

Hanger Clevis 1

Hanger_Clevis_1.dwg

Prompt 20

Insulation Saddle

Insulation_Saddle.dwg

Prompt 20

Knee Brace

Knee_Brace.dwg

Prompt 20

Pipe Clamp

Pipe_Clamp.dwg

Prompt 20

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

249

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Pipe Shoe Extrude

Pipe_Shoe_Extrude.dwg

Prompt 20

Pipe Shoe Faced

Pipe_Shoe_Faced.dwg

Prompt 20

Spring Hanger Clamp

Spring_Hanger_Clamp.dwg

Prompt 20

T Support

T_Support.dwg

Prompt 20

Ubolt

Ubolt.dwg

Prompt 20

Ubolt 1

Ubolt_2.dwg

Prompt 20

Wide Flange Beam

WFlange_Beam.dwg

Prompt 20

Place an isometric symbol graphic

1. Click ISO

. Alternatively, type ISOS on the command line and then press ENTER.

The Isometric Symbol dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

Dots
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dots
Pipe menu: Graphics > Dots
Command line: DOTS
Opens the Dots dialog box, which allows you to select a weld dot graphic for placement in the
drawing.

Dots Dialog Box

Displays the weld dot graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each weld dot graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).

250

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

The table below lists the weld dot graphics that display in the Dots dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical representation,
as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific
set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Dots Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Head

S1.dwg

Prompt 1

Head w/ Attrib

S2.dwg

Prompt 2

Head w/ 2Attrib

S3.dwg

Prompt 3

End w/ Attrib

S4.dwg

Prompt 4

End w 2Attrib

S5.dwg

End

S6.dwg

Prompt 6

Middle

S7.dwg

Prompt 6

Prompt 5

Place a weld dot graphic

1. Click Dots

. Alternatively, type DOTS on the command line and then press ENTER.

The Dots dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

Misc
CADWorx Plant II tab: Misc
Pipe menu: Graphics > Misc
Command line: MISC
Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box, which allows you to select a graphic for placement in the
drawing.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

251

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Miscellaneous Dialog Box
Displays the set of miscellaneous graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview - Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each listed graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 237).
The table below lists the graphics that display in the Miscellaneous dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical representation,
as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific
set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (on page 239).
Sections Graphic Name

AutoCAD Drawing Name

Function Name

Small Circle

M1S.dwg

Prompt 15

Small Hexagon

M2S.dwg

Prompt 15

Small Square

M3S.dwg

Prompt 15

Small Rev

M4S.dwg

Prompt 15

Large Circle

M5S.dwg

Prompt 15

Large Hexagon

M6S.dwg

Prompt 15

Large Square

M7S.dwg

Prompt 15

Large Rev

M8S.dwg

Prompt 15

Place a miscellaneous graphic

1. Click Misc

. Alternatively, type MISC on the command line and then press ENTER.

The Miscellaneous dialog box appears.

2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.

252

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Flange O.D.
CADWorx Plant II tab: Flange O.D.
Pipe Ends toolbar: Flange O.D.
Command line: ENDFLG
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected flange at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a flange, is placed at the
center of the selected point.
The resulting circle has centerlines that are on the default CL layer.

Insert a flange O.D.

1. Click Flange O.D.
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ENDFLG on the command line and then press

Pick point for 4"-150 flange O.D.

2. Pick a point in the drawing.
The software places a flange O.D. symbol at the specified location.
3. Repeat step 2 as necessary. When finished, press ENTER to exit the command.

Plain End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plain End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Plain End
Command line: ENDPLAIN
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is placed at the
center of the selected point.

Insert a plain end

1. Click Plain End
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ENDPLAIN on the command line and then press

Pick point for 4"-150 baseball.

2. Pick a point in the drawing.
The software places a plain end symbol at the specified location.
3. Repeat step 2 as necessary. When finished, press ENTER to exit the command.

Hidden End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Hidden End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Hidden End
Command line: ENDHIDDEN
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is drawn with a
hidden line type and placed at the center of the selected point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

253

Graphics / Pipe Ends

Insert a hidden end

1. Click Hidden End
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ENDHIDDEN on the command line and then press

Pick point for 4"-150 baseball.

2. Pick a point in the drawing.
The software places a hidden end symbol at the specified location.
3. Repeat step 2 as necessary. When finished, press ENTER to exit the command.

Pipe End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Pipe End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Pipe End
Command line: ENDPIPE
Places a baseball at the center of the selected point. The size and the layer of the baseball are
determined by the current defined specification.

Insert a pipe end

1. Click Pipe End
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type ENDPIPE on the command line and then press

Pick point for 4"-150 baseball.

2. Pick a point in the drawing.
The software places a pipe end symbol at the specified location.
3. Repeat step 2 as necessary. When finished, press ENTER to exit the command.

254

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 14

Layers Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers
Command Name

Command Line

Change Layer - Changes an objects layer to the layer

associated with another object that you select. For more
information, see Change Layer (on page 256).

LAYERCHANGE

Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that

you select. For more information, see Set Layer (on page
256).

LAYERSET

Delete Layer - Removes all of the entities on the layer

associated with an entity that you select. For more
information, see Delete Layer (on page 256).

LAYERDELETE

Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity

that you select. For more information, see Layer Off (on
page 257).

LAYEROFF

On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the

Layer Off command. For more information, see Layer On
(on page 257).

LAYERON

Match Layer - Changes an objects properties to match

those of another object that you select. For more
information, see Match Layer (on page 257).

MATCH

Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer
associated with an entity that you select. For more
information, see Isolate Layer (on page 258).

LAYERISOLATE

Un-isolate Layer - Turns all of the layers back on that

LAYERUNISO
were turned off with the Isolate Layer command. For more
information, see Un-Isolate Layer (on page 258).
Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous layer LAYERRESTORE
when you have placed dimensioning or text. For more
information, see Previous (on page 258).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

255

Layers Panel

Change Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Change Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Change
Command line: LAYERCHANGE
Changes an objects layer to the layer associated with another object that you select. You can
select the objects to change individually or with a fence.

Change the layer associated with an object

1. Click Change Layer

2. Select the objects whose layer you want to change.

3. Select additional object to change layers, or press ENTER to end the selection process.
4. Select an object on the layer to which you want to move the objects.
The software moves the selected object to the new layer.

Set Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Set Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Set
Command line: LAYERSET
Sets the current layer to that of an object that you select. You must select an individual object.

Set the active layer

1. Click Set Layer

2. Select the objects whose layer you want to be the active layer.
The software sets the active layer to that of the selected object.

Delete Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Delete Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Delete
Command line: LAYERDELETE
Removes all of the entities on the layer associated with an entity that you select. For example,
you can delete all the entities, such as lines, text, and so on, on layer 0. You must select an
individual entity.
If you select the VIEWL layer, the software displays a warning message. Deleting the VIEWL
layer deletes a block named CPM which the software inserts when beginning a new drawing.
This block contains information (sizes, specification, and so on) that are used when opening an
existing drawing. If you delete this layer, this information is not available for the next drawing
session. You can re-enter this information.

256

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Layers Panel

Delete a layer
1. Click Delete Layer

2. Select the object whose layer you want to delete.

The software deletes the layer associated with the selected object.

Layer Off
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer Off
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Off
Command line: LAYEROFF
Turns off the layer associated with an entity that you select. You must select an Individual entity.

Turn off a layer

1. Click Layer Off

2. Select the object whose layer you want to turn off.

The software turns off the display of the layer associated with the selected object.

Layer On
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer On
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > On
Command line: LAYERON
Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer Off command. For more information,
see Layer Off (on page 257). No selection is required.

Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command

Click Layer On

The software redisplays the layer.

Match Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Match Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Match
Command line: MATCH
Changes an objects layer to match that of another object that you select.

Match an object's layer

1. Click Match Layer

2. Select the objects whose layer you want to change. Press ENTER to end the selection.
3. Select an object on the layer that you want to match.
The software changes the layer of the objects.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

257

Layers Panel

Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Isolate
Command line: LAYERISOLATE
Turns off all layers except for the layer associated with an entity that you select.

Display only the layer associated with an object

1. Click Isolate Layer

2. Select an object on the layer to isolate.

The software turns off all layers except for the layer associated with the selected object..

Un-Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Un-Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Un-Isolate
Command line: LAYERUNISO
Turns all of the layers on. No selection is required.

Turn on all layers

Click Un-Isolate Layer

The software turns on display for all layers.

Previous
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Previous
Command line: LAYERRESTORE
Sets the current layer back to the previous layer when you have placed dimensioning or text.
This command is only available after these two items are placed. This command does not
restore a previous layer that has been changed with the Layer or Ddlmodes commands.

258

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 15

Restraints Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
Command Name

Command Line

Reinforcing Pad - Inserts intelligent information indicating a

REINFPAD
reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad
(on page 260).
Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts intelligent information indicating REINFSAD
a reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
Saddle (on page 260).
Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For
more information, see Translational (on page 261).

TRANSLATIONAL

Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more

information, see Anchor (on page 262).

ANCHOR

Spring Hanger- Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For

more information, see Spring Hanger (on page 262).

SPRING

Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more

information, see Rotational (on page 263).

ROTATIONAL

Snubber - Creates a snubber-type restraint. For more

information, see Snubber (on page 263).

SNUBBER

Guide - Creates a guide-type restraint. For more information,

see Guide (on page 264).

GUIDE

Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be redrawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.
The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.

The CAESARIITolerance (on page 36) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.
All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to ISOGEN. To export a different symbol to ISOGEN, use the ISOGEN Data dialog box (on
page 73) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are ANCH, DUCK, GUID, SKID,
SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample ISOGEN shapes used with these
SKEYS, see the ISOGEN Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which is delivered as a PDF file to
the [Product Folder]\ISOGEN\Isogen_Utils folder.
You can also use the ISOGEN Data dialog box to change the support direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

259

Restraints Panel

Reinforcing Pad
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Pad
Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Pad
Command line: REINFPAD
Attaches a reinforcement pad to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement pad is
represented by the alpha-identifier P. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that is used in
Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
For information about showing reinforcement pads on an ISOGEN isometric drawing, see
Offset Tap (on page 125).

Insert a reinforcement pad

1. Click Reinforcing Pad

on the Restraints panel.

2. Select a component.
3. Select the branch pipe component.
4. Type the thickness of the reinforcement pad on the command line, and press ENTER.
5. Type the required value on the command line, and press ENTER.
6. Type the required value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software places the reinforcement pad and notates the drawing with the reinforcing pad
alpha-identifier.

Reinforcing Saddle
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Saddle
Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle
Command line: REINFSAD
Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement
saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that
is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.

260

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Restraints Panel

Insert a reinforcement saddle

1. Click Reinforcing Saddle

on the Restraints panel.

2. Select a component.
3. Select the branch run of the component.
4. Type the thickness of the reinforcement saddle on the command line, and press ENTER.
5. Type the required value on the command line, and press ENTER.
6. Type the required value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software places the reinforcement saddle and notates the drawing with the reinforcing
saddle alpha-identifier.

Translational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Translational
Restraints toolbar: Translational
Command line: TRANSLATIONAL
Creates a translational-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.

Place a translational restraint

1. Click Translational

on the Restraints panel.

2. Click where you want the transitional placed.

3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The transitional is placed in the drawing.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

261

Restraints Panel

Anchor
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Anchor
Restraints toolbar: Anchor
Command line: ANCHOR
Creates an anchor-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.

Place an anchor
1. Click Anchor

on the Restraints panel.

2. Click where you want the anchor placed.

3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The anchor is placed in the drawing.

Spring Hanger
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Spring Hanger
Restraints toolbar: Spring Hanger
Command line: SPRING
Creates a spring hanger-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.

Place a spring hanger

1. Click Spring Hanger

on the Restraints panel.

2. Click where you want the spring hanger placed.

3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The spring hanger is placed in the drawing.

262

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Restraints Panel

Rotational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Rotational
Restraints toolbar: Rotational
Command line: ROTATIONAL
Creates a rotational-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.

Place a rotational restraint

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click Rotational
on the Restraints panel.
Click where you want the restraint placed.
Select a direction in the drawing.
Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The restraint is placed in the drawing.

Snubber
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Snubber
Restraints toolbar: Snubber
Command line: SNUBBER
Creates a snubber-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.

Place a snubber
1.
2.
3.
4.

Click Snubber
on the Restraints panel.
Click where you want the snubber placed.
Select a direction in the drawing.
Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The snubber is placed in the drawing.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

263

Restraints Panel

Guide
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Guide
Restraints toolbar: Guide
Command line: GUIDE
Creates a guide-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.

Place a guide
1. Click Guide

on the Restraints panel.

2. Click where you want the guide placed.

3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The guide is placed in the drawing.

264

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 16

UCS Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS
Command Name
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat
position. For more information, see Flat (on page 267).

Command Line
VIEWFLAT

Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the next UCSNEXT
position. For more information, see UCS Next (on page
268).
Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates
the Point and Shoot orientation. For more information, see
Compass (on page 268).

COMPASS

North - Places the current user coordinate system in the

north position. For more information, see North (on page
268).

VIEWNORTH

South - Places the current user coordinate system in the

south position. For more information, see South (on page
269).

VIEWSOUTH

East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST
position. For more information, see East (on page 270).
West - Places the current user coordinate system in the
west position. For more information, see West (on page
269).

VIEWWEST

UCS Object - Orients the current user coordinate system

UCS
according to an object that you select. For more information,
see UCS Object (on page 270).

Point and Shoot UCS

AutoCAD allows you to manipulate the X, Y, Z coordinate system UCS (user coordinate
system). You must be familiar with the Point and Shoot system of manipulating the UCS.
The UCSICON option needs to be On (visible) and set to Origin. This lets you see exactly
where the icon is at all times. Although it isnt necessary, it is highly recommended that it be
somewhere on the centerline of the components you are drawing. This keeps everything in the
same plane. If you must turn into another plane, use the UCS NEXT command, or choose the
appropriate plane (North, South, East, West, or Flat) and place the icon on the centerline of the
new plane.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

265

UCS Panel
If you cannot see the rubber band effect, or if it doesnt appear correctly, you are out of plane.
Pay attention to the icon as it shows where you are. If the broken pencil icon appears, and there
are strange lines on the screen instead of pipe and components, your current plane is
perpendicular to the viewpoint. Use the Undo command, or change the viewpoint.
When dimensioning or annotating an isometric or 3D model, place the UCS icon on a node or a
centerline on the run you are working on. The text has the same orientation as the icon.
Xtext - Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the X-axis. When you view a model from the bottom
side using a view point with a negative angle from the X-Y plane, text and dimension placement
is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the X-axis of the UCS to remedy this. Text
and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for viewing and plotting. If you change
from a negative to positive angle from the X-Y view point, you must replace the text for the
proper orientation.
Ztext - Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the Z-axis. When viewing a model from the back
side using a view point with a 0 to 180 degree angle in the X-Y plane from the X axis, text and
dimension placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the Z-axis of the UCS
to remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for viewing and
plotting. If you change to a rear view position (180 - 360 degree angle in the X-Y plane from the
X-axis), you must replace the text for the proper orientation.
Elevation - Sets the elevation to the present UCS. This command does not set the depth in a
North, South, East, or West plane. Setting an elevation of 10' (when the present elevation is 0')
raises the UCS to 10' regardless of the position.
Rotate - Rotates the present UCS around the X-, Y-, and Z-axes. For example, rotating the UCS
to 45 degrees after inserting a 45 degree elbow allows you to place other components in line
with the 45 degree elbow.
COordinate - Specifies an exact X, Y, Z-coordinate in relation to the WCS (world coordinate
system).
CLip - Clips the view at the present plane set by the UCS. This plane can be established with
the Point and Shoot UCS options or any three-point UCS position. The plane can be skewed at
any angle.
On - Turns on view clipping with clipping distances as set by the Back and Front options.
Off - Turns off view clipping.
Back - Sets the distance to the back of the clipping area. This value must be a negative number.
If this value is positive, it can clip past the front clipping area and leave nothing in the view.
Front - Sets the distance to the front of the clipping area. This value must be a positive number.
If this value is negative, it can clip past the back clipping area and leave nothing in the view.
The CLip option is also available as the command VIEWCLIP.
Pick point - Moves the 0,0,0 user base to a point you select. Press Enter to keep the UCS at
the same origin but switch to a new plane. For example, press Enter to change from the north
plate to a west plane.

266

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

UCS Panel
You must enter other UCS positions with AutoCADs UCS command. Two extremely useful
options in this command are the OBject and 3 Point. Leave the UCSICON on and set to origin
when using any method of rearranging the UCS.
If you select a point close to the screens edge, and the UCS icon is on and set to origin,
the icon may not remain at this point. AutoCAD requires that the whole icon be visible and
places the icon in the lower left corner of the screen. If this happens, zoom out a little or pan
toward the new UCS position.

Flat
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > Flat
UCS toolbar: Flat
Plant menu: UCS > Flat
Command line: VIEWFLAT
Places the current user coordinate system in the flat position.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

267

UCS Panel

UCS Next
UCS toolbar: Next
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Next
Command line: UCSNEXT
Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS positions.

Compass
UCS toolbar: Compass
UCS toolbar: Compass
Command line: COMPASS
Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. The symbol
displays at the point you select.

As the display's orientation changes, the symbol changes accordingly.

The aliases VF, VN, VS, VE, and VW are also available.

North
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > North
UCS toolbar: North
Plant menu: UCS > North
Command line: VIEWNORTH
Places the current user coordinate system in the north position.

268

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

UCS Panel

South
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > South
UCS toolbar: South
Plant menu: UCS > South
Command line: VIEWSOUTH
Places the current user coordinate system in the south position.

West
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > West
UCS toolbar: West
Plant menu: UCS > West
Command line: VIEWWEST
Places the current user coordinate system in the west position.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

269

UCS Panel

East
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > East
UCS toolbar: East
Plant menu: UCS > East
Command line: VIEWEAST
Places the current user coordinate system in the east position.

UCS Object
UCS toolbar: UCS Object
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Object
Command line: UCS
Orients the UCS according to an object that you select. Please refer to the AutoCAD
documentation on the UCS (User Coordinate System) for more detail.
This command is useful for rearranging dimensions in the model space (MSPACE) of a
CADWorx isometric model. Run this command, and then select the dimension. The software
places the UCS according to the position of the dimension allowing it to be stretched and
moved.

270

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 17

Steel Shapes Panel

CADWorx Steel / HVAC > Steel Shapes
Shape Name

Command Line

Wide Flange

WSHAPE

Channel

CSHAPE

Angle

LSHAPE

Tee

TSHAPE

Pipe

PSHAPE

Tube

TSSHAPE

Flat Bar

FBSHAPE

Round Bar

RBSHAPE

Channel with Lip

CLIPSHAPE

Angle with Lip

LLIPSHAPE

ZSHAPE

Double Angle

2LSHAPE

Shapes
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab > Steel Shapes panel
Plant > Steel > Shapes
Command line: STEEL
Draws many different steel shapes in the drawing. When placing steel shapes, you can:

attach steel shapes to lines or you can specify the end points.
place members into the current UCS.
define the location of the centerline and the angle about the centerline.
place steel on arcs.
copy, stretch, or edit the size with the edit function.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

271

Steel Shapes Panel

Draw Steel Dialog Box
Select Type - Select the shape to place. The drop down lists each folder defined by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.ini file specifying the
member type in that folder (W, T, TS, and so forth).
Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Rotation Angle - Select the component rotation about the centerline. You can select 0, 90, 180,
270, or type the needed rotation angle. Do not use AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR,
3DROTATE) to change the rotation angle of the shape. The rotation angle of the shape can only
be set from the Draw Steel dialog box.
Pick Insertion Location - Click to select the insertion point. The red box indicates the active
location.
Centerline location - Select the top, center, or bottom location of the centerline relative to the
component shape. The centerline location can only be along the three locations on the Y-axis of
the component.
Use UCS - Select to use the current UCS as the XY plane. For example, if the UCS is located in
the same plane as a slope roof, components are easily added at this angle if you select this
option. Select two points within the plane to determine the rotation automatically.
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION="
value in the data file header.
Part Number - Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number
yourself or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page
44) startup variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL="
value in the data file header.
Pick Points - Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines - Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and
position of the line define the component.
Properties - Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties
before placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input - Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a customdimensioned shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User
Input. For more information, see User Input Dialog Box.

272

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Shapes Panel

Properties Dialog Box
Displays the available properties of the selected member.
The reference data file path and file name is shown at the top.
Weight - Displays the weight of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the weight
yourself.
Length - Displays the length of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the length
yourself. The component length is calculated based on the shape of the solid, not the length of
the centerline. For example, if one end of the component is cut 45 degrees, the full length would
be to the very end of the 45 degree cut, not the centerline length.
The top grid displays the required properties to place the shape. Do not add to or edit the order
of these properties in the data file or the component does not place correctly in the drawing.
The bottom grid displays the optional properties. You can add or remove properties in the data
file as needed. For example, you might want to add a column in the data file for the gage
distance.

User Input Dialog Box

Defines custom dimensioned components.
Dimensions - Displays the dimensions that you can define. Refer to the figure for a key of
which dimension is which.
Rotation Angle - Select the component rotation about the centerline or base point. You can
select 0, 90, 180, 270, or type the needed rotation angle.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the component.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the component. The thickness, length,
and width dimensions are appended to the long annotation as the component is drawn and
placed.
Description - Defines the component description.
Density - Defines the material density for the component.
Use the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable to define the data files location
associated with the steel software. The delivered libraries are Steel_I and Steel_M. Steel_I
contains imperial unit data files using inches while Steel_M contains metric data files. At the top
of each data file is an entry that defines the type of data file: metric or imperial. The software
reads this entry in the data file and determines if the units need to be converted. For example,
when SystemMeasure (on page 45) is set to 2 (metric system with nominal inch input) and you
want to use an imperial data file from Steel_I, the system automatically converts the data file
values from inches into millimeters. Select the data file to use using the SteelLibraryDirectory
variable.
Steel channel and angle shapes cannot be modified using the AutoCAD MIRROR
command. Use Flip Flange in the dialog to mirror channel and angle shapes.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

273

Steel Shapes Panel

When editing shape data files, remember these rules:

Columns have to be separated by two or more spaces.

First column has to be called "MEMBER". The member name cannot have two consecutive
spaces.

Required columns have to in the exact order listed for each type of steel shape to generate
the AutoCAD solid.

All columns after the required columns are optional. These optional columns display in the
Properties dialog box for reference. The Ix (Inertia about X-axis), Iy (Inertia about Y-axis),
and J (torsion) columns might be used by the SEXPORT command when export to CAESAR
II Steel (*.str) files.

The cross sectional area (AREA) and fillet radius (R) columns are required in the data file
but are not used by the software to generate the AutoCAD solid shape. These values are not
stored with the component.

For imperial sizes:

Weight (WGT) column is in pounds per foot (lbs/ft)

Area (AREA) column is in square inches (in2)

All other required columns are in inches (in)

For metric sizes:

Weight (WGT) column is in kilograms per meter (kg/m)

Area (AREA) column is in square centimeters (cm2)

All other required columns are in millimeters (mm)

Wide Flange Shapes

Data file sample (TYPE=W)

274

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Shapes Panel

Required columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
DEPTH - Depth
WEB_THK - Web Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
FLG_THK - Flange Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)

Channel Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=C)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
WEB_THK - Web Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
FLG_THK - Flange Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

275

Steel Shapes Panel

Angle Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=L)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
THK - Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)

276

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Shapes Panel

Tee Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=WT)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
DEPTH - Depth
STEM_THK - Stem Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
FLG_THK - Flange Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

277

Steel Shapes Panel

Pipe Shapes
Data file sample (Type=P)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
OD - Outside Diameter
WALL_THK - Wall Thickness (not used)

278

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Shapes Panel

Tube Shapes
Data file sample (Type=TS)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
SIDE1 - Side 1 length
SIDE2 - Side 2 length
THK - Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

279

Steel Shapes Panel

Flat Bar Shapes

Data file sample (TYPE=FB)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
WIDTH - Width
THK - Thickness

280

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Shapes Panel

Round Bar Shapes

Data file sample (Type=RB)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
OD - Outside Diameter

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

281

Steel Shapes Panel

Channel Shape with Lip

Data file sample (TYPE=C_LIP):

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
DEPTH - Web Thickness
THK - Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
LIP - Lip Length
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)

282

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Shapes Panel

Angle Shape with Lip

Data file sample (TYPE=L_LIP):

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
THK - Thickness
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
LIP - Lip Length
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

283

Steel Shapes Panel

Z Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=Z):

Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WEIGHT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
HEIGHT - Height
THK - Thickness
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LIP1 - Lip 1 length (optional)
LEG2 - Leg 2 length (optional)
LIP2 - Lip 2 length (optional)
THK_LEG1 - Leg 1 thickness (optional)
THK_LEG2 - Lip 1 thickness (optional)
THK_LIP1 - Leg 2 thickness (optional)
THK_LIP2 - Lip 2 thickness (optional)

284

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Shapes Panel

Angle Double Shape

Data file sample (TYPE=2L)

Required Columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
THK - Thickness
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

285

Steel Shapes Panel

286

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 18

Steel Draw Panel

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab > Steel Draw panel
Command Description

Command line

Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information, SPLATE

see Plate (on page 288).
Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the
end of a member. For more information, see Base Plate
(on page 290).

SBPLATE

Steel Bolt - Places a bolt in the drawing. For more

information, see Steel Bolts (on page 292).

BTSHAPE

Set Size by Component - Sets the steel size by selecting COMP2STEEL

an existing component in the model. For more information,
see Set Size by Component (on page 295).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic
SGENERICD
AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see
Steel - Generic Attachment (on page 295).
User Shape - Places a component using a custom user
shape. For more information, see User Shape (on page
296).

SUSER

Loft - Creates loft steel components. For more

information, see Loft (on page 299).

SLOFT

Steel Single Line - Places steel single line components in SLS

the drawing. For more information, see Single Line Steel
(on page 300).
Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can SFRAME
use to build structural steel models. For more information,
see Steel - Frame Creation (on page 306).
Annotate - Annotates and dimensions frame lines. For
more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 308).

SFRAMEANOT

SLADDER
Ladder - Places ladders, with or without cages, in the
drawing. For more information, see Ladder (on page 309).
Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more
information, see Handrail (on page 312).

SHRAIL

Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information,

see Stair (on page 313).

SSTAIR

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

287

Steel Draw Panel

Plate
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Plate
Steel toolbar: Plate
Plant menu: Steel > Plate
Command line: SPLATE
Creates plates in the model using existing shapes or by specifying a minimum of three plate
corners. You define the extrusion direction after selecting the shape or defining the corners.
Use the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable to define plate data files location.
The delivered libraries are Steel_I and Steel_M. Steel_I contains imperial unit data files using
inches while Steel_M contains metric data files. At the top of each data file is an entry that
defines the type of data file: metric or imperial. The software reads this entry in the data file and
determines if the units need to be converted. For example, when SystemMeasure (on page 45)
is set to 2 (metric system with nominal inch input) and you want to use an imperial data file from
Steel_I, the system automatically converts the data file values from inches into millimeters.
Select the data file to use using the SteelLibraryDirectory variable.

Draw Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the
text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text
in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in
the data file header.
Part Member - Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself
or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 44) startup
variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.
Length - Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width - Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Weight - Displays the weight of the plate. Select Manual Update to enter the value yourself.

288

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Manual Update - Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box.
Clear this option to have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight
defined in the data file.
Insert Location - Select the centerline location for the plate. This option is only available when
editing an existing plate in the model.
Pick Points - Click to define the plates by its corners.
Select Lines - Click to define the plate using an existing closed polyline shape.
Select Curves - Click to define the plate using an existing closed curved shape.

What do you want to do?

Place plate by points (on page 289)

Place plate by closed polyline (on page 289)

Place plate by curves (on page 290)

Place plate by points

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Plate

You can also type SPLATE in the command line.

The Draw Plate dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Data File box, select Structural Plate.
3. Select the plate to place in the Select Member list.
4. Edit the Details boxes as needed.
5. Click Pick points.
6. Define the first corner location of the plate.
7. Continue to define the corners of the plate. When you are finished, right-click and then
select Enter on the menu.
8. Select Positive or Negative from the context menu.
You can also press ENTER for positive Z direction or press N for negative.

Place plate by closed polyline

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Plate
.
You can also type SPLATE in the command line.
The Draw Plate dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Data File box, select Structural Plate.
3. Select the plate to place in the Select Member list.
4. Edit the Details boxes as needed.
5. Click Select line(s).
6. Select an existing closed polyline shape in the model.
7. Right-click and, then select Positive or Negative from the context menu.
You can also press ENTER for positive Z direction or press N for negative.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

289

Steel Draw Panel

Place plate by curves

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Plate

You can also type SPLATE in the command line.

The Draw Plate dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Data File box, select Structural Plate.
3. Select the plate to place in the Select Member list.
4. Edit the Details boxes as needed.
5. Click Select curve(s).
6. Select the existing curves in the model.
7. Right-click.
8. Enter the width distance for the plate.
9. Click in the model to indicate which direction to apply the width.
10. Select Bottom, Center, or Top for the insertion location.

Base Plate
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Base Plate
Steel toolbar: Base Plate
Plant menu: Steel > Base Plate
Command line: SBPLATE
Places base plates in open space or attached to the end of a steel member. CADWorx
automatically copes the steel member with the base plate.

Base Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.

Details
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text
in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text
in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in
the data file header.

290

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Part number - Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself
or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 44) startup
variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.
Weight - Displays the weight of the plate. The software automatically subtracts the material
weight removed by any holes from the plate weight. Select Manual Update to enter the value
yourself.
Manual Update - Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box.
Clear this option to have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight
defined in the data file.

Plate Dimensions
Length - Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width - Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Rotation - Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement.
X offset - Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Y offset - Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.

Hole Dimensions
On/Off - Select this option to place holes in the base plate. Clear this option to place a plate
without holes.
Row count - Enter the number of hole rows.
Row spacing - Enter the distance between the hole rows measured from the center of the
holes.
Column count - Enter the number of hole columns.
Column spacing - Enter the distance between the hole columns measured from the center of
the holes.
Diameter - Enter the diameter of the hole.
Rotation - Enter the angle at which to rotate the hole rows and columns within the base plate.
Slotted length - Enter a distance to create an elongated hole. This distance is measured from
the hole center.
X offset - Specifies the X-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base
plate center.
Y offset - Specifies the Y-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base
plate center.
Pick Point - Click to place the base plate.

What do you want to do?

Place a base plate (on page 292)

Place a base plate with holes (on page 292)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

291

Steel Draw Panel

Place a base plate

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Base Plate

You can also type SBPLATE in the command line.

The Steel Base Plates dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Data File box, select Structural Plate.
3. Select the plate to place in the Select Member list.
4. Edit the Details boxes as needed.
5. Edit the Plate dimensions boxes as needed.
6. Clear the On/Off option to place the base plate without holes.
7. Click Pick point.
The prompt Specify center base point displays.
8. Define the location for the base plate center.
9. Continue to define the locations for addition base plates as needed.

Place a base plate with holes

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Base Plate

You can also type SBPLATE in the command line.

The Steel Base Plates dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Data File box, select Structural Plate.
3. Select the plate to place in the Select Member list.
4. Edit the Details boxes as needed.
5. Edit the Plate dimensions boxes as needed.
6. Select the On/Off option to place the base plate with holes.
7. Enter the values for the hole dimensions and locations.
8. Click Pick point.
The prompt Specify center base point displays.
9. Define the location for the base plate center.
10. Continue to define the locations for addition base plates as needed.

Steel Bolts
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Steel Bolts
Command line: BTSHAPE
Draws bolts in the drawing. You can place bolt shapes on lines, or you can specify the end
points.

292

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Draw Steel Dialog Box
Select Type - Select the shape to place. The drop down lists each folder defined by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.ini file specifying the
member type in that folder (W, T, TS, and so forth).
Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Rotation Angle - Select the component rotation about the centerline. You can select 0, 90, 180,
270, or type the needed rotation angle. Do not use AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR,
3DROTATE) to change the rotation angle of the shape. The rotation angle of the shape can only
be set from the Draw Steel dialog box.
Pick Insertion Location - Click to select the insertion point. The red box indicates the active
location.
Centerline location - Select the top, center, or bottom location of the centerline relative to the
component shape. The centerline location can only be along the three locations on the Y-axis of
the component.
Use UCS - Select to use the current UCS as the XY plane. For example, if the UCS is located in
the same plane as a slope roof, components are easily added at this angle if you select this
option. Select two points within the plane to determine the rotation automatically.
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION="
value in the data file header.
Part Number - Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number
yourself or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page
44) startup variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL="
value in the data file header.
Pick Points - Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines - Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and
position of the line define the component.
Properties - Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties
before placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input - Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a customdimensioned shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User
Input. For more information, see User Input Dialog Box.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

293

Steel Draw Panel

Properties Dialog Box
Displays the available properties of the selected member.
The reference data file path and file name is shown at the top.
Weight - Displays the weight of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the weight
yourself.
Length - Displays the length of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the length
yourself. The component length is calculated based on the shape of the solid, not the length of
the centerline. For example, if one end of the component is cut 45 degrees, the full length would
be to the very end of the 45 degree cut, not the centerline length.
The top grid displays the required properties to place the shape. Do not add to or edit the order
of these properties in the data file or the component does not place correctly in the drawing.
The bottom grid displays the optional properties. You can add or remove properties in the data
file as needed. For example, you might want to add a column in the data file for the gage
distance.

User Input Dialog Box

Defines custom dimensioned components.
Dimensions - Displays the dimensions that you can define. Refer to the figure for a key of
which dimension is which.
Rotation Angle - Select the component rotation about the centerline or base point. You can
select 0, 90, 180, 270, or type the needed rotation angle.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the component.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the component. The thickness, length,
and width dimensions are appended to the long annotation as the component is drawn and
placed.
Description - Defines the component description.
Density - Defines the material density for the component.
Use the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable to define the data files location
associated with the steel software. The delivered libraries are Steel_I and Steel_M. Steel_I
contains imperial unit data files using inches while Steel_M contains metric data files. At the top
of each data file is an entry that defines the type of data file: metric or imperial. The software
reads this entry in the data file and determines if the units need to be converted. For example,
when SystemMeasure (on page 45) is set to 2 (metric system with nominal inch input) and you
want to use an imperial data file from Steel_I, the system automatically converts the data file
values from inches into millimeters. Select the data file to use using the SteelLibraryDirectory
variable.

294

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Set Size by Component

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Set Size by Component
Steel toolbar: Set Size by Component
Plant menu: Steel > Utility > Size by Component
Command line: COMP2STEEL
Sets the steel size by selecting an existing component in the model.
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Set Size by Component

2. Select an existing component in the model that has the size that you want to use.

Steel - Generic Attachment

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Generic Attach
Command line: SGENERICD
Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.
You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component.
To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place
information on a beam and have it reflect the CG correctly, draw a centerline and pick MIDpoint
or NEArest to the end of the centerline or the exact known location.

Generic Attach (Create/Edit) Dialog Box

Controls parameters for attaching information to generic AutoCAD objects.
Long Annotation - Specifies the long annotation for the component, such as W6X25.
Description - Specifies the description for the component, such as Wide Flange.
Short Annotation - Specifies the short annotation for the component, such as W6.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the component, such as 12345.
Material - Specifies the material for the component, such as ASTM A-36.
Length - Specifies the length of the component. Any real number is valid.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the component. Any real number is valid.
BOM Mark Point - Shows the drawing coordinate location at which the information was
attached.
Specify On-screen - Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark
point.
X - Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y - Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z - Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

295

Steel Draw Panel

CG Location - Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen - Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of
gravity point.
X - Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Y - Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z - Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Generic Attach

You can also type SGENERICD in the command line.

The Generic Attach (Create) dialog box displays.
2. Enter the information to attach in the appropriate boxes.
3. Click Attach.
4. Select the non CADWorx object to attach the information.
5. Press ENTER to finish.
After the information is attached you can use the Specify On-screen options for BOM
Mark Point and COG Location to indicate those points on the object. These options help to
determine the Center of Gravity.

Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
The Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
2. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
3. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
4. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
5. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A green arrow displays indicating the location.
6. Click OK.

User Shape
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > User Shape
Plant menu: Steel > User Shape
Command line: SUSER
Places a component using a custom user shape. You select the component to draw based on
the user shape DWG file that you previously created. The extrusion direction and distance is
based on points picked or line selected in the drawing. You can edit Roll angle along with the
standard annotations.

296

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

User Shapes Dialog Box
Controls parameters for placing user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation - Specifies the short annotation for the shape. The default value comes from
the drawing file that contains the user shape.
Long Annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape. The default value
comes from the drawing file that contains the user shape.
Description - Specifies the description for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing
file that contains the user shape.
Part Number - Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the
drawing file that contains the user shape.
Material - Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file
that contains the user shape.
Length - Specifies the length of the shape.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
Roll Angle - Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape. Do not use
AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR, 3DROTATE) to change the roll angle of the shape.
The roll angle of the shape can only be set from the User Shapes dialog box.
Pick points - Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select line - Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the
drawing. This option is disabled for all other shapes.
For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.ini must be in the same folder as the user
shape drawing files. The Type.ini must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The folder
..\CADWorx (version)\Steel_I\User Shape is used to store the user shape drawing files.
The figure below shows the parameters stored in a user created DWG file that can be used to
create a roof purlin user shape.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

297

Steel Draw Panel

After selecting the user shape from the dialog, you pick points or select a line to define the
extrusion length. See the figure below.

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click User Shape

You can also type SUSER in the command line.

The User Shapes dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Member box, select the user shape to use.
3. Enter values in the Details boxes as needed.
4. Click Pick points to place the component by defining the two end locations.
-orClick Select line to select an existing line in the drawing on which to place the component.

298

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Loft
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Loft
Command line: SLOFT
Creates lofted steel components. You must have two cross sections and the path curve between
them defined in the drawing before using this command. The cross sections define the shape of
the resulting steel component. The path curve must intersect all planes of the cross sections.

1. Draw the two cross sections and the path curve in the drawing.
2. On the Steel Draw panel, click Loft

You can also type SLOFT in the command line.

3. Enter the material density.
4. Select the first cross section.
5. Select the second cross section.
6. Right-click to indicate you are finished selecting cross sections.
7. Select the path curve.
8. Define the annotations, descriptions, part number, and material.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

299

Steel Draw Panel

Single Line Steel

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Single Line Steel
Command line: SLS

Using the Steel Single Line program

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Generate the 3D model of the steel in Model Space.

Create viewports in the Layouts.
Configure the object settings on the General tab. (see below).
Generate the viewports.
Apply new settings to objects.
Configure the dimension settings on the Dimension tab (see below).
Dimension the viewport.
This feature is only part of CADWorx Steel Professional Plus or CADWorx Plant
Professional.

Using the Steel Drawing Manager

The palette can be resized, docked and hidden like any AutoCAD palette. The command
SLSSHOWPALETTE shows the palette if it is hidden. The column line between the field labels
and the settings can be moved left or right to resize the columns.

General Tab

300

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Tools

Save Settings to File - Save your set of settings to an external file for use in another
drawing
Load Settings From File - Load a saved set of settings from a file into the drawing. Any
existing named settings are lost when a new set is loaded from the file.
Add Setting - Add a name to a set of settings you want to reuse.
Delete Setting - Delete a named setting from the list.
Match Settings - Apply settings from one object to other objects.
Turn off Vertical symbols - Used to turn off vertically places symbols representing Z-Axis
objects.
Generate - Generate the steel member drawing objects in a viewport.
Set to Object - Apply new settings to a viewport or individual steel components already
drawn.
Update - Updates the existing objects to match changes made to the model
Reset Settings - Resets individual member objects back to the viewport settings and link
them back to the view port.
Archive drawings - Detaches all intelligence from the drawing objects. Underlying models
can be removed.
Turn of Vertical Symbols - Used to turn on vertically places symbols representing Z-Axis
objects previously turned off.
Settings List Box - Choose the named settings.

Line Settings

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

301

Steel Draw Panel

Layer - AutoCAD Layer for New Steel.
Color - AutoCAD object color for New Steel.
Linetype - Loaded AutoCAD linetype for New Steel.
Weight - AutoCAD line weight for New Steel.
Layer Exist - AutoCAD Layer for Existing Steel.
Color Exist - AutoCAD object color for Existing Steel.
Weight Exist - AutoCAD line weight for Existing Steel.
Gap Style - Used to set either Manual gap distance or automatic gap distance.
Automatic uses the steel member end gap type to gap the lines set by the Gap Distance
setting.
Manual applies the Gap Distance to all ends regardless of gap type.
Gap Distance - This is a paper space distance for the coping gaps.

Tag Settings

Layer - AutoCAD Layers.

Color - AutoCAD object colors.
Text Style - Loaded text styles.
Text Height - Paper space text height.
Offset - Set an offset above the line / symbol for the tag to be placed.
Justification - AutoCAD text justifications.
Style - Short or Long descriptions.
Display - Display of the tag, on or off.

Symbol Settings

302

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Layer Main - AutoCAD Layers for visible parts of the symbol.
Color Main - AutoCAD object colors for visible parts of the symbol.
Linetype Main - Loaded AutoCAD linetypes for visible parts of the symbol.
Layer Minor - AutoCAD Layers for hidden parts of the symbol.
Color Minor - AutoCAD object colors for hidden parts of the symbol.
Linetype Minor - Loaded AutoCAD linetypes for hidden parts of the symbol.
Scale - Width scale based on the actual visual width in the viewport.
Length - Paper space length.
Offset - Set the distance between parallel elements for visual effect.
Display - Display of the symbol, on or off.

Dimension Tab

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

303

Steel Draw Panel

Tools

Save Settings to File - Save your set of settings to an external file for use in another
drawing.
Load Settings from File - Load a saved set of settings from a file into the drawing. Any
existing named settings are lost when a new set is loaded from the file.
Add Named Style - Add a name to a set of settings you want to reuse.
Delete Named Style - Delete a named setting from the list.
Generate Plan Dimension - Generate the plan style dimensions of a selected viewport.
Generate Elevated Dimension - Generate the elevation style dimensions of a selected
viewport.
Clear Dimensions - Remove all dimensions of a selected viewport.
Update Dimensions - Update existing dimensions of a selected viewport.
Settings List Box - Used to choose the named settings.
Dimension Level - Select how many dimension levels to use.

Dimension Settings

Layer - AutoCAD Layers

Dim Style - AutoCAD Dimension Styles.
Dim Type - Select the dimension type.

304

Baseline Type

Continue Type

Ordinate Type

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Offset - The distance from the edge of the viewport to place the first level dimensions.
Elevation Value - The relative elevation of the selected origin point.
Elevation Prefix - Prefix for the elevation dimensions.

Tag Settings

Display - To display the column tags on the plan dimensions.

Layer - AutoCAD Layer of the column tags and text.
Color - AutoCAD color of the column tags and text.
Style - Text style for the column tags and text.
Height - Text height for the column tag text.
Balloon Size - Diameter of the column tags.
Orientation - The order of the automatic numbering of the column tags.
LR-BT left to right, bottom to top
LR-TB left to right, top to bottom
RL-BT right to left, bottom to top
RL-TB right to left, top to bottom
Vertical - Vertical column tag numbering start and style.
Letter (A)
Letter + Number (A1)
Number (1)
Number + Letter (1A)
Horizontal - Horizontal column tag numbering start and style.
Letter (A)
Letter + Number (A1)
Number (1)
Number + Letter (1A)
Vertical Inc - The increment value of the tag number.
Increments the second value of a combination tag
Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2"
Horizontal Inc - The increment value of the tag number.
Increments the second value of a combination tag
Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2"

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

305

Steel Draw Panel

Steel - Frame Creation

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Frame Creation
Steel toolbar: Frame Creation
Plant menu: Steel > Frame > Creation
Command line: SFRAME
Create intelligent frames that you can use to build structural steel models.

Frame Creation Dialog Box

Name - Specifies the name for the current frame. The frame name is required only when you
create more than one frame in the same drawing. If you do not specify a name and you save the
frame configuration, the software uses the file name as the frame name.
Specify On-screen - Select this option to specify the frame insertion point with your mouse.
Clear this option to use the coordinate location specified in the X, Y, and Z boxes as the frame
insertion location.
Repeat Rows/Columns - Select this option to repeat the same rows and columns as the first
plan for all subsequent plans. This option provides a quick way to create large frames without
repeatedly entering the same information. The setting of this option is saved with the frame
configuration.
Create Clipped Views - Select this option to create clipped views for each plan, row, and
column. These views can then be accessed using the View command in AutoCAD. The views
are clipped in the front and back making them excellent to use in annotation layouts. You need
to select the Update Layer option in the View command dialog for the view to be set correctly.
The setting of this option is saved with the frame configuration.
Rotation Angle - Enter the rotation angle for the entire frame. The rotation is about the
specified insertion point. The rotation angle is saved with the frame configuration.
Draw Sloped Vertical Lines - Select this option to make the vertical lines sloped according to
each plans X and Y offsets. This option is useful when creating platform frames and requires
that each plan have the same number of rows and columns. The setting of this option is saved
with the frame configuration.
Plan - Defines the plans for the current frame. Specify the distance from one plan to the next in
the Distance column for each plan. You can also specify X and Y offset values from the
insertion point before the row and column lines for this plan are created.
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each plan based on the distance specified. The
elevation label default setting is defined in [Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl with the
PLAN_LABEL_START setting. Clear the Auto label option to define the label text yourself. The
label is saved with the frame after it is drawn and is available for the Frame Annotation
command. For more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 308).
Click Add to add a new plan to the current frame. Click Remove to delete the selected plans
from the current frame. If Repeat Rows/Columns is not selected, Remove deletes all rows and
columns associated with the plan that is being removed.
Row - Defines the rows for the current frame. You can specify the distance from one row to the
next in the Distance column for each row. If Repeat Rows/Columns is selected, the rows are
for the currently selected plan.

306

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

CADWorx automatically creates labels for each row. The row label default setting is defined in
[Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl. The [ROW] section contains the characters used in
making the label. If there are more rows and available characters, the labels are concatenated.
For example, A, B, C......X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AC and so on. Clear the Auto label option to define
the label text yourself. This label is saved with the frame after it is drawn and is available for the
Frame Annotation command. For more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 308).
Columns - Defines the columns for the current frame. You can specify the distance from one
column to the next in the Distance column for each column. If Repeat Rows/Columns is
selected, the columns are for the currently selected plan.
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each column. The column label default settings is
defined in [Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl. The [COLUMN] section contains the
characters used in making the label. If there are more columns than available characters, the
labels are concatenated. For example, A, B, C......X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AC and so on. Clear the
Auto label option to define the label text yourself. This label is saved with the frame after it is
drawn and is available for the Frame Annotation command. For more information, see Frame
Annotation (on page 308).
New - Click to create a new frame. You are prompted to save any changes to the current frame.
Save - Click to save the current frame to a file. You are prompted to enter a name and specify
the location to save the frame configuration.
Save As - Click to save the current frame under a different file name.
OK - Click to draw the frame in the current drawing. You are prompted to save any changes to
the current frame.

What do you want to do?

Create a new frame configuration (on page 307)

Edit a frame configuration (on page 308)

Place a frame in the drawing (on page 308)

Create a new frame configuration

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Frame Creation

You can also type SFRAME in the command line.

The Frame Creation dialog box displays.
2. Define the insertion point for the frame.
3. Define the plans, rows, and columns using Add and Remove.
4. Click Save As.
5. Enter the frame name, and specify of folder location.
6. Click Save.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

307

Steel Draw Panel

Edit a frame configuration

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Frame Creation
.
You can also type SFRAME in the command line.
The Frame Creation dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse, and then open the frame to edit.
3. Edit the frame options and insertion point as needed.
4. Edit the plans, rows, and columns using Add and Remove.
5. Click Save.
Click Save As to save the frame to a different file.

Place a frame in the drawing

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Frame Creation
.
You can also type SFRAME in the command line.
The Frame Creation dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse, and then open the frame to place.
3. Edit the frame options and insertion point as needed.
4. Edit the plans, rows, and columns using Add and Remove as needed.
5. Click OK.
You are prompted to save any edits that you have made to the frame.

Frame Annotation
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Frame Annotation
Plant menu: Steel > Frame > Annotation
Command line: SFRAMEANOT
Annotates and dimensions frame lines. This command can also create the dimensions in call
outs in paper space.
Dimensions only - Draws only the dimension for the selected frame line. You are prompted to
pick the dimension side. The distance the dimensions are offset from the frame line is controlled
by the AutoCAD setvar DIMDLI. This option respects the current DIMSCALE setting.
Call outs only - Creates the call out and places the label of the selected frame line in a block
with attribute. The M5 block located in the [Product Directory]\Support folder is used for the call
out. You are prompted to pick the call out location.
Both - This option creates both dimensions and call outs.
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Frame Annotation

You can also type SFRAMEANOT in the command line.

2. Select the frame line in the drawing.
3. Select Dimensions only, Call outs only, or Both.
4. Select the side of the frame line to place the annotation.
5. Pick the location of the annotation.

308

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Ladder
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Ladder
Steel toolbar: Ladder
Plant menu: Steel > Ladder
Command line: SLADDER
Creates ladders by specifying the start and end points of the ladder and rotation angle of the
ladder. Click Browse to load a predefined ladder into the dialog box. Use Save As to save a
ladder configuration for use later.

Position Tab
Start point / End point - Defines the location of the ladder.
Specify On-screen - Select this option to specify the start and end ladder locations interactively
in the model. Clear this option to define the locations using the X, Y, and Z coordinate boxes.
Rotation angle - Defines the rotation angle for the entire ladder. Select Specify On-screen to
define the rotation interactively in the drawing. Clear the option to use the rotation value
specified in the Angle box.

Dimension Tab
Sloped ladder - Select to allow the ladder to be sloped. The slope is determined by the
difference between the X or Y start and end locations in the Position Tab.
Rail width - Enter the inside distance from rail to rail.
Above platform - Enter the distance the ladder rails (offset extension of rail) are to extend
above the top rung.
Rail top exit width - Enter the inside to inside distance of the ladder opening above the
platform.
Rung spacing - Enter the center to center distance of the ladder rungs.
Offset (+/-) - Enter the distance the ladder is offset from the platform.

Cage Tab
Cage ladder - Select to place a cage on the ladder if the height of the ladder is over the
minimum distance.
Curved - Select to connect the hoop bars to the ladder using a curved connection.
Max. hoop spacing - Enter the distance from center to center of the intermediate hoops.
Cage bar spacing - Enter the distance from the center to center of the vertical bars on the
cage.
Bottom hoop clearance - Enter the distance from the base elevation or grade to the bottom
hoop.
Distance to middle - Enter the distance from the ladder rungs to the center of the cage.
Small hoop radius - Enter the radius of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is
available only when Curved is selected.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

309

Steel Draw Panel

Connection distance - Enter the distance of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is
available only when Curved is not selected.
Top hoop radius - Enter the radius of the top hoop from the center of the cage.
Intermediate hoop radius - Enter the radius of the intermediate hoop from the center of the
cage.
Bottom hoop radius - Enter the radius of the bottom hoop from the center of the cage.
Top hoop opening - Defines the direction of the hoop opening. If you select Open Left or
Open Right, you need to define the side outlet width and extension distances.
Side outlet width - Enter the width of the cage side opening.
Side outlet extension - Enter the length of the side outlet extension.

Sizes Tab
The bars, rungs, hoops, and cage bars rows allows the selection of different components to be
used with the ladder.
Type - Select the member type.
Data file - Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) variable in the configuration settings.
Size - Select the member section size from the data file selected.
Details - Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog
box, you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
Short annotation - Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation
is used in bill of material reports.
Long annotation - Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is
used in bill of material reports.
X offset - Specify the member offset along the X-axis.
Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member.
Y offset - Specify the member offset along the Y-axis.
Rotation angle - Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member.
Mirror - Select to mirror the member about its base point.

What do you want to do?

310

Place a ladder interactively (on page 311)

Place a ladder using key-ins (on page 311)

Place a ladder with a cage (on page 311)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Place a ladder interactively

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Ladder
.
You can also type SLADDER in the command line.
The Ladder dialog box displays.
2. Optionally, click Browse, and then open the ladder configuration to place.
3. Select the Position tab.
4. Select the Specify On-screen option for the start and end points.
5. If needed, edit the ladder properties on the Dimension, Cage, and Size tabs.
6. Click OK.
7. If you edited properties, click Yes to save your changes for reuse. Click No to place the
ladder as defined but not to save the ladder properties for reuse.
8. Define the location of the ladder bottom.
9. Define the location of the ladder top.

Place a ladder using key-ins

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Ladder
.
You can also type SLADDER in the command line.
The Ladder dialog box displays.
2. Optionally, click Browse, and then open the ladder configuration to place.
3. Select the Position tab.
4. Clear the Specify On-screen option for the start and end points.
5. Enter the ladder start and end points using the X, Y, and Z boxes. The bottom of the ladder
is defined on the left. The top of the ladder is defined on the right.
6. If needed, edit the ladder properties on the Dimension, Cage, and Size tabs.
7. Click OK.
8. If you edited properties, click Yes to save your changes for reuse. Click No to place the
ladder as defined but not to save the ladder properties for reuse.
The ladder is placed in the drawing.

Place a ladder with a cage

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Ladder

You can also type SLADDER in the command line.

The Ladder dialog box displays.
2. Optionally, click Browse, and then open the ladder configuration to place.
3. Select the Cage tab.
4. Select the Caged ladder option.
5. If needed, edit the ladder properties on the Position, Dimension, and Size tabs.
6. Click OK.
7. If you edited properties, click Yes to save your changes for reuse. Click No to place the
ladder as defined but not to save the ladder properties for reuse.
The ladder is placed in the drawing.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

311

Steel Draw Panel

Handrail
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Hand Rail
Steel toolbar: Hand Rail
Plant menu: Steel > Hand Rail
Command line: SHRAIL
Creates handrails in the drawing using specified corner points of the handrail or a polyline or 3D
polyline that defines the path of the handrail. You are prompted to specify the offset direction
after the points have been picked, or the polyline has been selected.

Dimensions Tab
Post below platform (+/-) - Enter the distance to place the hand rail above or below the
platform to which it is attached to.
Platform offset dist (+/-) - Enter the distance to offset the hand rail. The hand rail can be offset
away from or over the platform.
Start/end offset - Enter the distance from the end of the hand rail to place the post or
stanchion. This distance applies to both ends of the hand rail.
Max post spacing - Enter the maximum distance between the post or stanchions.
Spacing distance - Enter the vertical spacing between the rails. Use Add and Remove to
change the number of rails.

Sizes Tab

The top rail, intermediate rail, bottom rail, and post can have different components for the hand
rail.
Type - Select the member type.
Data file - Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) variable in the configuration file.
Size - Select the member section size from the data file selected.
Details - Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog
box, you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
Short annotation - Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation
is used in bill of material reports.
Long annotation - Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is
used in bill of material reports.
X offset - Specify the member offset along the X-axis.
Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member.
Y offset - Specify the member offset along the Y-axis.
Rotation angle - Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member.
Mirror - Select to mirror the member about its base point.

What do you want to do?

312

Place hand rail by points (on page 313)

Place hand rail by polyline (on page 313)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Place hand rail by points

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Hand Rail

You can also type SHRAIL in the command line.

The Hand Rail dialog box displays.
2. Optionally, click Browse, and then open a different hand rail configuration to place.
3. Edit the hand rail properties on the Dimension and Sizes tabs.
4. Click Pick points.
5. If you edited properties, click Yes to save your changes for reuse. Click No to place the
hand rail as defined but not to save the hand rail properties for reuse.
6. Specify the starting location for the hand rail.
7. Continue placing vertex points for the hand rail path.
8. Right-click, and then select Enter.
9. Identify the path side that is away from the platform.

Place hand rail by polyline

1. Place a polyline or 3D polyline in the drawing that defines the hand rail path.
2. On the Steel Draw panel, click Hand Rail

You can also type SHRAIL in the command line.

The Hand Rail dialog box displays.
3. Optionally, click Browse, and then open a different hand rail configuration to place.
4. Edit the hand rail properties on the Dimension and Sizes tabs.
5. Click Select line.
6. If you edited properties, click Yes to save your changes for reuse. Click No to place the
hand rail as defined but not to save the hand rail properties for reuse.
7. Select the polyline in the drawing.
8. Identify the path side that is away from the platform.

Stair
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Stair
Steel toolbar: Stair
Plant menu: Steel > Stair
Command line: SSTAIR
Creates stairs in the drawing by specifying the top point of the stair and then a base elevation.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

313

Steel Draw Panel

Position Tab
Top point - Enter the X, Y, and Z coordinates for the top of the stairs. You can click Specified
On-screen to select a point in the drawing.
Base elevation - Enter the elevation at the bottom of stringer. You can click Specified Onscreen to select a point in the drawing.
Rotation angle - Enter the rotation in degrees. You can click Specified On-screen to define the
rotation in the drawing.

Dimension Tab
Tread
Boxes are disabled until the top point and bottom elevation are entered in the Position Tab. The
software then calculates initial values based on the top point and bottom elevation.
Changes made to

Recalculates

(A) Total rise

(C) Rise

(B) Riser count

(C) Rise, (E) Run

(C) Rise

(A) Total rise

(D) First rise

(C) Rise

(E) Run

(F) Total run

(F) Total run

(E) Run

(A) Total rise - Enter the distance between the bottom elevation and the top point.
(B) Riser count - Enter the number of risers (steps or treads) in the stair.
(C) Rise - Enter the distance between from the top of one riser to the top of the next riser.
(D) First rise - Enter the distance from the bottom elevation to the top of the first riser.
(E) Run - Enter the depth of the riser (if you were standing in front of the stair).
(F) Total Run - Enter the total length (measured horizontally) of the stair.

Stringer
Width - Enter the inside distance between the two stringers.
(H) Top extend - Enter the distance between the stringer end and the riser.
(J) Top clear - Enter the distance between the top of the stringer and the top point defined for
stair.
(K) Base extend - Enter the distance between the stringer end and the edge of the first riser.
(M) Base clear - Enter the distance between the bottom of the stringer and the bottom elevation
point.

314

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Draw Panel

Miscellaneous
(N) Stair offset - Enter the offset distance from the top stair location point.
(P) Angle - Enter the stair angle measured from horizontal.

Sizes Tab
You can define different components to use for the riser and the stringer.
Type - Select the member type.
Data file - Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) variable in the configuration file.
Size - Select the member section size from the data file selected.
Details - Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog
box, you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
Short annotation - Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation
is used in bill of material reports.
Long annotation - Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is
used in bill of material reports.
X offset - Specify the member offset along the X-axis.
Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member.
Y offset - Specify the member offset along the Y-axis.
Rotation angle - Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member.
Mirror - Select to mirror the member about its base point.
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Stair

You can also type SSTAIR in the command line.

The Stair dialog box displays.
2. Using the Specify On-screen button or the X, Y, and Z boxes, define the top point for the
stairs.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

315

Steel Draw Panel

3. Using the Specify On-screen button or the Z box, define the base elevation for the stairs.
4. Using the Specify On-screen button or the Angle box, define the rotation for the stairs.
5. Select the Dimension tab.
6. Review and edit the tread and stringer properties as needed. Refer to Dimension Tab if
needed.
7. Select the Sizes tab.
8. Define the components sizes for the treads and the stringers.
9. Click OK.

316

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 19

Steel Edit Panel

CADWorx Steel / HVAC > Steel Edit
Command Description

Command line

Cope - Cuts a member back to other members. For more

information, see Steel - Cope (on page 318).

SCOPE

Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For more
information, see Miter (on page 318).

SMITER

Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more

information, see Cut (on page 319).

SCUT

Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union (on
page 320).

SUNION

Local Edit - Edits a selected member. For more information, see

Edit (on page 320).

SCEDIT

Global Edit - Edits the annotation, description, part number, and

material of multiple components. For more information, see Global
Edit (on page 325).

SGCEDIT

Global Edit All - Edits multiple components of the same member

shape. For more information, see Global Edit All (on page 325).

SGCEDITALL

Annotate Component - Places the long or short annotation of the

component in the drawing. For more information, see Annotate
Component (on page 328).

SCOMPANOT

Convert Solid - Converts components to solids. For more

information, see Convert Solid (on page 328).

SCONVERTSOLID

Layer Change - Moves steel solid or center lines to a new layer. For SLAYERCHANGE /
more information, see Layer Change (on page 328).
SSETEXIST /
SREMOVEEXIST
Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off. For
more information, see Select Control (on page 329).

SELECTCONTROL

Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of members. For

more information, see Auto Cope (on page 329).

SAUTOCOPE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

317

Steel Edit Panel

Steel - Cope
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Cope
Steel toolbar: Cope
Plant menu: Steel > Cope
Command line: SCOPE
Copes steel members to other steel members. You can place bolted coping or welded coping.
Bolted coping is controlled by SteelCopeBoltDistance (on page 43) and provides a gap between
the coped member and the boundary member. Welded cope is controlled by
SteelCopeWeldDistance (on page 43) and provides a gap between the coped member and the
boundary member. You can:

Cope a single member to another single member that provides the cope boundary.

Cope many members to many other members.

A member that crosses another member is cut into two separate members.

1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Cope

You can also type SCOPE in the command line.

2. Select the members to cope. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
3. Select the members to cope against. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
4. Select bolted or welded cope.
Bolt - Copes the members with the offset specified in the SteelCopeBoltDistance startup
variable.
Weld - Copes the members with the offset specified in the SteelCopeWeldDistance startup
variable.

Miter
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Miter
Steel toolbar: Miter
Plant menu: Steel > Miter
Command line: SMITER
Miters two structural pieces to fit each other. The two structural pieces must be in the same
plane and have connected member ends. You miter multiple member pairs in each command
pass.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Miter

You can also type SMITER in the command line.

2. Select the members to miter.
3. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The software miters the selected members.

318

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Edit Panel

Cut
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Cut
Steel toolbar: Cut
Plant menu: Steel > Cut
Command line: SCUT
Cuts steel members along a plane that you define by an existing line or by points placed in the
drawing. The software updates the lengths, weight, and other affected properties of the cut
members. You cannot cut plate members with this command.
Line - Defines the plane using the two end points of the line and its extrusion direction (the Zaxis of the plane the line was drawn in).
Points - Defines the plane using three points you pick in the drawing.

What do you want to do?

Cut members by line (on page 319)

Cut members by three-point plane (on page 319)

Cut members by line

1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Cut

You can also type SCUT in the command line.

2. Select Line.
3. Select the line to use to define the plane.
4. Select the members to cut.
5. Right-click or press ENTER to cut the members.

Cut members by three-point plane

1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Cut

You can also type SCUT in the command line.

2. Select Points.
3. Pick three points in the drawing to define the cutting plane.
4. Select the members to cut.
5. Right-click or press ENTER to cut the members.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

319

Steel Edit Panel

Union
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Union
Steel toolbar: Union
Plant menu: Steel > Union
Command line: SUNION
Joins two or more steel members into one member. The members must have the same
properties for:

Member size (W10x30 for example)

Insertion location

Centerline location

Rotation angle

Data file

Short annotation

Long annotation

Description

Material

Part number

In addition, the two center lines must meet each other but not intersect or overlap.
Curved members cannot be joined with straight members.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Union

You can also type SUNION in the command line.

2. Select the first member to join.
3. Select the second member to join.
4. Continue to select members. When you are finished, right-click or press ENTER to join the
members.

Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Edit
Steel toolbar: Edit
Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Local Edit
Command line: SCEDIT
Edits the properties of steel shapes and plates in the drawing. You can start this command from
the command line, the command icon, or by double-clicking the object you want to edit.

320

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Edit Panel

Draw Steel Dialog Box
Select Type - Select the shape to place. The drop down lists each folder defined by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.ini file specifying the
member type in that folder (W, T, TS, and so forth).
Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Rotation Angle - Select the component rotation about the centerline. You can select 0, 90, 180,
270, or type the needed rotation angle. Do not use AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR,
3DROTATE) to change the rotation angle of the shape. The rotation angle of the shape can only
be set from the Draw Steel dialog box.
Pick Insertion Location - Click to select the insertion point. The red box indicates the active
location.
Centerline location - Select the top, center, or bottom location of the centerline relative to the
component shape. The centerline location can only be along the three locations on the Y-axis of
the component.
Use UCS - Select to use the current UCS as the XY plane. For example, if the UCS is located in
the same plane as a slope roof, components are easily added at this angle if you select this
option. Select two points within the plane to determine the rotation automatically.
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION="
value in the data file header.
Part Number - Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number
yourself or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page
44) startup variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL="
value in the data file header.
Pick Points - Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines - Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and
position of the line define the component.
Properties - Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties
before placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input - Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a customdimensioned shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User
Input. For more information, see User Input Dialog Box.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

321

Steel Edit Panel

Properties Dialog Box
Displays the available properties of the selected member.
The reference data file path and file name is shown at the top.
Weight - Displays the weight of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the weight
yourself.
Length - Displays the length of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the length
yourself. The component length is calculated based on the shape of the solid, not the length of
the centerline. For example, if one end of the component is cut 45 degrees, the full length would
be to the very end of the 45 degree cut, not the centerline length.
The top grid displays the required properties to place the shape. Do not add to or edit the order
of these properties in the data file or the component does not place correctly in the drawing.
The bottom grid displays the optional properties. You can add or remove properties in the data
file as needed. For example, you might want to add a column in the data file for the gage
distance.

User Input Dialog Box

Defines custom dimensioned components.
Dimensions - Displays the dimensions that you can define. Refer to the figure for a key of
which dimension is which.
Rotation Angle - Select the component rotation about the centerline or base point. You can
select 0, 90, 180, 270, or type the needed rotation angle.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the component.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the component. The thickness, length,
and width dimensions are appended to the long annotation as the component is drawn and
placed.
Description - Defines the component description.
Density - Defines the material density for the component.

Draw Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the
text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text
in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in
the data file header.

322

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Edit Panel

Part Member - Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself
or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 44) startup
variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.
Length - Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width - Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Weight - Displays the weight of the plate. Select Manual Update to enter the value yourself.
Manual Update - Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box.
Clear this option to have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight
defined in the data file.
Insert Location - Select the centerline location for the plate. This option is only available when
editing an existing plate in the model.
Pick Points - Click to define the plates by its corners.
Select Lines - Click to define the plate using an existing closed polyline shape.
Select Curves - Click to define the plate using an existing closed curved shape.

Base Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.

Details
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text
in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text
in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in
the data file header.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself
or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 44) startup
variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

323

Steel Edit Panel

Weight - Displays the weight of the plate. The software automatically subtracts the material
weight removed by any holes from the plate weight. Select Manual Update to enter the value
yourself.
Manual Update - Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box.
Clear this option to have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight
defined in the data file.

Plate Dimensions
Length - Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width - Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the
long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Rotation - Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement.
X offset - Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Y offset - Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.

Hole Dimensions
On/Off - Select this option to place holes in the base plate. Clear this option to place a plate
without holes.
Row count - Enter the number of hole rows.
Row spacing - Enter the distance between the hole rows measured from the center of the
holes.
Column count - Enter the number of hole columns.
Column spacing - Enter the distance between the hole columns measured from the center of
the holes.
Diameter - Enter the diameter of the hole.
Rotation - Enter the angle at which to rotate the hole rows and columns within the base plate.
Slotted length - Enter a distance to create an elongated hole. This distance is measured from
the hole center.
X offset - Specifies the X-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base
plate center.
Y offset - Specifies the Y-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base
plate center.
Pick Point - Click to place the base plate.

324

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Edit Panel

Global Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Global Edit
Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Global Edit
Command line: SGCEDIT
Edits short annotation, long annotation, description, part number, and material for multiple
components at one time. Changes to any or all of the edit boxes are made to each selected
component. Leave the edit boxes blank for those properties you do not want to edit.

Steel Global Edit Dialog Box

Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name. Generally, this is the member name up
to the first "X" character (for example, W10 is the short annotation name for W10X30).
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name (for example, W10X30).
Description - Defines the component description.
Part Member - Specifies the part number for the component.
Material - Specifies the material for the component.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Global Edit

You can also type SGCEDIT in the command line.

2. Select the members to edit. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The Steel Global Edit dialog box displays.
3. Edit the appropriate property boxes. Leave blank the properties that you do not want to
change.
4. Click OK.

Global Edit All

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Global Edit All
Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Global Edit All
Command line: SGCEDITALL
Edits multiple components of the same member shape. After selecting multiple components or
maybe your entire drawing, you can filter the component to edit by member shape.

Draw Steel Dialog Box

Select Type - Select the shape to place. The drop down lists each folder defined by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.ini file specifying the
member type in that folder (W, T, TS, and so forth).
Select Data File - Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files
located in the folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 43) startup variable display
for selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

325

Steel Edit Panel

Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Rotation Angle - Select the component rotation about the centerline. You can select 0, 90, 180,
270, or type the needed rotation angle. Do not use AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR,
3DROTATE) to change the rotation angle of the shape. The rotation angle of the shape can only
be set from the Draw Steel dialog box.
Pick Insertion Location - Click to select the insertion point. The red box indicates the active
location.
Centerline location - Select the top, center, or bottom location of the centerline relative to the
component shape. The centerline location can only be along the three locations on the Y-axis of
the component.
Use UCS - Select to use the current UCS as the XY plane. For example, if the UCS is located in
the same plane as a slope roof, components are easily added at this angle if you select this
option. Select two points within the plane to determine the rotation automatically.
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short Annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long Annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the component. The default value is
the text in the MEMBER column of the data file.
Description - Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION="
value in the data file header.
Part Number - Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number
yourself or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page
44) startup variable.
Material - Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL="
value in the data file header.
Pick Points - Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines - Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and
position of the line define the component.
Properties - Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties
before placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input - Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a customdimensioned shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User
Input. For more information, see User Input Dialog Box.

Properties Dialog Box

Displays the available properties of the selected member.
The reference data file path and file name is shown at the top.
Weight - Displays the weight of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the weight
yourself.

326

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Edit Panel

Length - Displays the length of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the length
yourself. The component length is calculated based on the shape of the solid, not the length of
the centerline. For example, if one end of the component is cut 45 degrees, the full length would
be to the very end of the 45 degree cut, not the centerline length.
The top grid displays the required properties to place the shape. Do not add to or edit the order
of these properties in the data file or the component does not place correctly in the drawing.
The bottom grid displays the optional properties. You can add or remove properties in the data
file as needed. For example, you might want to add a column in the data file for the gage
distance.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Global Edit All

You can also type SGCEDITALL in the command line.

2. Select the members to edit. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The Steel Global Edit dialog box displays.

3. Select the member shapes you want to edit. You can select more than one group to edit,
although you edit the groups one at a time.
4. Click OK.
The Component Edit dialog box displays.
5. Edit the member properties as needed. See Draw Steel Dialog Box for more information
about this dialog.
6. Click OK.
The software displays the number of components that were updated.
7. If you selected more than one group, the Component Edit dialog box displays the next
group.
8. Edit the member properties as needed.
9. Click OK.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

327

Steel Edit Panel

Annotate Component
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Annotate Component
Command line: SCOMPANOT
Places the short or long annotations of selected steel members in the drawing.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Annotate Component

You can also type SCOMPANOT in the command line.

2. Select the component to annotate. Type Auto to have the software automatically determine
the annotation rotation and location. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
3. Select Long to place the defined long annotation.
or
Select Short to place the defined short annotation.
4. Define the annotation starting location.
5. Define the annotation rotation.

Convert Solid
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Convert Solid
Command line: SCONVERTSOLID
Creates the solid representation of component. When you have deleted the solid representation
and have been modeling using only centerlines, this command is used to re-create the solid
cross-section representation of the component.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Convert Solid

You can also type SCONVERTSOLID in the command line.

2. Select the components to convert. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The software creates the solids.

Layer Change
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Layer Change
Command line: SLAYERCHANGE / SSETEXIST / SREMOVEEXIST
Edits the existing flag for steel members and changes layers for steel solid and centerline
graphics.
The software automatically moves steel plates and base plates centerlines to whichever
layer is chosen for the corresponding solid.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Layer Change

You can also type SLAYERCHANGE in the command line.

328

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel Edit Panel

2. Select All to select all components in the drawing.
-orSelect Select to manually select steel members. Press ENTER or right-click when you are
finished.
3. Select Yes to change the solid layer of the selected components.
4. Select the new layer, and then click OK.
5. Select Yes to change the centerline layer of the selected components.
6. Select the new layer, and then click OK.

Select Control
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Select Control
Command line: SELECTCONTROL
Toggles whether grip points are displayed on solids. To change the length of pipe or steel, you
can grip stretch the pipe or steel centerline. However, it may be difficult to select the center line
endpoint grip for steel shapes when solid grip points are on. Turning off the solid grip points with
this toggle makes it easier to grip stretch components.

Auto Cope
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Auto Cope
Steel toolbar: Auto Cope
Plant menu: Steel > Auto Cope
Command line: SAUTOCOPE
Toggles the automatic coping of members on or off. When two members are coped and this
feature is on, the software automatically reapplies the cope when one of the members changes.
Select this command again to turn off the automatic coping feature.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

329

Steel Edit Panel

330

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 20

Steel BOM / DB Panel

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab > Steel BOM DB Panel
Command Description
Steel BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to
any style or layout that you need. For more information, see Steel
BOM Setup (on page 332).

Command line
SBOMSETUP

Cut Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each SBOMCUT
piece of steel with a length and a tag. For more information, see
Cut Steel Bill of Material (on page 334).
Total Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one
tag for a total length of steel in each size. For more information,
see Total Steel Bill of Material (on page 336).

SBOMTOTAL

Single Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with

each selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see
Single Steel Bill of Material (on page 338).

SBOMSINGLE

Export Steel BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to

an external file format that you specify. For more information, see
Export Steel Bill of Material (on page 339).

SBOMEXPORT

Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external database. SLIVEDB

For more information, see Setup Live Database Steel (on page
340).
Export Steel Database - Exports steel components to Microsoft
SDBFGEN
Access or Microsoft Excel. For more information, see Export Steel
(on page 341).
Import Steel Database - Imports and draws CADWorx steel
components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For
more information, see Import Steel (on page 342).

SDBFIN

Audit Steel Database - Compares the database with the drawing SDBAUDIT
displaying any differences between the two. For more information,
see Audit Steel Database (on page 342).
Synchronize Steel Database - Checks all components in the
drawing and updates them according to the current value within
the database tables. For more information, see Synchronize Steel
Database (on page 343).

SSYNC

Export Steel Model - Exports the steel model to CAESAR II,

Robobat, or CIS/2 files. For more information, see Export Steel
Model (on page 343).

SEXPORT

Import Steel Model - Imports a CIS/2 file into the current drawing. SIMPORT
For more information, see Import Steel Model (on page 344).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

331

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Steel BOM Setup

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Setup
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Setup
Command line: SBOMSETUP
Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. Using this dialog
box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down), provide user
specified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of different
entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.
Bill of Material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.

Steel Bill of Material Setup Dialog Box

Defines or edits the Bill of Material (BOM) schedule template. The template is stored in the
configuration file listed at the top of the dialog.
BOM Columns Available - Lists all the information on a steel member that you can include in
the BOM. These columns can be added to any schedule template in any order using Add.
BOM Columns Selected - Shows all the columns that have been selected and their order of
appearance in the schedule from left (top of list box) to right (bottom of list box). Use Sort Order
to set the order by which these columns are sorted.
Add and Remove - Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM
Columns Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking on the
column name in the list.
Alignment - Specifies the text alignment for the selected column.
Grow Direction - Specifies whether the schedule should start at the top and work its way down
or start at the bottom and work its way up.
Move Up and Move Down - Defines the column order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM
Columns Selected list, and then click Move Up to place the column further left in the BOM.
Click Move Down to place the selected column further right in the BOM.
Move Up and Move Down do not set the sort order of the BOM, only the placement of
the columns. Use Sort Order to define the sort order.
Column title - Specifies the text heading for the selected column.
Column width - Specifies the width for the selected column.
Sort Order - Controls the sort order and accumulation of steel components in the BOM. For
more information, see Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 334).

What do you want to do?

332

Add or remove properties from BOM (on page 333)

Change the column order (on page 333)

Change text alignment in columns (on page 333)

Change the BOM sorting and accumulation (on page 333)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Add or remove properties from BOM

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type SBOMSETUP in the command line.

The Steel Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. To add a property to the BOM, double-click the property in the BOM Columns Available
list.
Use the Column title and Column width boxes to define the column heading text and
the column width respectively.
3. To remove a property from the BOM, double-click the property in the BOM Columns
Selected list.
4. Click OK.

Change the column order

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type SBOMSETUP in the command line.

The Steel Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. Select the column to move in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Use Move Up and Move Down to change the column order. The column order in the list top
to bottom is the column order in the BOM from left to right.
4. Click OK.

Change text alignment in columns

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type SBOMSETUP in the command line.

The Steel Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. Select the column to edit in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Select Left, Center, or Right to control the vertical text justification in the selected column.
4. Select Downward or Upward to control the horizontal alignment of the text in the selected
column.
5. Click OK.

Change the BOM sorting and accumulation

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Setup

You can also type SBOMSETUP in the command line.

The Steel Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. Click Sort Order.
The Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Control Setup dialog box displays.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

333

Steel BOM / DB Panel

3. Move the columns that you want to sort with to the BOM Columns Selected list.
4. Use Move Up and Move Down to specify which columns are sorted first in the BOM.
5. Select a column and use the Ascending and Descending options to control how
information in that column is sorted. Ascending means sorting from small numbers to larger
numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z. Descending is large number to smaller (100 to 1) and Z
to A.
6. Click OK on the Steel BOM Sort Order dialog box.
7. Click OK on the Steel Bill of Material Setup dialog box.

Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box

Controls the sort order of the BOM. Columns that you place in the BOM Columns Selected list
are used to sort the BOM starting with the top column, then the second column, and so forth.
Use Move Up and Move Down to change the order in which the BOM is sorted.
This dialog box also controls the accumulation of steel components. For example, if two
members have different Short Annotation values and you do not want these to accumulate,
Short Annotation would have to be added to the BOM Columns Selected list.
BOM Columns Available - Lists all the information on a steel member that you can use to sort
the BOM. These columns can be used to sort using Add.
BOM Columns Selected - Shows all the columns that have been selected for sorting and their
sort order from top to bottom.
Add and Remove - Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM
Columns Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking on the
column name in the list.
Column Sort - Controls additional sorting on each selected column. Ascending means sorting
from small numbers to larger numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z.
Move Up and Move Down - Defines the sort order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM
Columns Selected list, and then click Move Up to sort that column before other columns. Click
Move Down to sort the column after columns higher in the list.

Cut Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Cut
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Run > Cut
Command line: SBOMCUT
Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece of steel with a length and a tag. Identical
items are accumulated in the quantity column. For example, if you select two W14X74
components that are both 120 feet long, the BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
MARK

QTY

LONG ANNOTATION

LENGTH

WEIGHT

W14X74

120.00

1480.00

TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00

334

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel BOM / DB Panel

The steel component could have been converted with the Existing option.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

Cut BOM using Automatic placement (on page 335)

Cut BOM using Manual placement (on page 336)

Cut BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Cut
.
You can also type SBOMCUT in the command line.
2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the steel components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

335

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Cut BOM using Manual placement

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Cut

You can also type SBOMCUT in the command line.

2. Select the Manual placement option.
3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the steel components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

Total Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Total
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Run > Total
Command line: SBOMTOTAL
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of steel in each size.
Identical long annotation items are accumulated in the length column. For example, if you select
two W14X74 components that are both 120 feet long, the BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
MARK

QTY

LONG ANNOTATION

LENGTH

WEIGHT

W14X74

240.00

1480.00

TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00

The component could have been converted with the Existing option.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

336

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel BOM / DB Panel

The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

Total BOM using Automatic placement (on page 337)

Total BOM using Manual placement (on page 337)

Total BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Total
.
You can also type SBOMTOTAL in the command line.
2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the steel components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

Total BOM using Manual placement

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Total

You can also type SBOMTOTAL in the command line.

2. Select the Manual placement option.
3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the steel components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

337

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Single Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Single
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Run > Single
Command line: SBOMSINGLE
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each selected object having its own line in the
schedule. For example, if you select two W14X74 components that are both 120 feet long, the
BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
MARK

QTY

LONG ANNOTATION

LENGTH

WEIGHT

W14X74

120.00

740.00

W14X74

120.00

740.00

TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00

The component could have been converted with the Existing option.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

338

Single BOM using Automatic placement (on page 339)

Single BOM using Manual placement (on page 339)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Single BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Single

You can also type SBOMSINGLE in the command line.

2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the steel components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

Single BOM using Manual placement

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Single

You can also type SBOMSINGLE in the command line.

2. Select the Manual placement option.
3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the steel components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

Export Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Export
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Export
Command line: SBOMEXPORT
Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The
schedule for the Bill of Material is defined using Steel BOM Setup (on page 332). CADWorx can
export the Bill of Material schedules to:

Access file (*.mdb)

Excel file (*.xls)

Text file (*.txt)

HTML file (*.htm)

When exporting data to Microsoft Excel, numeric data is exported as text and is preceded by a
single quote. This single quote prevents you from totaling the column in Excel. To correct this in
Excel, select the column and then select Data > Text To Columns. Step through the wizard
selecting the Delimited option and Tab as the Delimiter check box. This changes the data from
text to numbers. In Imperial/Inch settings, length is exported in feet and inches, which cannot be
totaled in Excel. To export length in decimal format, change the current AutoCAD Dimension
Style settings Primary Units format to decimal.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

339

Steel BOM / DB Panel

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Export

You can also type SBOMEXPORT in the command line.

2. Specify if you want a Cut, Total, or Single BOM.
3. Select the objects to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished.
4. In the Save as type box, select the file format that you want.
5. Type the file name, and specify the folder location.
6. Click Save.

Setup Live Database Steel

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Setup
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Setup
Command line: SLIVEDB
CADWorx supports a fully functional live external database. Use this command to define the
database settings that are saved to the configuration file listed. When a drawing is opened and a
configuration file is located in the same folder, the drawing initializes according to that
configuration file using a live database or not.

When a component is deleted from the drawing and there is a live database active, that
component is marked for deletion in the database. When the drawing is closed, if the
drawing is not saved the item is not deleted from the database. If the drawing is saved, then
the item is deleted from the database.

When a component or a group of components are copied from a drawing to a new drawing
that uses the same live database, the copied components are duplicated in the live database
with the new drawing name.

When a component or a group of components are cut from a drawing and placed in another
drawing that uses the same live database, the components duplicate in the live database
with the new drawing name. When the old drawing is saved and closed any duplicate items
from the first drawing are deleted from the live database because they are no longer on the
first drawing.

All changes to live database settings take effect in the next drawing session.

On/Off - Turns the live database system on and off. When on, all components drawn are
updated instantaneously to the database. Changes can be made in the drawing or in the
database. When off, all CADWorx component information is stored only within the drawing.
Database Type - Select the type of database to use as the live database. Depending on the
type chosen, the path to the database or schema is displayed.
Access Path - Defines the Microsoft Access database information. Click Create Table to create
the PIPE table in the database when creating a new database. Click Select File to specify an
existing database.

340

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel BOM / DB Panel

SQL Server Database Name and Schema - Defines the Microsoft SQL Server database
information. You must have already created the ODBC schemas (refer to the installation guide
for help). Type the database name in the Database box. Type the ODBC schema name in the
Schema box, either Plant_SQL_SERVER or Steel_SQL_SERVER.
Oracle Schema - Defines the Oracle database information. Type the ODBC schema name in
the Schema box.
Startup Dialog Options - Sets the database option on CADWorx startup.
No dialog (new drawings are in Live DB) - Select to place new drawings automatically in
the database. Selecting this option requires that a new drawing be named and saved
immediately on creation. Drawings that use a live database must be in the same folder with
the appropriate configuration file.
No dialog (new drawings are not in Live DB) - Select to not add new drawings to the
database. You can add drawings to the live database later using this command.
Show dialog - Select to display a dialog box on which you can choose to use a database or
not.
Existing components in drawings can be added to the database by using DBFGEN for
Pipe or SDBFGEN for Steel. For more information, see Export Pipe (on page 165).

Export Steel
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Export
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Export
Command line: SDBFGEN
Exports CADWorx steel information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
Database Type - Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a
Microsoft Excel file.
Browse - Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of
the dialog display the file name and folder in use.
Append/Sync - Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the
database that no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database
according to the drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to
maintain the database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database
file at the same time.
New - Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Export
.
You can also type SDBFGEN in the command line.
2. Select the steel components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when
you are finished.
The Select Database Type dialog box displays.
3. Select Access or Excel to define the file type.
4. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name.
5. Select New if you are creating a new file.
or
Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file.
6. Click OK.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

341

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Import Steel
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Import
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Import
Command line: SDBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx steel components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
This command is not available when you are using a live database.
Use the Export Steel (on page 341) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file to import.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Import

You can also type SDBFIN in the command line.

The Select Database File dialog box displays.
2. Browse to and select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
The Select Drawings for Import dialog box displays.
4. Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing.
5. Click OK.

Audit Steel Database

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Audit
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Audit
Command line: SDBAUDIT
Maintains the database for each component in the drawing that has data attached. Use this
command whenever the drawing or the database has any problems. If a problem is found in the
drawing, for example a component in the database is not present in the drawing, you have the
option to delete this component in the database or to simply ignore it.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Audit
.
You can also type SDBAUDIT in the command line.
The Select Database File dialog box displays.
2. Browse to and select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
The message Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database displays.
4. If no problems are found, the message Audit completed displays.
5. If a problem is found, you are prompted to delete the row from the database. Select Yes to
delete the row. Select No to ignore the row.
The software prompts you to Apply to all.
6. Click Yes to apply to all.
OR
Click No to ignore.

342

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Synchronize Steel Database

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Synchronize
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Synchronize
Command line: SSYNC
Checks all components in the drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. This command does not write new records to the database for new components that
are in the model but are not in the database. You need to use Setup Live Database Steel (on
page 340) before using this command.
When a drawing has a live database attached, you can open the database and edit the
SHORT_ANNOTATION, LONG_ANNOTATION, DESCRIPTION, PART_NUMBER, and
MATERIAL fields in the STEEL table. Changing any other column value does not have any
effect on the drawing.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Synchronize

You can also type SSYNC in the command line.

2. Click Yes to confirm that you want to synchronize the drawing with the database.

Export Steel Model

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Export
Plant menu: Steel > Utility > Export
Command line: SEXPORT
Exports selected CADWorx steel components to one of three data format: CIS/2, CAESAR II, or
Robobat. The export to CIS/2 requires installing the "ST-Runtime" in [Product
Folder]\System\struntime.msi.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Export

You can also type SEXPORT in the command line.

2. Select the steel components to export. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished.
The Select Export Output File Type dialog box displays.
3. Select the file type to save in the Save as type box.
4. Specify the folder and file name, and then click Save.
If you selected CAESAR II, a prompt displays.
5. Enter the starting node number for the CAESAR II file.
6. Enter the node increment value.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

343

Steel BOM / DB Panel

Import Steel Model

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Import
Plant menu: Steel > Utility > Import
Command line: SIMPORT
Imports a CIS/2 data file and creates CADWorx steel components. The import requires that the
CADWorx steel parametric data file be available for the components that are being imported
from the CIS/2 file. This command requires installing the "ST-Runtime" from [Product
Folder]\System\struntime.msi.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Import

You can also type SIMPORT in the command line.

2. Select the file to import.
3. Click Open.

344

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 21

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab > HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel
Command Description
HVAC Shapes - Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the
drawing. For more information, see HVAC (on page 346).

Command line
HVAC

HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and cable tray

HVACC
shapes that are defined in a data file library. For more information,
see HVAC Shapes Catalog (on page 348).
User Shape - Places a component using a custom user shape.
For more information, see User Shape (on page 351).

HUSER

Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD

object in the drawing. For more information, see Generic Attach
(on page 354)

HGENERIC

Edit - Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. For more information, see HCEDIT
Edit (on page 356).
GC Edit - Edits global HVAC component data. For more
information, see GC Edit (on page 356).

HGCEDIT

HVAC BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to

HBOMSETUP
any style or layout that you need. For more information, see HVAC
BOM Setup (on page 357).
Cut HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing
HBOMCUT
each piece of HVAC with a length and a tag. For more information,
see Cut HVAC Bill of Material (on page 360).
Total HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one HBOMTOTAL
tag for a total length of HVAC in each size. For more information,
see Total HVAC Bill of Material (on page 361).
Single HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with
each selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see
Single HVAC Bill of Material (on page 363).

HBOMSINGLE

Data Remove - Removes CADWorx data from components. For

more information, see Data Remove (on page 364).

HDATAREMOVE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

345

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Layer Change - Changes the solid and centerline layers
associated with components. For more information, see Layer
Change (on page 364).

HLAYERCHANGE

DB Generate - Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a

HDBFGEN
Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see
DB Generate (on page 365).
DB In - Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a
HDBFIN
Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see
DB In (on page 366).
Audit HVAC Database - Maintains the database for each
component in the drawing that has data attached. For more
information, see Audit HVAC Database (on page 366).

HDBAUDIT

HSYNC
Synchronize HVAC Database - Checks all components in the
drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. For more information, see Synchronize HVAC Database
(on page 367).

HVAC
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > HVAC Shapes
Plant menu: HVAC > Shapes
Command line: HVAC
Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing. Double-click an existing HVAC shape to
modify the parameters.

Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing.
Select Shape - Lists the available shapes. Select a shape from the list to place it in the drawing.
The Dimensions values update to match the selected shape.
Dimensions - Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values
for the drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Options
Thickness - Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Inside Dimensions - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value
added to all the necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the
dimensions of the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid - Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow - Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.

346

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Open top - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Open bottom - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot
use this option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the shape.
Tag - Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or weight.
Pick points - Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select lines - Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the
drawing. This option is disabled for all other shapes.

Component Edit Dialog Box

Controls parameters for modifying HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing.
Select Shape - Lists the available shapes. Select a shape from the list to place it in the drawing.
The Dimensions values update to match the selected shape.
Dimensions - Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values
for the drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Options
Thickness - Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Inside Dimensions - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value
added to all the necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the
dimensions of the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid - Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow - Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Open bottom - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot
use this option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the shape.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

347

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Tag - Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or weight.
Select lines - Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the
drawing. This option is disabled for all other shapes.

What do you want to do?

Add an HVAC shape to the drawing (on page 348)

Modify an HVAC shape (on page 348)

Add an HVAC shape to the drawing

1. Click HVAC Shapes

. Alternatively, type HVAC on the command line, and press ENTER.

The Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box displays.

2. Select the shape to place from the Select Shape list.
The preview and dimensions for that shape display in the Dimensions boxes.
3. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements.
4. Click Pick points.
5. Select the first point for the shape.
6. Select the end point for the shape.
The software places the shape in the drawing.

Modify an HVAC shape

1. Double-click an HVAC shape in the drawing.
The Component Edit dialog box displays the parameters associated with the shape.
2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC (on
page 346).
3. Click Apply.
The software changes the parameters of the shape.

HVAC Shapes Catalog

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > HVAC Shapes Catalog
Command line: HVACC
Places HVAC shapes and cable tray shapes that are defined in a data file library. Double-click
an existing HVAC shape to modify the parameters.

348

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape Dialog Box
Select Data File - Specifies the data file that contains the components to place. The list
contains all the data files located in the folder defined by the HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 37)
startup variable. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder.
CADWorx automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Type - Specifies the shape to place. The list contains the folders defined by the
HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 37) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.INI file specifying
the shape type in that folder (Square Straight, Oval Straight, and so forth).
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Dimensions - Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values
for the drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Thickness - Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Inside Dimensions - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value
added to all the necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the
dimensions of the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid - Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow - Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Open bottom - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot
use this option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Long annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the shape.
Part Name - Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag - Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Material - Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value
in the data file header.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or weight.
Length - Specifies the length of the shape.
Area - Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual - Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the value from
the catalog.
Pick points - Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select lines - Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the
drawing. This option is disabled for all other shapes.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

349

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Component Edit Dialog Box (Catalog)
Select Data File - Specifies the data file that contains the components to place. The list
contains all the data files located in the folder defined by the HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 37)
startup variable. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder.
CADWorx automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Type - Specifies the shape to place. The list contains the folders defined by the
HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 37) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.INI file specifying
the shape type in that folder (Square Straight, Oval Straight, and so forth).
Select Member - Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in
alphabetical order. You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Dimensions - Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values
for the drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Options
Thickness - Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Inside Dimensions - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value
added to all the necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the
dimensions of the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid - Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow - Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Open bottom - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot
use this option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the shape.
Part Name - Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag - Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Material - Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value
in the data file header.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or weight.
Length - Specifies the length of the shape.
Area - Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual - Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the value from
the catalog.
Pick points - Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select lines - Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the
drawing. This option is disabled for all other shapes.

What do you want to do?

350

Place an HVAC shape from the catalog (on page 351)

Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog (on page 351)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Place an HVAC shape from the catalog

1. Click HVAC Shapes Catalog
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HVACC on the command line, and

The Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box displays.

2. Select the data file to use from the Select Data file list.
The software populates the Select Type list with the available types.
3. Select the type of shape to use from the Select Type list.
The software populates the Select Member list with the available members.
4. Select the member to use from the Select Member list.
The preview and dimensions for that shape display in the Dimensions boxes.
5. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC
Shapes Catalog (on page 348).
6. Click Pick points.
7. Select the first point for the shape.
8. Select the end point for the shape.
The software places the shape in the drawing.

Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog

1. Double-click an HVAC shape in the drawing.
The Component Edit dialog box displays the parameters associated with the shape.
2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC
Shapes Catalog (on page 348).
3. Click Apply.
The software changes the parameters of the shape.

User Shape
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > User Shape
Command line: HUSER
Places a component using a custom user-defined shape. You select the component to draw
based on an existing user-shape DWG file. The extrusion direction and distance is based on
points picked or a line selected in the drawing. You can edit the roll angle along with the
standard annotations.
For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.INI must be in the same folder as the user
shape drawing files. The Type.INI file must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The
folder (...\CADWorx\Plant\\HVAC\) contains the user shape drawing files.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

351

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Shown below are the parameters stored in a user-created .DWG file that can be used to create
a user shape. The user shape profile must be a closed polyline or an AutoCAD Region entity.

After you select the shape from the dialog box, you can pick points or select a line to determine
the extrusion length.

The default insert location for the user shape is 0,0,0. To specify a different insert location, add
an AutoCAD POINT entity to the profile .DWG to locate the insert point.

User Shapes Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation - Specifies the short annotation for the shape. The default value comes from
the drawing file that contains the user shape.
Long Annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape. The default value
comes from the drawing file that contains the user shape.

352

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Description - Specifies the description for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing
file that contains the user shape.
Part Number - Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the
drawing file that contains the user shape.
Material - Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file
that contains the user shape.
Length - Specifies the length of the shape.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
Roll Angle - Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape. Do not use
AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR, 3DROTATE) to change the roll angle of the shape.
The roll angle of the shape can only be set from the User Shapes dialog box.
Pick points - Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select line - Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the
drawing. This option is disabled for all other shapes.

Component Edit Dialog Box

Controls parameters for modifying user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation - Specifies the short annotation for the shape. The default value comes from
the drawing file that contains the user shape.
Long Annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape. The default value
comes from the drawing file that contains the user shape.
Description - Specifies the description for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing
file that contains the user shape.
Part Number - Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the
drawing file that contains the user shape.
Material - Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file
that contains the user shape.
Length - Specifies the length of the shape.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
Roll Angle - Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape.
Manual Update - Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the
value from the drawing.
Pick points - Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select line - Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the
drawing. This option is disabled for all other shapes.

What do you want to do?

Place a user-defined HVAC shape (on page 354)

Modify a user-defined HVAC shape (on page 354)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

353

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Place a user-defined HVAC shape

1. Click User Shape

. Alternatively, type HUSER on the command line, and press ENTER.

The HVAC User Shapes dialog box displays.

2. Select the folder that contains the Type.INI data file to use from the Select Directory list.
The software populates the Select Member list with the available shapes.
3. Select the shape to use from the Select Member list.
The preview and details for that shape display in the Details boxes.
4. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see User
Shape (on page 351).
5. Click Pick points.
6. Select the first point for the shape.
7. Select the end point for the shape.
The software places the shape in the drawing.

Modify a user-defined HVAC shape

1. Double-click an HVAC shape in the drawing.
The Component Edit dialog box displays the parameters associated with the shape.
2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see User Shape
(on page 351).
3. Click Apply.
The software changes the parameters of the shape.

Generic Attach
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Generic Attach
Command line: HGENERIC
Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.
You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component.
To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place
information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and
pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.

354

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Generic Attach (Create/Edit) Dialog Box
Controls parameters for attaching information to generic AutoCAD objects.
Long Annotation - Specifies the long annotation for the component, such as W6X25.
Description - Specifies the description for the component, such as Wide Flange.
Short Annotation - Specifies the short annotation for the component, such as W6.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the component, such as 12345.
Material - Specifies the material for the component, such as ASTM A-36.
Length - Specifies the length of the component. Any real number is valid.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the component. Any real number is valid.
BOM Mark Point - Shows the drawing coordinate location at which the information was
attached.
Specify On-screen - Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark
point.
X - Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y - Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z - Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
CG Location - Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen - Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of
gravity point.
X - Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Y - Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z - Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.

What do you want to do?

Place a generic attachment in the drawing (on page 355)

Modify a generic attachment

Place a generic attachment in the drawing

1. Click Generic Attach
ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HGENERIC on the command line, and press

The Generic Attach (Create) dialog box displays.

2. Set up the attachment parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see
Generic Attach (on page 354).
3. Click Attach.
4. Select the non CADWorx object to which to attach the information.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

355

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
The Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
2. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
3. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
4. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
5. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A green arrow displays indicating the location.
6. Click OK.

Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Edit
Command line: HCEDIT
Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. This command displays the same dialog box that was used to
place the shape. You cannot change the object shape using this command. For more
information, see HVAC (on page 346).

GC Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > GC Edit
Command line: HGCEDIT
Edits global HVAC component data.

HVAC Global CEdit Dialog Box

Controls parameters for editing global HVAC component data.
Thickness - Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Alter solid - Specifies whether the way the components are drawn can be changed.
Solid - Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow - Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Open Bottom - Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot
use this option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Long annotation - Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number - Specifies the part number for the shape.
Tag - Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight - Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or weight.

356

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Edit HVAC components globally

1. Click GCEdit

. Alternatively, type HGCEDIT on the command line, and press ENTER.

2. Select the objects to edit, and press ENTER.

The HVAC Global CEdit dialog box displays.
3. Set up the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see GC Edit (on
page 356).
4. Click OK.
The software applies the parameters to the selected components.

HVAC BOM Setup

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Setup
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Setup
Command line: HBOMSETUP
Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. Using this dialog
box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down), provide userspecified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of different
entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.

Table Setup Tab

Defines or edits the Bill of Material (BOM) schedule template. The template is stored in the
configuration file listed at the top of the dialog.
BOM Columns Available - Lists all the information on a HVAC component that you can include
in the BOM. These columns can be added to any schedule template in any order using Add.
BOM Columns Selected - Shows all the columns that have been selected and their order of
appearance in the schedule from left (top of list box) to right (bottom of list box). Use Sort Order
to set the order by which these columns are sorted.
Add and Remove - Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM
Columns Selected lists.
Alignment - Specifies the text alignment for the selected column.
Grow Direction - Specifies whether the schedule should start at the top and work its way down
or start at the bottom and work its way up.
Move Up and Move Down - Defines the column order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM
Columns Selected list, and then click Move Up to place the column further left in the BOM.
Click Move Down to place the selected column further right in the BOM.
Move Up and Move Down do not set the sort order of the BOM, only the placement of
the columns. Use Sort Order Setup tab to define the sort order.
Column title - Specifies the text heading for the selected column.
Column width - Specifies the width for the selected column.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

357

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Sort Order Setup Tab
Defines or edits the Bill of Material (BOM) schedule template. The template is stored in the
configuration file listed at the top of the dialog.
BOM Columns Available - Lists all the information on a HVAC component that you can include
in the BOM. These columns can be added to any schedule template in any order using Add.
BOM Columns Selected - Shows all the columns that have been selected and their order of
appearance in the schedule from left (top of list box) to right (bottom of list box). Use Sort Order
to set the order by which these columns are sorted.
Add and Remove - Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM
Columns Selected lists.
Alignment - Specifies the text alignment for the selected column.
Grow Direction - Specifies whether the schedule should start at the top and work its way down
or start at the bottom and work its way up.
Move Up and Move Down - Defines the column order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM
Columns Selected list, and then click Move Up to place the column further left in the BOM.
Click Move Down to place the selected column further right in the BOM.
Move Up and Move Down do not set the sort order of the BOM, only the placement of
the columns. Use Sort Order Setup tab to define the sort order.
Column title - Specifies the text heading for the selected column.
Column width - Specifies the width for the selected column.

What do you want to do?

Add or remove properties from BOM (on page 358)

Change the column order (on page 359)

Change text alignment in columns (on page 359)

Change the BOM sorting and accumulation (on page 359)

Add or remove properties from BOM

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Setup
the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMSETUP in

The HVAC Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.

2. To add a property to the BOM, select the property in the BOM Columns Available list, and
then click Add.
Use the Column title and Column width boxes to define the column heading text and
the column width respectively.
3. To remove a property from the BOM, select the property in the BOM Columns Selected
list, and then click Remove.
4. Click OK.

358

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Change the column order

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Setup
the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMSETUP in

The HVAC Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.

2. Select the column to move in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Use Move Up and Move Down to change the column order. The column order in the list top
to bottom is the column order in the BOM from left to right.
4. Click OK.

Change text alignment in columns

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Setup
the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMSETUP in

The HVAC Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.

2. Select the column to edit in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Select Left, Center, or Right to control the vertical text justification in the selected column.
4. Select Downward or Upward to control the horizontal alignment of the text in the selected
column.
5. Click OK.

Change the BOM sorting and accumulation

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Setup
the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMSETUP in

The HVAC Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.

2. Select the Sort Order Setup tab.
3. Move the columns that you want to sort with to the BOM Columns Selected list.
4. Use Move Up and Move Down to specify which columns are sorted first in the BOM.
5. Select a column and use the Ascending and Descending options to control how
information in that column is sorted. Ascending means sorting from small numbers to larger
numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z. Descending is large number to smaller (100 to 1) and Z
to A.
6. Click OK.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

359

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Cut HVAC Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Cut
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Run > Cut
Command line: HBOMCUT
Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each HVAC component with a length and a tag.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

360

Cut BOM using Automatic placement (on page 361)

Cut BOM using Manual placement (on page 361)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Cut BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Cut
command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMCUT in the

2. Select the Automatic placement option.

3. Type the placement angle for the tag, and press ENTER.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

Cut BOM using Manual placement

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Cut
command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMCUT in the

2. Select the Manual placement option.

3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

Total HVAC Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Total
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Run > Total
Command line: HBOMTOTAL
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of HVAC components in
each size. Identical long annotation items are accumulated in the length column.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

361

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

Total BOM using Automatic placement (on page 362)

Total BOM using Manual placement (on page 362)

Total BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Total
. Alternatively, type HBOMTOTAL in
the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Type the placement angle for the tag, and press ENTER.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

Total BOM using Manual placement

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Total
. Alternatively, type HBOMTOTAL in
the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the Manual placement option.
3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

362

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Single HVAC Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Single
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Run > Single
Command line: HBOMSINGLE
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each selected object having its own line in the
schedule.
Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set,
the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of
tags.
Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The
software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag
location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space,
CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this
prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see
BomTagOptimize (on page 35).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 34) variable in
the Configuration Settings.

A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 35).

What do you want to do?

Single BOM using Automatic placement (on page 364)

Single BOM using Manual placement (on page 364)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

363

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Single BOM using Automatic placement

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Single
in the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMSINGLE

2. Select the Automatic placement option.

3. Type the placement angle for the tag, and press ENTER.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

Single BOM using Manual placement

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Single
in the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HBOMSINGLE

2. Select the Manual placement option.

3. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
4. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM is generated.

Data Remove
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Data Remove
Command line: HCDATAREMOVE
Removes CADWorx data from components.

Remove CADWorx data from components

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Data Remove
HDATAREMOVE in the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type

2. Select the objects from which to remove the CADWorx data, and press ENTER.
A dialog box displays asking if you are sure that you want to remove the data.
3. Click Yes.
The software removes the CADWorx data from the selected components.

Layer Change
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Layer Change
Command line: HLAYERCHANGE
Changes the solid and centerline layers associated with components.

364

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Change the layers associated with HVAC components

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Layer Change
HLAYERCHANGE in the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type

2. Select the objects to change, and press ENTER.

3. If you want to change the solid layer, type Y in the command line, or select Yes from the
popup menu.
The Please select Layer dialog box displays.
4. Select the layer with which to associate the solid part of the component, and click OK.
5. If you want to change the centerline layer, type Y in the command line, or select Yes from
the popup menu.
The Please select Layer dialog box displays.
6. Select the layer with which to associate the centerline of the component, and click OK.
The software changes the layers.

DB Generate
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > DB Generate
Command line: HDBFGEN
Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.

Select Database Type Dialog Box

Controls parameters for exporting CADWorx HVAC component information.
Database Type - Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a
Microsoft Excel file.
Browse - Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of
the dialog display the file name and directory in use.
Append/Sync - Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the
database that no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database
according to the drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to
maintain the database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database
file at the same time.
New - Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
Directory - Displays the location of the database file.
Access File - Displays the name of the database file.
Excel File - Displays the name of the database file.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

365

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Export CADWorx HVAC data

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click DB Generate
HDBFGEN in the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type

2. Select the HVAC components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when
you are finished.
The Select Database Type dialog box displays.
3. Select Access or Excel to define the file type.
4. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name.
5. Select New if you are creating a new file.
or
Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file.
6. Click OK.

DB In
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > DB In
Command line: HDBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file. This command is not available when you are using a live database.
Use the DB Generate (on page 365) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file to import.

Import CADWorx HVAC data

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click DB In
command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HDBFIN in the

The Select Database File dialog box displays.

2. Select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
The records dialog box displays.
4. Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing.
5. Click OK.

Audit HVAC Database

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Audit
Command line: HDBAUDIT
Maintains the database for each component in the drawing that has data attached. Use this
command whenever the drawing or the database has any problems. If a problem is found in the
drawing, for example a component in the database is not present in the drawing, you have the
option to delete this component in the database or to ignore it.

366

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

Audit the HVAC database

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Audit
command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HDBAUDIT in the

The Select Database File dialog box displays.

2. Select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database.
4. If no problems are found, the message Audit completed displays.
5. If a problem is found, you are prompted to delete the row from the database. Select Yes to
delete the row. Select No to ignore the row.

Synchronize HVAC Database

CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Synchronize
Command line: HSYNC
Checks all components in the drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. This command does not write new records to the database for new components that
are in the model but are not in the database.
When a drawing has a live database attached, you can open the database and edit the
SHORT_ANNOTATION, LONG_ANNOTATION, DESCRIPTION, PART_NUMBER, and
MATERIAL fields in the HVAC table. Changing any other column value does not have any effect
on the drawing.

Synchronize the HVAC database

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Synchronize
the command line, and press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type HSYNC in

2. Click Yes to confirm that you want to synchronize the drawing with the database.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

367

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

368

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SECTION 22

Toolbars
In This Section
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars ............................................ 369
Aliases and Command Names ...................................................... 370
Connecting to components ............................................................ 370
Compass ........................................................................................ 370
Plane versus Isometrics view modes ............................................ 370
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling .................................................. 370
Buttweld ......................................................................................... 371
Flanges .......................................................................................... 402
Flgd/BW Valves ............................................................................. 415
Lined .............................................................................................. 428
Fiberglass ...................................................................................... 434
Sanitary .......................................................................................... 452
Victaulic ......................................................................................... 486
Threaded/Socket ........................................................................... 491
Thrd/SW Valves ............................................................................. 524
Gaskets, Etc. ................................................................................. 538
Pipe Ends ...................................................................................... 540
Restraints ....................................................................................... 540
Misc................................................................................................ 541
Operators ....................................................................................... 548
Line Numbers ................................................................................ 548
UCS ............................................................................................... 549
Steel ............................................................................................... 549
Settings .......................................................................................... 551
Palettes .......................................................................................... 553

Accessing and Docking the Toolbars

Toolbars duplicate commands available on the CADWorx Plant I and CADWorx Plant II tabs.
You may find it useful to open toolbars containing frequently-used commands when screen
space for the tab is limited.
To open a Plant toolbar, click Plant > Toolbars, and select the needed toolbar. You can also
open an alternate set of toolbars from View tab > Windows panel > Toolbars > PIPEALT,
PIPEFLY, or PIPERIB.
To dock a toolbar, drag it to any edge of the window. Press CTRL to drag a toolbar without
docking it. You can then drag a toolbar off of the window space.
The AutoCAD Toolbar command opens the Customize User Interface dialog box. You
can choose any needed toolbars for AutoCAD or CADWorx Plant.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

369

Toolbars

Aliases and Command Names

Ribbon, toolbar, and menu commands have a command name that you can type in the
command line.
A command alias is an abbreviation that you type at the command line instead of typing the
entire command name. Command aliases created for Plant are delivered in the [Product
Folder]\Plant\Support\Flow_alt.pgp file.
You can change alias names but should avoid conflicts with aliases already defined in the .pgp
file for AutoCAD.

Connecting to components
In connecting to components, Piping Rules effect the behavior of prompts when set to No or
Show Options. If selecting a component from a palette or toolbar, the selected component
prompts you if unable to derive information from the surrounding components due to the piping
rules. When the rules are set to Automatic, the process is simplified for connecting components
to appropriate valued objects. For instance, when inserting a flange to a pipe, if both have the
same size and specification you are not prompted and the flange inserts automatically. For more
information, see Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 51) or all other Piping Rules (on page
49). Prompts depend on the settings you have chosen for the piping rules. Also, you may be
prompted in certain situations based on the components of the model. Most of the components
are built to work as smart objects. They connect using the previous information of the last point
of a component. If you change sizes while working with a component, you are prompted
accordingly. In addition, you may not receive prompts based on the actions of connection to
components. Prompts depend on the actions you take, and some prompts appear only when not
connecting to a previous component.

Compass
Enables 360 degree navigation for placement of components. You can turn the compass on and
off in Setup (on page 28). You are also provided with the option to change the color. When the
compass is turned on the screen displays a circle around the components when they are pulled
into the drawing space.

Plane versus Isometrics view modes

When plotting components using Plane views, some prompts appear differently when working in
3D Solids then when plotting components in Isometric views. This is based on the directional
limitations of those views. The prompts do not differ when you are working in 2D Double Line or
2D Single Line. All commands in the following sections are based off the isometrics view for all
modes of modeling.

3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling

The CADWorx option for working in 3D modeling and 2D modeling is set up in the CADWorx
Plant Setup dialog box. All commands on the toolbars work in both modes, however some
commands are ideally designed for working in 3D mode versus working in 2D mode. The
commands are grouped according to which commands are better suited for either 3D modeling
or 2D modeling. You can use the commands as needed, but in 3D modeling some of the
commands better suited for 2D have the same response as those better suited for 3D. For more
information, see Setup (on page 28) and CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box.

370

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Buttweld
Plant menu: Toolbars > Buttweld
The commands on the Buttweld toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

Command Line

Pipe - Places a butt-welded pipe component. For more

information, see Pipe (on page 375).

PIPW

Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell (on page
375).

90LR

Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell (on page
376).

90SR

Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 377).

45LR

Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in 90RD

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 Reducing Ell
(on page 377).
Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Plan Tee (on page 378).

TESW

Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y TERW
plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (on page
378).
Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 LR
Return (on page 379).

18LR

Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return 18SR
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 SR
Return (on page 379).
Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer (on
page 380).

CONC

Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (on page
380).

ECC

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

371

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more

information, see Cap (on page 381).

CAPW

Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (on page 381).

CRSW

Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing
Cross (on page 382).

CRRW

Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane. LATW
For more information, see Plan Lateral (on page 382).
Miters - Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Miters (on page 383).

MPIP

Rolled Pipe - Places a free-form pipe component, such as a

hose or flexible connection. For more information, see Rolled
Pipe (on page 383).

SPIP

Adjustable Bend - Places an adjustable pipe bend. For more

information, see Adjustable Bend (on page 384).

BENT

90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end R90LR
rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 LR Ell (on page 386).
90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the
end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 SR Ell (on page 387).

R90SR

45 LR Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a

45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 45 LR Ell (on page 387).

R45LR

Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle

from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee (on page
388).

RTESW

Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y

11LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page 388).

372

Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page 389).

22LR

Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more

information, see Plan Wye (on page 389).

YB

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name

Command Line

Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal H90LR

to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 LR Ell (on
page 390).
Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90
SR Ell (on page 391).

H90SR

Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y

plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Side 45 Ell (on page 391).

H45LR

Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y

plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Vert 45 Ell (on page 392).

V45LR

Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90
Reducing Ell (on page 392).

H90RD

Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the HTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on page 393).
Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X- VTESW
Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page 393).
Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Side Reducing Tee (on page 394).

HTERW

Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the

main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Reducing Tee (on page 394).

VTERW

Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return H18LR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 LR Return (on page 395).
Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 LR Return
(on page 395).

V18LR

Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return H18SR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 SR Return (on page 396).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

373

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return V18SR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 SR Return
(on page 396).
Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch HCRSW
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross
(on page 397).
Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross
with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Side Reducing Cross (on page 397).

HCRRW

Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with VCRRW

the main branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Reducing Cross (on page 397).

374

Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane

with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information,
see Side Lateral (on page 398).

HLATW

Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the main

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Lateral (on page 398).

VLATW

Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on page
399).

H11LR

Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on page
399).

V11LR

Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on page 400).

H22LR

Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page 400).

V22LR

Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye
(on page 401).

HYB

Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Wye (on page 401).

VYB

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Pipe
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tubing
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Pipe
Command line: PIPW
You can also now use PIPW1 for buttweld piping, PIPF1 for socket weld or threaded
piping, and PIPFL1 for flanged piping, to draw singular pipe. PIPW starts the pipe router.
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center - Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Right - Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Left - Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis

Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.

Plan 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell
Command line: 90LR
Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

375

Toolbars
Place a 90 degree plan elbow
1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Plan 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell
Command line: 90SR
Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a 90 degree plan elbow

1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

376

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Plan 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 45 Ell
Command line: 45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a plan elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan elbow command.

Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Plan 90 Reducing Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 Reducing Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 Reducing Ell
Command line: 90RD
Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end. For this component, this
option switches to the reducing side.

Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Click a 90 degree reducing plan elbow component command.

To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select otherEnd.
Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

377

Toolbars

Plan Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Tee
Command line: TESW
Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.

Place a plan tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan tee command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Plan Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Plan Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Reducing Tee
Command line: TERW
Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.

Place a plan tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

378

Click a plan tee command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Plan 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 180 LR Return
Command line: 18LR
Places a 180 degree long radius return in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a 180 degree plan return

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a 180 degree plan return component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
Click in the direction of the end of the return.
The return component is drawn.

Plan 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 180 SR Return
Command line: 18SR
Places a 180 degree short radius return in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a 180 degree plan return

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a 180 degree plan return component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
Click in the direction of the end of the return.
The return component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

379

Toolbars

Conc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Conc Reducer
Victaulic toolbar: Conc Reducer
Command line: CONC
Places a concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
If you are connecting to another component where the large end is the same size as the
last component, press ENTER to attach to the last component drawn.

Place a concentric reducer

1. Click a concentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.

Ecc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Ecc Reducer
Victaulic toolbar: Ecc Reducer
Command line: ECC
Places an eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.

Place an eccentric reducer

1. Click an eccentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
or
Select Small end, and press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the other end of the reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
The reducer component is drawn.

380

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Cap
Buttweld toolbar: Cap
Victaulic toolbar: Cap
Command line: CAPW
Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.

Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.

Plan Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Cross
Command line: CRSW
Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Branch - Places the branch of the cross at the start point.

Place a plan cross

1. Click a four-way straight cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

381

Toolbars

Plan Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Plan Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Reducing Cross
Command line: CRRW
Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the reducing branch of cross tee at the start point.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the cross.

Place a plan reducing cross

1. Click a four-way plan reducing cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Plan Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Lateral
Command line: LATW
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
Branch - Places the branch of the lateral at the start point.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a plan lateral

1.
2.
3.
4.

382

Click a plan lateral command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
The lateral component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Miters
Buttweld toolbar: Miters
Command line: MPIP
Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. The pipe is placed on a 2D polyline created
with Polyline
. A miter is placed on the pipe at each vertex of the polyline. For more
information, see PLINE in AutoCAD Help.

This command can also be used to create pipe with bends. For more information, see
CHAMFER in AutoCAD Help.

Mitered pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline

information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.

. For more

Place a mitered pipe

1. On the Draw panel of the Home tab, click Polyline

2. Draw the needed polyline.

3. Click Miters

4. Select the polyline.

The mitered pipe component is drawn.

Rolled Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Rolled Pipe
Command line: SPIP
Places a free-form pipe component, such as a hose or flexible connection. The pipe is placed on
a 2D polyline created with Polyline
and edited with the Fit or Spline options of Edit
Polyline
. For more information, see PLINE and PEDIT in AutoCAD Help.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

383

Toolbars
Fit Example

Spline Example

Rolled pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline

information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.

. For more

Place a rolled pipe

1. On the Draw panel of the Home tab, click Polyline

2. Draw the needed polyline.

3. On the Modify panel, click Edit Polyline

4. Select the polyline.

5. Select Fit or Spline.
6. Click Rolled Pipe

7. Select the polyline.

The pipe component is drawn.

Adjustable Bend
Buttweld toolbar: Adjustable Bend
Command line: BENT
Places a pipe bend based on the selected method: Enter radius, Trimmed elbow, or Select
arc.

384

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Enter radius - Places a pipe bend by typing a radius, and then selecting the bend center, start,
and end points in a counterclockwise direction. This is the most common type of adjustable
bend.

Degree - Defines the total angle of the bend from the start point. For example, if the start
point is at 91, and the value for Degree is 180, the end point is at 271 and the total angle
of the bend is 180.

Angle - Defines the angle of the bend as the value minus the angle defined by the start point
from the positive X-axis. For example, if the start point is at 91, and the value for Angle is
180, the end point is at 180 and the angle of the bend is 79.

Tangent length - Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently
required for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.

Trimmed elbow - Places an elbow by selecting the center of the bend arc, the start point, and
the end point.

Short radius - Defines a short radius elbow according to the current specification.

Long radius - Defines a long radius elbow according to the current specification.

Select arc - Places a pipe bend on an arc created with an arc command. For more information,
see Draw Arcs in AutoCAD Help.

Tangent length - Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently
required for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.

Place an adjustable bend

Enter Radius
1. Click Adjustable Bend
on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type a radius on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select a center point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.

Select Arc
1. Draw an AutoCAD arc.
2. Click Adjustable Bend
on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Click Select Arc.
4. Select the arc in the drawing.
5. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

385

Toolbars
Trimmed Elbow
1. Click Adjustable Bend
on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select Trimmed Elbow.
3. Select a corner point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Select Long radius or Short radius.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.

90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 LR Ell
Command line: R90LR
Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Up - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.

This command is only available for welded fittings.

The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use an AutoCAD UCS command to obtain
the proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in AutoCAD
Help.

Place a 90 degree rolled elbow

1. Click a 90 degree rolled elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

386

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 SR Ell
Command line: R90SR
Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Up - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.

This command is only available for welded fittings.

The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use an AutoCAD UCS command to obtain
the proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in AutoCAD
Help.

Place a 90 degree rolled elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a 90 degree rolled elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

45 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 45 LR Ell
Command line: R45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
This command is only available for welded fittings.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Up - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.

This command is only available for welded fittings.

The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use an AutoCAD UCS command to obtain
the proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in AutoCAD
Help.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

387

Toolbars
Place a 45 degree rolled elbow
1. Click 45 LR Ell

2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.

3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Tee
Command line: RTESW
Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up - Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down - Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
This command is only available for welded fittings.

Place a rolled tee

1. Click a rolled tee command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
5. Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

Plan 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 11.25 Ell
Command line: 11LR
Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

388

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a plan elbow
1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Plan 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 22.5 Ell
Command line: 22LR
Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.

Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Plan Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Wye
Command line: YB
Places a wye in the X-Y plane.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

389

Toolbars
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the wye.
Branch - Places the branch of the component at the start point.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a plan wye

1. Click a plan wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye.
The wye component is drawn.

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

Side 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell
Command line: H90LR
Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

390

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Side 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell
Command line: H90SR
Places a 90 degree short radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Side 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 45 Ell
Command line: H45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

391

Toolbars

Vert 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Vert 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 45 Ell
Command line: V45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Side 90 Reducing Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 Reducing Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 Reducing Ell
Command line: H90RD
Places a 90 degree reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Small - Places the reducing end of the elbow at the start point.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side reducing elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

392

Click a side reducing plan elbow component command.

To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select Small.
Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Side Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Side Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Side Tee
Command line: HTESW
Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

Vert Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Tee
Command line: VTESW
Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.

Place a vertical tee

1. Click a vertical tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

393

Toolbars

Side Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Side Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Side Reducing Tee
Command line: HTERW
Places a straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

Vert Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Vert Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Reducing Tee
Command line: VTERW
Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.

Place a vertical tee

1. Click a vertical tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

394

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Side 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Side 180 LR Return
Command line: H18LR
Places a 180 degree long radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the return at the center point of the arc of the return.
Up - Places the return bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the return bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a 180 degree side return

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a 180 degree side return component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
Select Up or Down.
The return component is drawn.

Vert 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 180 LR Return
Command line: V18LR
Places a 180 degree long radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal
to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the return at the center point of the arc of the return.
Up - Places the return direction in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the return direction in the negative Z direction.

Place a 180 degree vertical return

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a 180 degree vertical return component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
Select Up or Down.
The return component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

395

Toolbars

Side 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Side 180 SR Return
Command line: H18SR
Places a 180 degree short radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the return at the center point of the arc of the return.
Up - Places the return bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the return bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a 180 degree side return

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a 180 degree side return component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
Select Up or Down.
The return component is drawn.

Vert 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 180 SR Return
Command line: V18SR
Places a 180 degree short radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also
normal to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the return at the center point of the arc of the return.
Up - Places the return direction in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the return direction in the negative Z direction.

Place a 180 degree vertical return

1. Click a 180 degree vertical return component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
4. Select Up or Down.
The return component is drawn.

396

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Side Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Side Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Side Cross
Command line: HCRSW
Places a four-way straight cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.

Place a side cross

1. Click a four-way straight side cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Side Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Side Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Side Reducing Cross
Command line: HCRRW
Places a four-way reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.

Place a side reducing cross

1. Click a four-way side reducing cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Vert Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Vert Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Reducing Cross
Command line: VCRRW
Places a four-way reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the cross
is placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the reducing branch of the cross tee at the start point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

397

Toolbars
Place a vertical reducing cross
1. Click a four-way vertical reducing cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Side Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Side Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Side Lateral
Command line: HLATW
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a side lateral

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side lateral component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

Vert Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Lateral
Command line: VLATW
Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is
placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical lateral

1. Click a vertical lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

398

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Side 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 11.25 Ell
Command line: H11LR
Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Vert 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 11.25 Ell
Command line: V11LR
Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

399

Toolbars

Side 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 22.5 Ell
Command line: H22LR
Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Vert 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 22.5 Ell
Command line: V22LR
Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

400

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Side Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Side Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Side Wye
Command line: HYB
Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. This command is
typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.

Place a side wye

1. Click a side wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye main.
The wye component is drawn.

Vert Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Wye
Command line: VYB
Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.

Place a vertical wye

1. Click a vertical wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye branches.
The wye component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

401

Toolbars

Flanges
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flanges
Command Name

Command Line

Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Weld Neck Flange (on page 403).

FLGW

Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For more

information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 404).

FLGO

Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more

information, see Blind Flange (on page 406).

FLGB

Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane.

FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page 406).
Threaded - Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Threaded Flange (on page 408).

FLGT

Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Lap Joint Flange (on page 409).

FLGL

Stub End - Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y STB

plane. For more information, see Stub End (on page 409).
Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component in the LWN
X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld Neck (on
page 410).
Reducing Slip On - Places a reducing slip on flange in the XY plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on Flange
(on page 410).

FLRO

Reducing Threaded - Places a reducing threaded flange in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Threaded
Flange (on page 412).

FLRT

Reducing Weld Neck - Places a reducing weld neck flange in FLRW

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Weld Neck
Flange (on page 413).

402

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Weld Neck Flange

Flanges toolbar: Weld Neck
Command line: FLGW
Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be added
to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Buttweld end - Starts the flange at the buttweld end. This option appears when the previously
placed component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point
for the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite
direction.
Face end - Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the butt-welded end as the start point for the
flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.

What do you want to do?

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)

Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 404)

Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 375)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Auto
Gasket (on page 215).

.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

403

Toolbars

Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Slip-on Flange
Flanges toolbar: Slip On
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Flange
Command line: FLGO
Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. If Auto Gasket is turned on, then a gasket is also
placed on the flange. For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215).
last point - Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Slip on end - Starts the flange at the slip-on end. This option appears when the previously
placed component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point
for the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite
direction.
Face end - Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the slip-on end as the start point for the flange.
Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.

What do you want to do?

404

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)

Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 404)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 375)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Auto
Gasket (on page 215).

.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

405

Toolbars

Blind Flange
Flanges toolbar: Blind
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Blind Flange
Lined toolbar: Lined Blind Flange
Command line: FLGB
Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a flange
1. Click a flange component command.
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define
the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
The flange component is drawn.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 51) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.

Socket Type Flange

Flanges toolbar: Socket Weld
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flange
Command line: FLGS
Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be added
to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Socket end - Starts the flange at the Socket end.
Face end - Starts the flange at the face end.

What do you want to do?

406

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)

Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 404)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 375)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Auto
Gasket (on page 215).

.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

407

Toolbars

Threaded Flange
Flanges toolbar: Threaded
Command line: FLGT
Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be added
to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Thread end - Starts the flange at the threaded end.
Face end - Starts the flange at the face end.

What do you want to do?

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)

Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 404)

Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 375)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Auto
Gasket (on page 215).

.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)
2. Click a flange component command.

408

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Lap Joint Flange

Flanges toolbar: Lap Joint
Command line: FLGL
Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a flange
1. Click a flange component command.
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define
the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
The flange component is drawn.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 51) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.

Stub End
Flanges toolbar: Stub End
Command line: STB
Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
Length - Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the
current specification is used.
Plan end - Starts the stub at the plain end.
Face end - Starts the stub at the face end.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

409

Toolbars

Place a stub or weld neck

1. Click a stub or weld neck component command.
2. If needed, select Length and type a length for the component.
3. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to
the last point.
The component is drawn.

Long Weld Neck

Flanges toolbar: Long Weld Neck
Command line: LWN
Places a long weld neck component in the X-Y plane.
Length - Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the
current specification is used.
Plan end - Starts the stub at the plain end.
Face end - Starts the stub at the face end.

Place a stub or weld neck

1. Click a stub or weld neck component command.
2. If needed, select Length and type a length for the component.
3. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to
the last point.
The component is drawn.

Reducing Slip-on Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Slip On
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Flange
Command line: FLRO
Places a reducing slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Reducing end - Starts the flange at the reducing end. This option appears when the previously
placed component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point
for the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite
direction.
Face end - Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the reducing end as the start point for the
flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.

What do you want to do?

410

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)

Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 404)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 375)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Auto
Gasket (on page 215).

.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

411

Toolbars

Reducing Threaded Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Threaded
Command line: FLRT
Places a reducing threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Reducing end - Starts the flange at the reducing end. This option appears when the previously
placed component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point
for the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite
direction.
Face end - Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the reducing end as the start point for the
flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.

What do you want to do?

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)

Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 404)

Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 375)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Auto
Gasket (on page 215).

.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

412

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Reducing Weld Neck Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Weld Neck
Command line: FLRW
Places a reducing weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Reducing end - Starts the flange at the reducing end. This option appears when the previously
placed component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point
for the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite
direction.
Face end - Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the reducing end as the start point for the
flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.

What do you want to do?

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)

Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 404)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

413

Toolbars

Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 375)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Auto
Gasket (on page 215).

.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (on page 403)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 51).

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

414

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Flgd/BW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flgd/BW Valves

The commands on the Flgd/BW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (on page 370).

It is possible to add multiple pressure and ratings to valves in the Specification Editor. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's
Guide.

If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select
Yes to override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a
matching rating.
Command Name

Command Line

Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Gate Valve (on page 417).

GATF

Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Ball Valve (on page 417)

BALF

Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For GLBF
more information, see Globe Valve (on page 418).
Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Plug Valve (on page 419).

PLUF

Check - Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Check Valve (on page 419).

CHKF

Butterfly - Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Butterfly Valve (on page
420).

BFYF

Diaphragm - Places a diaphragm valve and flange gasket

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Diaphragm Valve (on page 421).

DIAF

Rotary - Places a rotary valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Rotary Valve (on page 421).

ROTF

Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange gasket

components in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Dual
Check Valve (on page 422).

DCHF

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

415

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Control - Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Control Valve (on page 422).

CNTF

3 Way Plan - Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see 3-Way Plan Valve (on page
423).

3VF

4 Way Plan - Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see 4-Way Plan Valve (on page
424).

4VF

Relief Side - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Relief Side Valve (on
page 424).

RELF

Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. ANGF
For more information, see Angle Top Valve (on page 425).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name

Command Line

3 Way Side - Places a three-way valve component with the

valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 3-Way Side Valve (on page 425)

H3VF

3 Way Vertical - Places a three-way valve component with

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
3-Way Vertical Valve (on page 426).

V3VF

4 Way Side - Places a four-way valve component with the

valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For. more
information, see 4-Way Side Valve (on page 426)

H4VF

Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the

relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Relief Top Valve (on page 427)

HRELF

Pressure Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with

the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Pressure Top Valve (on page 427).

VRELF

Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. HANGF
For more information, see Angle Side Valve (on page 428).

416

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Gate Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Gate
Command line: GATF
Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Ball Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Ball
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Ball Valve
Command line: BALF
Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

417

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Globe Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Globe
Command line: GLBF
Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

418

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Plug Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Plug
Victaulic toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve
Command line: PLUF
Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Center - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Check Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Check
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Check Valve
Command line: CHKF
Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

419

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Butterfly Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Butterfly
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Butterfly Valve
Command line: BFYF
Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

420

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Diaphragm Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Diaphragm
Command line: DIAF
Places a diaphragm valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Rotary Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Rotary
Command line: ROTF
Places a rotary component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be added
to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

421

Toolbars

Dual Check Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Dual Check
Command line: DCHF
Places a dual check valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Control Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Control
Command line: CNTF
Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Length - Specifies the length of the valve.
Center - Places the valve at its center.

422

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

3-Way Plan Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Plan
Command line: 3VF
Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.
Branch - Places the branch of the valve at the start point.

Place a 3-way plan valve

1. Click a three-way valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press
ENTER to connect to the last point and skip the next step.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve. This prompt only appears when you are not
connecting to a component in the model.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

423

Toolbars

4-Way Plan Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 4 Way Plan
Command line: 4VF
Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.

Place a 4-way plan valve

1. Click a four-way plan valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press
ENTER to connect to the last point.
3. Click in the direction of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Relief Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Relief Side
Command line: RELF
Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Pressure - Places the pressure end of the valve at the start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Relief - Places the relief end of the valve at the start point.

Place an angle valve

1.
2.
3.
4.

424

Click an angle or relief valve component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the branch or relief end of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Angle Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Angle Top
Command line: ANGF
Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place an angle valve

1. Click an angle or relief valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the branch or relief end of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

3-Way Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Side
Command line: H3VF
Places a three-way valve component with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. You can
place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on
page 215). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components
by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.
Branch - Places the branch of the valve at the start point.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

425

Toolbars
Place a 3-way side valve
1. Click a three-way side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

3-Way Vertical Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Vertical
Command line: V3VF
Places a three-way valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. You can place
gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page
215). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by
setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.

Place a 3-way vertical valve

1. Click a three-way vertical valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

4-Way Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 4 Way Side
Command line: H4VF
Places a four-way valve component with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. You can
place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on
page 215). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components
by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.

Place a 4-way side valve

1. Click a four-way side valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

426

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Relief Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Relief Top
Command line: HRELF
Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Relief - Places the relief end at the start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Place an angle side valve

1. Click an angle or relief side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

Pressure Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Pressure Top
Command line: VRELF
Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Pressure - Places the pressure end of the valve at the start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Place an angle side valve

1. Click an angle or relief side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

427

Toolbars

Angle Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Angle Side
Command line: HANGF
Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 215). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 51).
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Place an angle side valve

1. Click an angle or relief side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

Lined
Plant menu: Toolbars > Lined
The commands on the Lined toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

428

Command Line

Lined Pipe - Places a flanged and lined pipe component in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Pipe (on page
431).

PIPFL

Lined 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 90
Degree Elbow Plan (on page 442).

90FL

Lined 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45
Degree Elbow Plan (on page 443).

45FL

Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page
444).

TEFL

Lined Reducing Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined

reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Reducing Tee Plan (on page 461).

TERE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Lined Concentric - Places a flanged and lined concentric

reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Flanged Concentric Reducer (on page 444).

CNFL

Lined Eccentric - Places a flanged and lined eccentric

reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Lined Eccentric Reducer (on page 431).

ECFL

Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan (on page
432).

YFL

Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross CRSE
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on
page 462).
Lined Reducing Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and
lined reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Cross Reducing Plan (on page 462).

CRRE

Lined Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral
Plan (on page 463).

LATE

Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on page 544).

BLD

Lined Reducing Flange - Places a lined reducing flange in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on
Flange (on page 410).

FLRO

Lined Blind Flange - Places a lined blind flange in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 406).

FLGB

The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name

Command Line

Lined 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side (on page 449).

H90FL

Lined 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 450).

H45FL

Lined 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 450).

V45FL

Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Side (on page 451).

HTEFL

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

429

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the main
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
Tee Vertical (on page 451).

VTEFL

Lined Reducing Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined

reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Reducing Tee Side (on page 477)

HTERE

Lined Reducing Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined

reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (on page 478).

VTERE

Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y
plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lined Wye Side (on page 433).

HYFL

Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal to

the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane
For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (on page 433).

VYFL

Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross HCRSE
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cross Side (on page 478).
Lined Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and HCRRE
lined reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the XY plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on
page 478).

430

Lined Reducing Cross Vert - Places a four-way flanged and

lined reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical (on page
479).

VCRRE

Lined Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane. For more information, see Lateral Side (on page 479).

HLATE

Lined Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lateral Vertical (on page 480).

VLATE

The specification for lined pipe components is delivered in the <Units>_Lined_Specs.prj file
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder.
The FLGS column in the flanged component data files controls placement of flanges. A
value of 1 places a flange on the first end of the component. 2 places a flange on the second
end. 3 places flanges on both ends. 4 places a flange on the branch end of a tee or wye.
Other combinations of flanges are based on adding these values. For example, if the flanges
are needed on all ends of a tee, use 1 + 2 + 4 = 7.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Lined Pipe
Lined toolbar: Lined Pipe
Command line: PIPFL
Places a flanged and lined pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Flanged end - Places the flanged end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the
pipe has a flange on one end.
Plain end - Places the plain end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe
has a flange on one end.
Length - Defines the length of the pipe. If no length is defined, the length is based on the start
and end points.

Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.

Lined Eccentric Reducer

Lined toolbar: Lined Eccentric
Command line: ECFL
Places a flanged and lined eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
This command reverses the main and reduction sizes automatically after execution.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

431

Toolbars
Place an eccentric reducer
1. Click an eccentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
or
Select Small end, and press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the other end of the reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
The reducer component is drawn.

Lined Wye Plan

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Plan
Command line: YFL
Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the wye.
Branch - Places the branch of the wye at the start point.
otherEnd - Places the component at the other end of the start point.

Place a plan wye

1. Click a plan wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye.
The wye component is drawn.

432

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

Lined Wye Side

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Side
Command line: HYFL
Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane.
This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.

Place a side wye

1. Click a side wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye main.
The wye component is drawn.

Lined Wye Vert

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Vert
Command line: VYFL
Places a flanged and lined wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the XY plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.

Place a vertical wye

1. Click a vertical wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye branches.
The wye component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

433

Toolbars

Fiberglass
Plant menu: Toolbars > Fiberglass
The commands on the Fiberglass toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

Command Line

Pipe - Places a fiberglass pipe component. For more

information, see Fiberglass Pipe (on page 437).

PIPF

FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket 90S

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (on page 437).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket 45S
elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 438).
FRP Bell Tee Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket tee
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan (on page 439).

TESS

FRP Bell Conc w/Hub - Places a threaded/socket

concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer (on
page 439).

SWGCS

FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric

threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer
(on page 440).

SWGES

FRP Bell Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket

straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan (on page 440).

CRSS

FRP Bell Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree

threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan (on page
441).

LATS

FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Coupling (on page 441).

CPS

FRP Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y

CAPS
plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Cap (on
page 441).

434

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

FRP Bush/Insert - Places a bushing in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing (on
page 442).

BUSS

Sock-O-Let - Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Sock-O-Let (on page 442).

SOL

FRP Blind Flange - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. FLGB
For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 406).
FRP Flange - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page
406).
FRP Flanged 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged
elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
90 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 442).

90FL

FRP Flanged 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 443).

45FL

FRP Flanged Tee Plan - Places a flanged tee in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on
page 444).

TEFL

FRP Flanged Concentric - Places a flanged concentric

CNFL
reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Flanged Concentric Reducer (on page 444).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name

Command Line

FRP Bell 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket H90S

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (on page 445).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket H45S
elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 445).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to V45S
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket
45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 446).
FRP Bell Tee Side - Places a straight threaded/socket tee
with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side (on
page 446).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

HTESS

435

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

FRP Bell Tee Vert - Places a straight threaded/socket tee

with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert (on
page 447).

VTESS

FRP Bell Cross Side - Places a four-way straight

HCRSS
threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight
Cross Side (on page 447)
FRP Bell Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree
threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in
the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Lateral Side (on page 447).

HLATS

FRP Bell Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree

threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral
Vert (on page 448).

VLATS

FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full
Coupling End (on page 448).

VCPS

Saddle in Vertical - Places a soc-o-let with the main

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Saddle
in Vertical (on page 449).

VSOL

FRP Flanged 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side (on page 449).

H90FL

FRP Flanged 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 450).

H45FL

FRP Flanged 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 450).

V45FL

FRP Flanged Tee Side - Places a flanged tee with the

branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Side (on page 451).

HTEFL

FRP Flanged Tee Vert - Places a flanged tee with the

main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Vertical (on page 451).

VTEFL

You must set the <Units>_FRP_Specs.prj default specification that is supplied with CADWorx
for the icons to work on the toolbar.

436

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Fiberglass Pipe
Fiberglass toolbar: Pipe
Command line: PIPF
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
Ends - Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.

Threaded

Bevel

Plain

last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center - Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Right - Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left - Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.

Place a fiberglass pipe

1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type the required coordinates in the command line, and
press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type the required coordinates in the command line, and
press ENTER.
4. If prompted for an end type, type the required end type on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.

Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90S
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

437

Toolbars
Place a 90 degree plan elbow
1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45S
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.

Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

438

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Plan
Command line: TESS
Places a straight threaded/socket tee in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.

Place a plan tee

1. Click a plan tee command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Conc w/Hub
Command line: SWGCS
Places a threaded/socket concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.

Place a concentric reducer

1. Click a concentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

439

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub
Command line: SWGES
Places an eccentric threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.

Place an eccentric reducer

1. Click an eccentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
or
Select Small end, and press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the other end of the reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
The reducer component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Cross Plan
Command line: CRSS
Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Branch - Places the branch of the cross at the start point.

Place a plan cross

1. Click a four-way straight cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

440

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Plan
Command line: LATS
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Branch - Places the branch of the cross at the start point.

Place a plan lateral

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan lateral command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
The lateral component is drawn.

Coupling
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Coupling
Command line: CPS
Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.

Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Cap
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Cap
Command line: CAPS
Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

441

Toolbars
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS
Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the large end at the start point of the component.
Small end - Places the small end at the start point of the component.

Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.

Sock-O-Let
Fiberglass toolbar: Sock-O-Let
Command line: SOL
Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan sock-o-let

1. Click a sock-o-let component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the sock-o-let.
The software draws the sock-o-let component on the model.

Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 90 Ell Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90FL
Places a 90 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

442

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a 90 degree plan elbow
1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45FL
Places a 45 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

443

Toolbars

Flanged Tee Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Plan
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Strainer
Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Plan
Command line: TEFL
Places a flanged tee or strainer in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the component at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of
the component.
Branch - places the start point at the branch of the component.

Place a plan flanged tee

1. Click a plan flanged tee command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The component is drawn.

Flanged Concentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Concentric
Lined toolbar: Lined Concentric
Command line: CNFL
Places a flanged concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
This command reverses the main and reduction sizes automatically after execution.

Place a concentric reducer

1. Click a concentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.

444

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90S
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45S
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when
the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

445

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45S
Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Side
Command line: HTESS
Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

446

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Vert
Command line: VTESS
Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the
tee is placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.

Place a vertical tee

1. Click a vertical tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Cross Side
Command line: HCRSS
Places a four-way straight threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.

Place a side cross

1. Click a four-way straight side cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Lateral Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Side
Command line: HLATS
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

447

Toolbars
Place a side lateral
1. Click a side lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATS
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of
the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical lateral

1. Click a vertical lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

Full Coupling End

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg End
Command line: VCPS
Places a full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the coupling in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the coupling in the negative Z direction.

Place a coupling end

1. Click a coupling end component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

448

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Saddle in Vertical
Fiberglass toolbar: Saddle in Vertical
Command line: VSOL
Places a soc-o-let with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is placed at
the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the top of the soc-o-let in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the top of the soc-o-let in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical soc-o-let

1. Click a vertical soc-o-let component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The soc-o-let component is drawn.

Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 90 Ell Side
Lined toolbar: Lined 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90FL
Places a 90 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

449

Toolbars

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Side
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45FL
Places a 45 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Vert
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45FL
Places a 45 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

450

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Flanged Tee Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Side
Victaulic toolbar: Side Strainer
Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Side
Command line: HTEFL
Places a flanged tee or strainer with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the strainer at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side flanged tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side flanged tee component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Select Up or Down.
The component is drawn.

Flanged Tee Vertical

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Vert
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Strainer
Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Vert
Command line: VTEFL
Places a flanged tee or strainer with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the strainer
is placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.

Place a vertical strainer

1. Click a vertical flanged tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

451

Toolbars

Sanitary
Plant menu: Toolbars > Sanitary
The commands on the Sanitary toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

Command Line

Sanitary Tubing - Places a butt-welded sanitary tubing

component. For more information, see Pipe (on page 375).

PIPW

Sanitary 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree elbow in the X-Y

90EN
plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Ell Plan (on page
459).
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree reducing 90RE
elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90
Reducing Ell Plan (on page 460).
Sanitary 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45 Ell Plan
(on page 460).

45EN

Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan (on page
461).

TESE

Sanitary Reducing Tee Plan - Places a sanitary reducing tee TERE

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee
Plan (on page 461).
Sanitary Cross Plan - Places a four-way sanitary cross in the CRSE
X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on page
462).

452

Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan - Places a four-way sanitary

reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Cross Reducing Plan (on page 462).

CRRE

Sanitary Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Plan (on
page 463).

LATE

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan - Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan (on page
463).

LARE

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell
Plan (on page 464).

22EN

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary
elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
11.25 Ell Plan (on page 465).

Command Line
11EN

Sanitary U-Bend Plan - Places a 180 degree u-bend in the X- UBEN

Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Plan (on
page 465).
Sanitary Concentric - Places a sanitary concentric reducer
component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Concentric (on page 466).

CONCE

Sanitary Eccentric - Places a sanitary eccentric reducer

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Eccentric (on page 466).

ECCE

Sanitary Stub - Places a sanitary stub coupling component in STUE

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Stub (on
page 467).
Sanitary Wye Plan - Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Sanitary Wye Plan (on page 467).

YE

Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Sanitary Cap (on page 468).

CAPE

Sanitary Nut/Coupling - Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the NUTE

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Nut/Coupling
(on page 468).
Sanitary Gate Valve - Places a sanitary gate valve
component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Gate Valve (on page 469).

GATE

Sanitary Ball Valve - Places a sanitary ball valve component

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Ball
Valve (on page 469).

BALE

Sanitary Globe Valve - Places a sanitary globe valve

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Globe Valve (on page 470).

GLBE

Sanitary Plug Valve - Places a sanitary plug valve

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Plug Valve (on page 470).

PLUE

Sanitary Check Valve - Places a sanitary check valve

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Check Valve (on page 471).

CHKE

Sanitary Butterfly Valve - Places a sanitary butterfly valve

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Butterfly Valve (on page 471).

BFYE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

453

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan - Places a sanitary 3-way valve

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan (on page 472).

3VE

Sanitary Angle Valve Plan - Places a 90 degree sanitary

angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan (on page 472).

ANGE

Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve - Places a one-port pneumatic

actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 1
Port Valve (on page 473).

AIR1

Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve - Places a two-port pneumatic

actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 2
Port Valve (on page 473).

AIR2

Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve - Places a three-port pneumatic

actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 3
Port Valve (on page 473).

AIR3

The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name

Command Line

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side - Places a 90 degree reducing H90RE

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side (on page 475).
Sanitary 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
45 Ell Side (on page 475).

H45EN

Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
45 Ell Vertical (on page 476).

V45EN

Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with the

branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Tee Side (on page 476).

HTESE

Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee with the

main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Tee Vertical (on page 477).

VTESE

Sanitary Reducing Tee Side - Places a sanitary reducing tee HTERE

with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Reducing Tee Side (on page 477)
Sanitary Reducing Tee Vertical - Places a sanitary reducing
tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (on page 478).

454

VTERE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Sanitary Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary cross with

the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Cross Side (on page 478).

HCRSE

Sanitary Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary

reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on
page 478).

HCRRE

Sanitary Cross Reducing Vertical - Places a four-way

VCRRE
sanitary reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical (on page
479).
Sanitary Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in
the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For
more information, see Lateral Side (on page 479).

HLATE

Sanitary Lateral Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral VLATE

with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Lateral Vertical (on page 480).
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side - Places a 45 degree
sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in
the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Sanitary
Lateral Reducing Side (on page 480).

HLARE

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical -Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing
Vertical (on page 481).

VLARE

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow

normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is
horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side (on page 481).

H22EN

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical - Places a 22.5 degree elbow

normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is
vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
22.5 Ell Vertical (on page 482).

V22EN

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary

elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run
is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side (on page 482).

H11EN

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical - Places an 11.25 degree elbow

normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is
vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
11.25 Ell Vertical (on page 483).

V11EN

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

455

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Sanitary U-Bend Side - Places a 180 degree u-bend normal

to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Side (on page 483).

HUBEN

Sanitary U-Bend Vertical - Places a 180 degree u-bend

normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend
Vertical (on page 484).

VUBEN

Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane

with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Wye Side (on page 484).

HYE

Sanitary Wye Vertical - Places a sanitary wye normal to the

VYE
X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary Wye Vertical (on page 485).
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side - Places a 3-way valve
H3VE
component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side (on page 485).
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical - Places a sanitary 3-way
V3VE
valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical (on page
485).
Sanitary Angle Valve Side - Places a 90 degree sanitary
angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Angle Valve Side
(on page 486).

HANGE

Sanitary fitting components can have many end types, such as butt-welded, flanged, ferrule,
coupling, hub, square, bull, and a simple engagement used with threaded and socket-welded
piping. The end types can also vary for each end of a fitting, as shown in the examples below.

456

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
The available end types are defined by the selected specification, and the prompts for each
command reflect the end type used. Available end types are shown below.

End types are delivered in the files End1.dwg through End17.dwg in the [Product
Folder]\Plant\Support folder.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

457

Toolbars
The multi-port valves have special port controls in the data files. Listed below are all the port
types available for these valves. When all three ports are specified in the data file, all three ports
are drawn on the drawing. When only one or two ports are required, place 0 in the last port
entries and this supplies either a one or two port valve.

CADWorx end types are exported to ISOGEN as shown in the following table.

458

CADWorx End Type

ISOGEN End Type

PL (Plain)

BW (Butt weld)

FL (Flanged)

LN (Liner/Nut)

LN (Liner/Nut)

MP (Male Part)

MP (Male Part)

MP (Male Part)

MP (Male Part)

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
9

CL (Clamped)

10

CL (Clamped)

11

CL (Clamped)

12

CL (Clamped)

13

CL (Clamped)

14

SW (Socket Weld)

15

SC (Screwed)

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Sanitary 90 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90EN
Places a 90 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a 90 degree plan elbow

1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

459

Toolbars

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan
Command line: 90RE
Places a 90 degree sanitary reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point.

Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Click a 90 degree reducing plan elbow component command.

To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select otherEnd.
Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Sanitary 45 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45EN
Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a plan elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

460

Click a plan elbow command.

Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary Tee Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Plan
Command line: TESE
Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the tee at the start point.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a plan tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan tee command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Reducing Tee Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Plan
Command line: TERE
Places a reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the tee at the start point.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a plan tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan tee command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

461

Toolbars

Cross Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Plan
Command line: CRSE
Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the cross at the start point.
Branch1 - Places the first branch of the cross at the start point.
Branch2 - Places the second branch of the cross at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a plan cross

1. Click a four-way straight cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Cross Reducing Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Plan
Command line: CRRE
Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the cross at the start point.
Branch - Places the branch of the cross at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

462

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a sanitary plan reducing cross
1. Click Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan

2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.

3. Click in the direction of the cross.
4. Click in the direction of the branch end.
The cross component is drawn.

Lateral Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Plan
Command line: LATE
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the lateral at the start point.
Branch - Places the branch end of the lateral at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a plan lateral

1. Click a plan lateral command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
The lateral component is drawn.

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan
Command line: LARE
Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the lateral at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.
Branch - Places the branch end of the lateral at the start point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

463

Toolbars
Place a plan lateral
1. Click a plan lateral command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
The lateral component is drawn.

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan
Command line: 22EN
Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

464

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan
Command line: 11EN
Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Sanitary U-Bend Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Plan
Command line: UBEN
Places a 180 degree u-bend in the X-Y plane. The bend also has a branch the projects up or
down in the Z direction.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the bend at the center point of the arc of the bend.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the bend at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

465

Toolbars
Place a sanitary u-bend
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Click Sanitary U-Bend Plan

.
Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the bend.
Click in the direction of the end of the bend.
Select Up or Down.
The bend component is drawn.

Sanitary Concentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Concentric
Command line: CONCE
Places a sanitary concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end- Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a concentric reducer

1. Click a concentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.

Sanitary Eccentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Eccentric
Command line: ECCE
Places a sanitary eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end- Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.
Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

466

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place an eccentric reducer
1. Click an eccentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
or
Select Small end, and press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the other end of the reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
The reducer component is drawn.

Sanitary Stub
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Stub
Command line: STUE
Places a sanitary stub coupling component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Plan end - Places the plan end at the start point.
Face end - Places the face end at the start point.

Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

Sanitary Wye Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Plan
Command line: YE
Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the wye.
otherEnd - Places the end of the wye at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Branch - Places the branch end of the lateral at the start point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

467

Toolbars
Place a plan wye
1. Click a plan wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye.
The wye component is drawn.

Sanitary Cap
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cap
Command line: CAPE
Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.

Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.

Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Command line: NUTE
Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

468

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary Gate Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Gate Valve
Command line: GATE
Places a sanitary gate valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Sanitary Ball Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Ball Valve
Command line: BALE
Places a sanitary ball valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

469

Toolbars

Sanitary Globe Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Globe Valve
Command line: GLBE
Places a sanitary globe valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Sanitary Plug Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve
Command line: PLUE
Places a sanitary plug valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

470

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary Check Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Check Valve
Command line: CHKE
Places a sanitary check valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Sanitary Butterfly Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Butterfly Valve
Command line: BFYE
Places a sanitary butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

471

Toolbars

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan
Command line: 3VE
Places a sanitary three-way valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.
otherEnd - Places the other end of the valve at the start point.
Branch - Places the branch of the valve at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a 3-way plan valve

1. Click a three-way valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press
ENTER to connect to the last point and skip the next step.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve. This prompt only appears when you are not
connecting to a component in the model.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Sanitary Angle Valve Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Angle Valve Plan
Command line: ANGE
Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

Place an angle valve

1.
2.
3.
4.

472

Click an angle or relief valve component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the branch or relief end of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve
Command line: AIR1
Places a one-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the valve actuator in the positive Z direction.

Place a multi-port valve

1. Click a multi-port valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. To place the valve actuator in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the actuator.
or
To place the valve actuator normal to the X-Y plane, select Up.
4. Type a value to rotate the valve about the actuator body axis.
The valve component is drawn.

Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve
Command line: AIR2
Places a two-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the valve actuator in the positive Z direction.

Place a multi-port valve

1. Click a multi-port valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. To place the valve actuator in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the actuator.
or
To place the valve actuator normal to the X-Y plane, select Up.
4. Type a value to rotate the valve about the actuator body axis.
The valve component is drawn.

Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve
Command line: AIR3
Places a three-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the valve actuator in the positive Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

473

Toolbars
Place a multi-port valve
1. Click a multi-port valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. To place the valve actuator in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the actuator.
or
To place the valve actuator normal to the X-Y plane, select Up.
4. Type a value to rotate the valve about the actuator body axis.
The valve component is drawn.

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

Sanitary 90 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90EN
Places a 90 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Plan end - Places the plan end of the elbow at the start point.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

474

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side
Command line: H90RE
Places a 90 degree sanitary reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
ENgagement end - Places the reducing end of the elbow at the start point.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side reducing elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Click a side reducing plan elbow component command.

To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select Small.
Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Sanitary 45 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45EN
Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
FErrule end - Places the ferrule end of the elbow at the start point.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

475

Toolbars

Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical
Command line: V45EN
Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
FErrule end - Places the ferrule end of the elbow at the start point.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Sanitary Tee Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Side
Command line: HTESE
Places a straight sanitary tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
FErrule End - Places the other end of the tee at the start point.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

476

Click a side tee component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary Tee Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Vertical
Command line: VTESE
Places a straight sanitary tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

Place a vertical tee

1. Click a vertical tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Reducing Tee Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Side
Command line: HTERE
Places a reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Plan end - Places the plan end of the tee at the start point.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

477

Toolbars

Reducing Tee Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Vert
Command line: VTERE
Places a reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.

Place a vertical tee

1. Click a vertical tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Cross Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Side
Command line: HCRSE
Places a four-way straight cross with the branches normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Flanged - Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.

Place a side cross

1. Click a four-way straight side cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Cross Reducing Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Cross Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Side
Command line: HCRRE
Places a four-way reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Flanged - Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.

478

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a sanitary side reducing cross
1. Click Sanitary Reducing Cross Side

2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.

3. Click in the direction of the cross.
4. Click in the direction of the <type> end of the branch.
The cross component is drawn.

Cross Reducing Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Reducing Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Vert
Command line: VCRRE
Places a four-way reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
ENgagement branch end point - Places the engagement branch at the start point.

Place a vertical reducing cross

1. Click a four-way vertical reducing cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Lateral Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Side
Command line: HLATE
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
coupLing End - Places the coupling end of the lateral at the start point.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a side lateral

1. Click a side lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

479

Toolbars

Lateral Vertical
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATE
Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is
placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical lateral

1. Click a vertical lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side
Command line: HLARE
Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
coupLing end - Places the other end of the lateral at the start point.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a side lateral

1. Click a side lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

480

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical
Command line: VLARE
Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center
of the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical lateral

1. Click a vertical lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side
Command line: H22EN
Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
FErrule end - Places the ferrule end of the elbow at the start point.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

481

Toolbars

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical
Command line: V22EN
Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
FErrule end - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point. The end type is defined by
the current specification.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side
Command line: H11EN
Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
FErrule End - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point. The end type is defined by
the current specification.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

482

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical
Command line: V11EN
Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
FErrule end - Places the other end of the elbow at the start point. The end type is defined by
the current specification.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Sanitary U-Bend Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Side
Command line: HUBEN
Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center - Places the bend at the center point of the arc of the bend.
<Type> End - Places the other end of the bend at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Click Sanitary U-Bend Side or Sanitary U-Bend Vertical

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the end of the bend.
Select Up or Down.
Click in the direction of the branch.
The bend component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

483

Toolbars

Sanitary U-Bend Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Vertical
Command line: VUBEN
Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Center - Places the bend at the center point of the arc of the bend.
<Type> End - Places the other end of the bend at the start point. The end type is defined by the
current specification.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend

1. Click Sanitary U-Bend Side

or Sanitary U-Bend Vertical

2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.

3. Click in the direction of the end of the bend.
4. Select Up or Down.
5. Click in the direction of the branch.
The bend component is drawn.

Sanitary Wye Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Side
Command line: HYE
Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.

Place a side wye

1. Click a side wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye main.
The wye component is drawn.

484

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Sanitary Wye Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Vertical
Command line: VYE
Places a sanitary wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane.
This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.

Place a vertical wye

1. Click a vertical wye command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the wye branches.
The wye component is drawn.

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side
Command line: H3VE
Places a three-way valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.
ENgagement end - Places the engagement end of the valve at the start point.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Place a 3-way side valve

1. Click a three-way side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical
Command line: V3VE
Places a sanitary three-way valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center
of the valve is placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
FErrule branch end point - Places the ferrule end of the valve at the start point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

485

Toolbars
Place a 3-way vertical valve
1. Click a three-way vertical valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Sanitary Angle Valve Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Angle Valve Side
Command line: HANGE
Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
ENgagement end - Places the engagement end of the valve at the start point.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Place an angle side valve

1. Click an angle or relief side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

Victaulic
Plant menu: Toolbars > Victaulic
The commands on the Victaulic toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

486

Command Line

Pipe - Places a victaulic pipe component. For more

information, see Pipe (on page 375).

PIPW

Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell
(on page 375).

90LR

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell
(on page 376).

90SR

Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 377).

45LR

Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow 90RD

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90
Reducing Ell (on page 377).
Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow H90RD
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90
Reducing Ell (on page 392).
Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page
388).

11LR

Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page
389).

22LR

Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more TESW
information, see Plan Tee (on page 378).
Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee
(on page 378).

TERW

Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (on page
381).

CRSW

Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing
Cross (on page 382).

CCRW

Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more

information, see Plan Wye (on page 389).

YB

Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Plan Lateral (on page 382).

LATW

Plan Strainer - Places a strainer in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page 444).

TEFL

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

487

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in CONC

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer
(on page 380)
Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (on
page 380).

ECC

Victaulic Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Cap (on page 381).

CAPW

Victaulic Coupling - Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Coupling (on page 441).

CPS

Victaulic Flange - Places a flange in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 404).

FLGO

Victaulic Butterfly Valve - Places a butterfly valve

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Butterfly Valve (on page 420).

BFYF

Victaulic Check Valve - Places a check valve component

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Check Valve
(on page 419).

CHKF

Victaulic Ball Valve - Places a ball valve component in the BALF

X-Y plane. For more information, see Ball Valve (on page
417).
Victaulic Plug Valve - Places a plug valve component in
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plug Valve (on
page 419).

PLUF

The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name

Command Line

Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow

H90LR
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90
LR Ell (on page 390).
Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow
H90SR
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90
SR Ell (on page 391)

488

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y

H45LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 377).
Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y
V45LR
plane. For more information, see Vert 45 Ell (on page 392).
Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to
H11LR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on
page 399).
Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to
V11LR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on
page 399).
Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on
page 400).

H22LR

Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X- V22LR
Y plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page
400).
Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on
page 393).

HTESW

Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the VTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page
393).
Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with
the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Reducing Tee (on page 394).

HTERW

Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Reducing Tee (on page 394).

VTERW

Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the

branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Side Cross (on page 397).

HCRSW

Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross HCCRW

with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Side Reducing Cross (on page 397).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

489

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross

with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Reducing Cross (on page 397).

VCRRW

Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the

branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Wye (on page 401).

HYB

Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Wye (on page 401).

VYB

Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane

with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more
information, see Side Lateral (on page 398).

HLATW

Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral with the main

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Lateral (on page 398).

VLATW

Side Strainer - Places a strainer with the branch normal to HTEFL

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Side
(on page 451).
Vert Strainer - Places a strainer with the main normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee
Vertical (on page 451).

VTEFL

You must use one of the Victaulic default specifications that are supplied with CADWorx for the
icons to work on the toolbar.
This toolbar provides components manufactured by Victaulic Corporation. The Victaulic
specifications and data files have been provided by Victaulic and can be used to draw
components supplied by this company. The specifications supplied are for AWWA, IPS, 304,
316, and PFCS type components.

490

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Fittings
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket
weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded
and Socket
Weld
commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 27) to switch between these two
modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D
mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

Command Line

Thrd/SW Pipe - Places a threaded/socket pipe component. For PIPF

more information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (on page 496).
Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Nipple (on page 497).

NIP

Tube - Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. For more

information, see Tube (on page 498).

TUBE

Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90
Ell Plan (on page 499).

90S/90T

Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket street elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan (on page 499).

90SS/90ST

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 45
Ell Plan (on page 500).

45S/45T

Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan (on page 501).

90RS/90RT

Thrd/SW Tee Plan - Places a threaded/socket straight tee in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Plan
(on page 501).

TESS/TEST

Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket

reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan (on page 502).

TERS/TERT

Thrd/SW Conc Swage - Places a concentric reducer swage in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Conc
Swage (on page 502).

SWGC

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

491

Toolbars
Command Name

492

Command Line

Thrd/SW Ecc Swage - Places an eccentric reducer swage in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
(on page 503).

SWGE

Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub - Places a concentric reducer with

threaded hub in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub (on page 503).

SWGCT

Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric reducer with

threaded hub in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub (on page 504).

SWGET

Thrd/SW Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cap (on page 504).

CAPS/CAPT

Thrd/SW Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket

straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Cross Plan (on page 504).

CRSS/CRST

Thrd/SW Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Lateral Plan (on page 505).

LATS/LATT

Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded/socket plug in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on page 505).

PLGT

Thrd/SW Bush/Insert - Places a threaded/socket bushing in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
(on page 506).

BUSS/BUST

Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket full

coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Full Clpg Plan (on page 506).

CPS/CPT

Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket half

coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Half Clpg Plan (on page 507).

HCPS/HCPT

Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket

reducing coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan (on page 507).

CPRS/CPRT

Weld in Plan - Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Weldolet Weld in Plan (on page 507).

WOL

Thrd in Plan - Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Threadolet Thread in Plan (on page
508).

TOL

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

SW in Plan - Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan (on page
508).

SOL

EOL-Weld in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Weld in
Plan (on page 508).

EOLW

EOL-Thrd in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Thread in
Plan (on page 509).

EOLT

EOL-SW in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Socket
Weld in Plan (on page 509).

EOLS

LOL-Weld in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLW

plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Plan (on
page 509).
LOL-Thrd in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLT
plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in Plan (on
page 510).
LOL- SW in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan
(on page 510).

LOLS

Weld in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The

branch end of the fitting is plain. For more information, see
Nipolet Weld in Plan (on page 510).

NOLP

Thrd in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The

branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more information, see
Nipolet Thread in Plan (on page 511).

NOLT

Thrd/SW Union - Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Union (on page
511).

UNS/UNT

The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket
elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side (on page 511).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Command Line
H90S/H90T

493

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket street elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side (on page
512).

H90SS/H90ST

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side (on page 512).

H45S/H45T

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert (on page 513).

V45S/V45T

Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

H90RS/H90RT
threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side (on page 513).
Thrd/SW Tee Side - Places a threaded/socket straight tee
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Tee Side (on page 514).

HTESS/HTEST

Thrd/SW Tee Vert - Places a threaded/socket straight tee with

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Tee Vert (on page 514).

VTESS/VTEST

Thrd/SW Tee Red Side - Places a straight threaded/socket

HTERS/HTERT
reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Side (on page 515).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert - Places a threaded/socket reducing
straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert (on page 515).

VTERS/VTERT

Thrd/SW Cross Side - Places a four-way straight

HRCSS/HCRST
threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW Cross Side (on page 516).
Thrd/SW Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket
HLATS/HLATT
lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Side (on page 516).

494

Thrd/SW Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Vert (on page 517).

VLATS/VLATT

Thrd/SW Full Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket full

coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW Full Clpg End (on page 517).

VCPS/VCPT

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Thrd/SW Half Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket half

coupling component end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg End (on page 517).

VHCPS/VHCPT

Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket

reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End (on page 518).

VCPRS/VCPRT

Weld in Vertical - Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Weldolet Weld in Vertical (on
page 518).

VWOL

Thrd in Vertical - Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Threadolet Thread in Vertical
(on page 519).

VTOL

SW in Vertical - Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in
Vertical (on page 519).

VSO:

EOL-Weld in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y

plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Weld in Side (on page 519).

HEOLW

EOL-Weld in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLW

plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Weld in Vertical (on page 520).
EOL-Thrd in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y
plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Thread in Side (on page 520).

HEOLT

EOL-Thrd in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLT

plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Thread in Vertical (on page 521).
EOL-SW in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y
plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Socket Weld in Side (on page 521).

HEOLS

EOL-SW in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Socket Weld in Vertical (on page 521).

VEOLS

LOL-Weld in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Side
(on page 522).

HLOLW

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

495

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

LOL-Thrd in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in
Side (on page 522).

HLOLT

LOL- SW in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the HLOLS

X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in
Side (on page 523).
Weld in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y
plane. The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more
information, see Nipolet Weld in Vertical (on page 523).

VNOLP

Thrd in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more
information, see Nipolet Thread in Vertical (on page 523).

VNOLP

The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with
additional commands available.

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Thrd/SW Pipe
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe
Command line: PIPF
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded, the piping component has threaded ends.
If the drawing environment is set to a socket weld, the piping component has plain ends.
Ends - Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.
Threaded - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears
when the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec
Panel (on page 27).
Bevel - Used when working with welded components.
Plain - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec Panel
(on page 27).
last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Right - Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left - Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.

496

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a threaded/socket pipe
1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
4. If you receive a prompt for end types, type the option on the command line and press
ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.

Nipple
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Nipple
Command line: NIP
Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Defines the length of the fitting component.
Close - Reads the close distance as specified in the data file.
Ends - Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.

Threaded - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears
when the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec
Panel (on page 27).

Bevel - Used when working with welded components.

Plain - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec Panel
(on page 27).

Place a nipple
1. Click Nipple

. Alternatively, type NIP on the command line and then press ENTER.

2. Click to select a starting point.

3. Click to select an ending point.
4. Specify the end option for the start of the component.
5. Specify the end option for the end of the component.
The end options default depends on which options you have set.
The pipe nipple is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

497

Toolbars

Tube
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Tube
Command line: TUBE
Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. Different radii can be placed at each vertex of the
polyline, or you can define a common radius for all corners.
Use the Router
routing capabilities.

command on the RT Panel (on page 221) for useful 3D polyline

Tubing uses the pipe component entry within the CADWorx Plant specifications. Pipe and tubing
can be used concurrently. Tubing can occupy a range of 1/8 1/2, whereas regular pipe can
occupy 3/4 and above. Tubing can be set up as an optional component, or the specification can
be set up to only handle tubing.
After tubing is placed in the drawing, other components can be inserted into it. Like normal
piping, tubing also automatically breaks. Even after a component is inserted, the tubing remains
as one piece. When edited with CEDIT, the tubing attached to a single polyline also acts as one
piece.
Grouping is controlled by the PICKSTYLE environmental variable, which must be turned
on for the tubing to act as one piece. Alternatively, you can use the CADWorx GROUPTOG
command to turn the AutoCAD grouping control on or off. For more information, see Group
On/Off (on page 175).
Enter corner radius - Defines the radius to be used at each vertex.
Manual - Places individual radii at each corner of the selected polyline. The software pauses at
each vertex so that the radius can be defined. A rubber-banded line back to the actual vertex is
shown in the drawing.

Tubing is exported to a live database, and appears in the CADWorx Bill of Material as one
piece.

Tubing is exported to the CADWorx ISOGEN isometric generator and appears in the
ISOGEN material list.

Tubing is not exported to CAESAR II.

Tubing can be stretched only at the end point of the tube run by using the square grip point.
You can also use the plus grip points
to route pipe from the tubing.

Place tubing
1. Click Tube

. Alternatively, type TUBE on the command line and then press ENTER.

2. Type the required radius.

3. Select the 2D or 3D polyline.
The tubing is attached.

498

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90/S90T
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

Place a 90 degree plan elbow

1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan
Command line: 90SS/90ST
Places a 90 degree street elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Female - Places the female end of the elbow first.
Male - Places the male end of the elbow first.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Female end direction - Specifies the direction of the female end of the elbow.
Male end direction - Specifies the direction of the male end of the elbow.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

499

Toolbars
Place a 90 degree street plan elbow
1. Click Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan
then press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type 90SS on the command line and

If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type 90ST on the command line.
2. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male.
3. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
4. Click in the direction of the corner.
5. Click in the direction of the male end of the elbow.
If the male end is placed first, the system prompts you for placement of the female
end.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45S/45T
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

500

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan
Command line: 90RS/90RT
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Click a 90 degree reducing plan elbow component command.

To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select otherEnd.
Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Tee Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Plan
Command line: TESS/TEST
Places a threaded/socket straight tee in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.

Place a plan tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan tee command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

501

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan
Command line: TESS/TERT
Places a threaded/socket straight reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.

Place a plan tee

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan tee command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Conc Swage

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Conc Swage
Command line: SWGC
Places a concentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
Large end type - Specifies the end type connection at the large end of the swage.
Small end type - Specifies the end type connection at the small end of the swage.
This command reverses the main and reduction sizes automatically after execution.

Place a concentric reducer swage

1. Click Thrd/SW Conc Swage
press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type SWGC on the command line and then

2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
4. Specify the end type connection at the large end of the reducer.
Type the required alpha description.
5. Specify the end type connection at the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.

502

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Ecc Swage

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
Command line: SWGE
Places an eccentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
Large end type - Specifies the end type connection at the large end of the swage.
Small end type - Specifies the end type connection at the small end of the swage.
Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.
This command reverses the main and reduction sizes automatically after execution.

Place an eccentric reducer swage

1. Click Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
. Alternatively, type SWGE on the command line and then
press ENTER.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
5. Specify the end type connection at the large end of the reducer.
Type the required alpha description.
6. Specify the end type connection at the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub
Command line: SWGCT
Places a concentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.

Place a concentric reducer

1. Click a concentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

503

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub
Command line: SWGET
Places an eccentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.

Place an eccentric reducer

1. Click an eccentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
or
Select Small end, and press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the other end of the reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
The reducer component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Cap
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cap
Command line: CAPS/CAPT
Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.

Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Cross Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cross Plan
Command line: CRSS/CRST
Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Branch - Places the branch of the cross at the start point.

504

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a plan cross
1. Click a four-way straight cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Lateral Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Plan
Command line: LATS/LATT
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Branch - Places the branch of the cross at the start point.

Place a plan lateral

1. Click a plan lateral command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
The lateral component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLGT
Places a plug in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Cap end - Places the cap end of the component at the start point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

505

Toolbars
Place a plug
1. Click a plug component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the end point.
The plug component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS/BUST
Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.

Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan
Command line: CPS/CPT
Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Middle - Places the component at the centerline.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

506

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan
Command line: HCPS/HCPT
Places a half coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Plan end - Places the start point at the plan end.

Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan
Command line: CPRS/CPRT
Places a reducing coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Large - Places the large end at the start point.
Middle - Places the start point of the component at the centerline.
Small - Places the small end at the start point.

Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

Weldolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Plan
Command line: WOL
Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

507

Toolbars

Threadolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Plan
Command line: TOL
Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: SW in Plan
Command line: SOL
Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Elbowlet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Plan
Command line: EOLW
Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan elbowlet fitting

1. Click a plan elbowlet command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Click in the direction of the butt weld end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

508

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Elbowlet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Plan
Command line: EOLT
Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan elbowlet fitting

1. Click a plan elbowlet command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Click in the direction of the butt weld end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Plan
Command line: EOLS
Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is socket
welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan elbowlet fitting

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a plan elbowlet command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
Click in the direction of the butt weld end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Latrolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Weld in Plan
Command line: LOLW
Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan latrolet fitting

1. Click a plan latrolet command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main end of the fitting.
4. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

509

Toolbars

Latrolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Thrd in Plan
Command line: LOLT
Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan latrolet fitting

1. Click a plan latrolet command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main end of the fitting.
4. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-SW in Plan
Command line: LOLS
Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan latrolet fitting

1. Click a plan latrolet command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main end of the fitting.
4. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Nipolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Plan
Command line: NOLP
Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

510

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Nipolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Plan
Command line: NOLT
Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Union
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Union
Command line: UNT
Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the component at the centerline intersection of the union.

Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90S/H90T
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the start point at the corner of the elbow.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

511

Toolbars
Place a side or vertical elbow
1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe 90 Street Ell Side
Command line: H90S/H90ST
Places a 90 degree street elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Male - Starts the elbow at the male end point of the selected component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Male end direction - Specifies the direction of the male end of the elbow.

Place a 90 degree side street elbow

1. Click Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan
then press ENTER.

. Alternatively, type H90SS on the command line and

If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type H90ST on the command line.
2. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male.
3. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
4. Click in the direction of the corner.
5. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45S/H45T
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when
the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the start point at the corner of the elbow.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

512

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a side or vertical elbow
1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45S/V45T
Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the start point at the corner of the elbow.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

Place a side or vertical elbow

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side
Command line: H90RS/H90RT
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Small - Places the reducing end of the elbow at the start point.
Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

513

Toolbars
Place a side reducing elbow
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Click a side reducing plan elbow component command.

To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select Small.
Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Select Up or Down.
The elbow component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Tee Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Side
Command line: HTESS/HTEST
Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Tee Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Vert
Command line: VTESS/VTEST
Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.

514

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a vertical tee
1. Click a vertical tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Tee Red Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Side
Command line: HTERS/HTERT
Places a threaded/socket straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.

Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Select Up or Down.
The tee component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert
Command line: VTERS/VTERT
Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

515

Toolbars
Place a vertical tee
1. Click a vertical tee component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Cross Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cross Side
Command line: HCRSS/HCRST
Places a four-way straight threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.

Place a side cross

1. Click a four-way straight side cross command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Lateral Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Side
Command line: HLATS/HLATT
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a side lateral

1. Click a side lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

516

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Lateral Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATS/VLATT
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of
the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical lateral

1. Click a vertical lateral component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
4. Select Up or Down.
The lateral component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Full Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Full Clpg End
Command line: VCPS/VCPT
Places a full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the coupling in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the coupling in the negative Z direction.

Place a coupling end

1. Click a coupling end component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Half Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Half Clpg End
Command line: VHCPS/VHCPT
Places a half coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the coupling in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the coupling in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

517

Toolbars
Place a coupling end
1. Click a coupling end component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End
Command line: VCPRS/VCPRT
Places a reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the coupling in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the coupling in the negative Z direction.

Place a coupling end

1. Click a coupling end component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.

Weldolet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Vertical
Command line: VWOL
Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical fitting

1. Click a vertical fitting component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

518

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Threadolet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Vertical
Command line: VTOL
Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical fitting

1. Click a vertical fitting component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: SW in Vertical
Command line: VSOL
Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical fitting

1. Click a vertical fitting component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Elbowlet Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Side
Command line: HEOLW
Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting is
butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

519

Toolbars
Place a side elbowlet fitting
1. Click a side elbowlet component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Elbowlet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Vert
Command line: VEOLW
Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting
is butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a vertical elbowlet fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the buttweld end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Elbowlet Thread in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Side
Command line: HEOLT
Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting is
threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a side elbowlet fitting

1. Click a side elbowlet component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

520

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Elbowlet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Vert
Command line: VEOLT
Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting
is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

Place a vertical elbowlet fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the buttweld end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Side
Command line: HEOLS
Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting is
socket welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a side elbowlet fitting

1. Click a side elbowlet component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Vert
Command line: VEOLS
Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting
is socket welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

521

Toolbars
Place a vertical elbowlet fitting
1. Click a plan fitting component command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the buttweld end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.

Latrolet Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Weld in Side
Command line: HLOLW
Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt
welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a side latrolet fitting

1. Click a side latrolet component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Latrolet Thread in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Thrd in Side
Command line: HLOLT
Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a side latrolet fitting

1. Click a side latrolet component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

522

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Latrolet Socket Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-SW in Side
Command line: HLOLS
Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket
welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a side latrolet fitting

1. Click a side latrolet component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
4. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Nipolet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Vertical
Command line: VNOLP
Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a vertical fitting

1. Click a vertical fitting component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Nipolet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Vertical
Command line: VNOLP
Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

523

Toolbars
Place a vertical fitting
1. Click a vertical fitting component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Select Up or Down.
The fitting component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Valves
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket
weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded
and Socket
Weld
commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 27) to switch between the two
modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D
mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

Command Line

Thrd/SW Gate - Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in GATS/GATT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gate (on
page 526).
Thrd/SW Ball - Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ball (on
page 527).

BALS/BALT

Thrd/SW Globe - Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve GLBS/GLBT

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Globe (on
page 527).
Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in PLUS/PLUT
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on
page 528).

524

Thrd/SW Check - Places a threaded or socket weld check

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Check (on page 528).

CHKS/CHKT

Thrd/SW Needle - Places a threaded or socket weld needle

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Needle (on page 529).

NEDS/NEDT

Thrd/SW Diaphragm - Places a threaded or socket weld

diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Diaphragm (on page 529).

DIAS/DIAT

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Thrd/SW Rotary - Places a threaded or socket weld rotary

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Rotary (on page 530).

ROTS/ROTT

Thrd/SW Dual Check - Places a threaded or socket weld dual

check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Dual Check (on page 530).

DCHS/DCHT

Thrd/SW Control - Places a threaded or socket weld control

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Control (on page 531).

CNTS/CNTT

Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld three- 3VS/3VT

way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
3 Way Plan (on page 531).
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld four- 4VS/4VT
way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
4 Way Plan (on page 532).
Thrd/SW Relief Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90
RELS/RELT
degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the XY plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Relief Top (on
page 537).
Thrd/SW Angle Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90
ANGS/ANGT
degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Angle Top (on page 533).
Thrd/SW Gage - Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gage (on
page 533).

GAGS/GAGT

X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate BW
(on page 534).

EGAB

X-Body Gate Thrd - Places a threaded X-body style gate valve EGAT
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate Thrd
(on page 534).
X-Body Gate SW - Places a socket weld X-body style gate
valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate
SW (on page 535).

EGAS

The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

525

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Thrd/SW 3 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld three- H3VS/H3VT

way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Side (on page 535).
Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical - Places a threaded or socket weld
three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical (on page 536).

V3VS/V3VT

Thrd/SW 4 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld four- H4VS/H4VT

way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 4 Way Side (on page 536).
Thrd/SW Relief Side - Places a threaded or socket weld 90
degree relief valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Relief Side (on page 532).

HRELS/HRELT

Thrd/SW Pressure Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90

degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Pressure
Top.

VRELS/VRELT

Thrd/SW Angle Side - Places a threaded or socket weld angle HANGS/HANGT

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Angle Side (on page 537).
The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with
additional commands available.

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Thrd/SW Gate
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gate
Command line: GATS/GATT
Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

526

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Ball
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Ball
Command line: BALS/BALT
Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Globe
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Globe
Command line: GLBS/GLBT
Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

527

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLUS/PLUT
Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Check
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Check
Command line: CHKS/CHKT
Places a threaded or socket weld check valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

528

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Needle
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Needle
Command line: NEDS/NEDT
Places a threaded or socket weld needle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Command line: DIAS/DIAT
Places a threaded or socket weld diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

529

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Rotary
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Rotary
Command line: ROTS/ROTT
Places a threaded or socket weld rotary valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Dual Check

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Dual Check
Command line: DCHS/DCHT
Places a threaded or socket weld dual check valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

530

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW Control
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Control
Command line: CNTS/CNTT
Places a threaded or socket weld control valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Length - Specifies the length of the component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan
Command line: 3VS/3VT
Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.
Branch - Places the branch of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

531

Toolbars
Place a 3-way plan valve
1. Click a three-way valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press
ENTER to connect to the last point and skip the next step.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve. This prompt only appears when you are not
connecting to a component in the model.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan
Command line: 4VS/4VT
Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.

Place a 4-way plan valve

1. Click a four-way plan valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press
ENTER to connect to the last point.
3. Click in the direction of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Relief Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Relief Side
Command line: RELS/RELT
Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree relief valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Relief - Places the relief end of the valve at the start point.
Pressure - Places the pressure end of the valve at the start point.

532

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a relief side valve
1. Click a relief valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the relief end of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Angle Top

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Angle
Command line: ANGS/ANGT
Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.

Place an angle top valve

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click an angle valve component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Click in the direction of the corner.
Click in the direction of the branch end of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Gage
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gage
Command line: GAGS/GAGT
Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve in the X-Y plane
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at its center.

To pick the outlet locations of the gage valve, use the MIDpoint of OSnap command and
then pick the sides on the outlet end.
Because there is no way to accurately locate the outlets in 3D, first draw the component in
2D and then use the CONVERTSOLID command to convert the valve component to 3D
solids.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

533

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

X-Body Gate BW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate BW
Command line: EGAB
Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

X-Body Gate Thrd

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: X-Body Gate Thrd
Command line: EGAT
Places a threaded X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.

534

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

X-Body Gate SW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate SW
Command line: EGAS
Places a socket weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created
component.

Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.

For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 370).

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

Thrd/SW 3 Way Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Side
Command line: H3VS/H3VT
Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y
plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

535

Toolbars
Place a 3-way side valve
1. Click a three-way side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical
Command line: V3VS/V3VT
Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.

Place a 3-way vertical valve

1. Click a three-way vertical valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

Thrd/SW 4 Way Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 4 Way Side
Command line: H4VS/H4VT
Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y
plane.
last point - Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created
component.
Middle - Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.

Place a 4-way side valve

1. Click a four-way side valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
3. Click in the direction of the valve.
The valve component is drawn.

536

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Relief Top

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Relief Top
Command line: HRELS/HRELT
Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to
the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Relief - Places the start point at the relief end.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Place a relief top valve

1.
2.
3.
4.

Click a relief valve component command.

Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

Thrd/SW Angle Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Angle Side
Command line: HANGS/HANGT
Places a threaded or socket weld angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
Up - Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Place an angle side valve

1. Click an angle or relief side valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
4. Select Up or Down.
The valve component is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

537

Toolbars

Gaskets, Etc.
Plant menu: Toolbars > Gaskets, Etc.
Command Name

Command Line

Tick Mark - Creates a dimension tick mark. For more

information, see Tick Mark (on page 236).

TICK

Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected

location. For more information, see Standard (on page 219).

STDBOLT

Non Standard - Places non standard stud bolts at the

NONSTDBOLT
selected location. For more information, see Non Standard (on
page 219).
Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT
gasket. For more information, see Automatic (on page 216).
Gasket - Places a gasket. For more information, see Gasket
(on page 538).

GAS

Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information, see

Weld Gap (on page 539).

WELD

The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with
additional commands available.

Gasket
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Gasket
Command line: GAS
Places a gasket. The gasket is composed of two different entities. First is an inserted block that
is located at the insert point. Another inserted block is placed on the other side of the gasket.
The GASR contains Xdata information for Bill of Materials extraction. GASL is a plain insert
without information. When you use mode conversion to convert components to another mode in
a Z-plane position, the GASL insert is destroyed. When you convert the single GASR insert in
the proper X and Y planes, both sides of the gasket are created again.
The shape of the gasket allows for other uses, as explained below.
The half circle on the outer portion of both inserts allow for easy picking for dimensioning. For
example, when dimensioning, select Osnap, CENter of, and pick the center of circle which is the
exact corner of the face of flange). You should find that it is relatively easy to select the center of
the circle from a zoomed out view.
For placing a flange face against the gasket, you can select Osnap, ENDpoint of, and select the
side of the gasket to place the flange perfectly in position. This provides a method of placing the
flange when the last point option is no longer available.
This routine is also used for ring type joints. The data files for rings have an extra column
indicating the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional column and adds this ring
number to the bill of materials description. The distance between the faces of adjoining flanges
(under compression) are used in this file instead of the actual depth of the ring.

538

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Insert a gasket
1. Click Gasket

2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to
select the last point of the previously-placed component.
3. Click in the required direction.
The software inserts a gasket at the selected location.
The same procedure can be used to place ring type joints. The data files for rings have
an extra column, which indicates the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional
column, and adds this ring number to the Bill of Materials description. The distance between the
faces of adjoining flanges (under compression) is used in this file instead of the actual depth of
the ring.
You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 51) in Piping Rules under Setup
.

Weld Gap
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Weld Gap
Command line: WELD
Creates weld gaps for detailed pipe fabrication. Weld gaps are controlled by the currently
defined specification and are placed according to size and/or schedule.
last point - Places the weld gap at the last point of the previously-created component.
Each specification has data files that provide different thicknesses.

Define a weld gap

1. Click Weld Gap

2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to
select the last point of the previously-placed component.
3. Click in the required direction.
The software creates a weld gap.
Use Osnap > Insert and select any portion of the weld gap symbol to start a new pipe or
component from the weld gap
You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the
Apply Weld Insertion Rule (on page 50) in Piping Rules under Setup
.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

539

Toolbars

Pipe Ends
Plant menu: Toolbars > Pipe Ends
Command Name

Command Line

Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a flange

O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (on page 253)

ENDFLG

Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain end ENDPLAIN

of a pipe. For more information, see Plain End (on page 253).
Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the hidden ENDHIDDEN
end of a pipe. For more information, see Hidden End (on page
253).
Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe end
of a pipe. For more information, see Pipe End (on page 254).

ENDPIPE

Restraints
Plant menu: > Toolbars > Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
Command Name

Command Line

Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For

more information, see Translational (on page 261).

TRANSLATIONAL

Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more

information, see Anchor (on page 262).

ANCHOR

Spring Hanger - Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For

more information, see Spring Hanger (on page 262).

SPRING

Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more

information, see Rotational (on page 263).

ROTATIONAL

Snubber - Creates a Snubber-type restraint. For more

information, see Snubber (on page 263).

SNUBBER

Guide - Creates a Guide-type restraint. For more information, GUIDE

see Guide (on page 264).
The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.

540

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be redrawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.

The CAESARIITolerance (on page 36) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.

All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to ISOGEN. To export a different symbol to ISOGEN, use the ISOGEN Data dialog box (on
page 73) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are ANCH, DUCK, GUID, SKID,
SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample ISOGEN shapes used with these
SKEYS, see the ISOGEN Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which is delivered as a PDF file to
the [Product Folder]\ISOGEN\Isogen_Utils folder.

You can also use the ISOGEN Data dialog box to change the support direction.

Misc
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Use the Threaded
and Socket Weld
commands on the Setup Size/Spec
Panel (on page 27) to switch between these two modes for SW/Thrd Plan and SW/Thrd Side.
The commands on the Misc toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 370).
Command Name

Command Line

Flanged Plan - Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y

STRF
plane. For more information, see Flanged Plan (on page 543).
SW/Thrd Plan - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer
component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
SW/Thrd Plan (on page 544).

STRT

Create - Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape

components. For more information, see User Shapes (on
page 176).

USERCREATE

User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y plane. USE1
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 176).
User Shape 2 - Places user created shape 2 in the X-Y plane. USE2
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 176).
User Shape 3 - Places user created shape 3 in the X-Y plane. USE3
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 176).
User Shape 4 - Places user created shape 4 in the X-Y plane. USE4
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 176).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

541

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

User Shape 5 - Places user created shape 5 in the X-Y plane. USE5
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 176).
Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on
page 544).

BLD

Spec Bld Side - Places a blind spectacle in the drawing

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle
Blind Side (on page 545).

SPCT

Reinforcing Pad - Inserts information indicating a

REINFPAD
reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad
(on page 260).
Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts information indicating a
reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
Saddle (on page 260).

REINFSAD

Expansion Joint - Places an expansion joint in the drawing in EXPF

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Expansion Joint (on
page 545).
Rigid Element - Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing.
For more information, see Rigid Element (on page 546).

ELEMENT

Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic

AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see
Generic Attach (on page 202).

GENERIC

Stop Sign - Places ISOGEN stop sign symbols in the

drawing. For more information, see Stop Sign (on page 124).

STOPSIGN

The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Command Name

Command Line

Flanged Side - Places a flanged pipe component normal to

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Side (on
page 546).

HSTRF

SW/Thrd Side - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer

component normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see SW/Thrd Side (on page 547).

HSTRT

Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main normal VSPCT
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind
Vertical (on page 547).
The arrow in the lower right corner of the button indicates a flyout for more options.

542

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.

Flanged Plan
Misc toolbar: Flanged Plan
Command line: STRF
Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Specifies the length of the component.
Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Main end - Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end - Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.

Place a plan flange pipe

1. Click Flanged Plan

. Alternatively, type STRF, and press ENTER.

2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a main end direction.
4. Select branch direction.
The flanged plan pipe is placed.

Auto Routing from the strainer lateral

1. Select the strainer in the drawing.
2. Click the grip point

to autoroute from the lateral.

The piping component list displays.

3. Select Pipe or Nipple.
The sizes list for the pipes or nipples displays.
4. Select the size.
The pipe or nipple displays in the drawing with a Tap Connection automatically added.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

543

Toolbars

SW/Thrd Plan
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Plan
Command line: STRT
Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Specifies the length of the component.
Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd - Place the start point of the component at the other end.
Main end - Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end - Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.

Place a side socket weld threaded pipe

1. Click SW/Thrd Plan

. Alternatively, type STRT, and press ENTER.

2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a main end direction.
4. Select branch direction.
The plan socket weld/threaded pipe is placed.

Bleed Ring or Spacer

Misc toolbar: Bleed Ring
Lined toolbar: Lined Spacer
Command line: BLD
Places a bleed ring or spacer in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Specifies the length of the bleed ring.

Place a bleed ring

1. Click Bleed Ring

. Alternatively, type BLD, and press ENTER.

2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a direction in the drawing.
The bleed ring is placed.

544

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

Spectacle Blind Side

Misc toolbar: Spec Bld Side
Command line: SPCT
Places a blind spectacle normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Open - Places the start point at the open end.
Close - Places the start point at the closed end.
Thickness - Specifies the thickness of the blind spectacle.

Place a side blind spectacle

1. Click Spec Bld Side

. Alternatively, type SPCT, and press ENTER.

2. Type T for thickness, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
thickness, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Select a direction in the drawing.
The side blind spectacle is placed.

Reinforcing Saddle
Miscellaneous toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle
Command line: REINFSAD
Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement
saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that
is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
For more information, see Insert a reinforcement saddle (on page 261).

Expansion Joint
Misc toolbar: Expansion Joint
Command line: EXPF
Places an expansion joint in the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Specifies the length of the expansion joint.

Place an expansion joint

1. Click Expansion Joint
. Alternatively, type EXPF, and press ENTER.
2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a direction in the drawing.
The expansion joint is placed.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

545

Toolbars

Rigid Element
Misc toolbar: Rigid Element
Command line: ELEMENT
Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing.
Used with CAESAR II (pipe stress analysis software) when a rigid component is required. This is
convenient when using a rigid from the base of a pump to the pump discharge piping, or placing
a rigid as a structural member that might be supporting the pipe.
When using the CAESAR II bi-directional link or importing a stress input file, rigids can be
automatically placed. These rigids are used by the bi-directional link and should not be modified
in any manner. They can be moved with a piping system, but they need to remain in their
relative location. They are often used when the length of a CAESAR II component does not
match the components contained within CADWorx.
These elements are represented with a polyline that has pointed ends. Specify where rigid
elements display from the LayerByLineNumber (on page 39) configuration setting.

Place a rigid element

1. Click Rigid Element
. Alternatively, type ELEMENT, and press ENTER.
2. Select a start point.
3. Select a second point.
The rigid element is placed.

Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.

Flanged Side
Misc toolbar: Flanged Side
Command line: HSTRF
Places a pipe component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Specifies the length of the component.
Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch direction in the negative the Z direction.

Place a side flange pipe

1. Click Flanged Side

. Alternatively, type HSTRF, and press ENTER.

2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Select Up or Down.
The side flanged pipe is placed.

546

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

SW/Thrd Side
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Side
Command line: HSTRT
Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Length - Specifies the length of the component.
Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe

1. Click SW/Thrd Side

. Alternatively, type HSTRT, and press ENTER.

2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a direction in the drawing.
4. Select Up or Down.
The socket weld threaded pipe is placed.

Spectacle Blind Vertical

Misc toolbar: Spec Bld Vert
Command line: VSPCT
Places a vertical blind spectacle side in the X-Y plane.
Open - Places the start point at the open end.
Close - Places the start point at the closed end.
Thickness - Specifies the thickness of the blind spectacle.

Place a vertical blind spectacle

1. Click Spec Bld Vert

. Alternatively, type VSPCT, and press ENTER.

2. Type T for thickness, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
thickness, follow the prompts back to this step for the start point.
3. Select a point in the drawing.
4. Select Up or Down.
The blind spectacle is drawn.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

547

Toolbars

Operators
Plant menu: Toolbars > Operators
Command Name

Command Line

Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn in

the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 197).

TOPWORKSADD

Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or deletes

top works already associated with a valve. For more
information, see Top Works Change (on page 198).

TOPWORKSCHANGE

Line Numbers
Plant menu: Toolbars > Line Numbers
Command Name

Command Line

Line Number Setup - Modifies any line number configuration. NUMBERSETUP

For more information, see Setup (on page 146).

548

Line Number Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers

to existing components. For more information, see Assign (on
page 149).

NUMBERASSIGN

Line Number Annotate - Labels components with existing

line numbers. For more information, see Annotate (on page
150).

NUMBERANNOTATE

Line Number By - Sets the line number from one of three

sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a selected
component. For more information, see Set (on page 147).

NUMBERSET

Line Number Count - Sets the present line number count

value. For more information, see Count (on page 148).

NUMBERCOUNT

Line Number Increment - Increases the line number count

value. For more information, see Increment (on page 149).

NUMBER+

Line Number Decrement - Decreases the line number count

value. For more information, see Decrement (on page 149).

NUMBER-

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars

UCS
Plant menu: Toolbars > UCS
Command Name
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat
position. For more information, see Flat (on page 267).

Command Line
VIEWFLAT

North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north VIEWNORTH
position. For more information, see North (on page 268).
South - Places the current user coordinate system in the
south position. For more information, see South (on page
269).

VIEWSOUTH

East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east

position. For more information, see East (on page 270).

VIEWEAST

West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west

position. For more information, see West (on page 269).

VIEWWEST

Next - Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS

UCSNEXT
positions. For more information, see UCS Next (on page 268).
UCS Object - Orients the UCS according to an object you
select. For more information, see UCS Object (on page 270).

UCS

Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates

the Point and Shoot orientation. For more information, see
Compass (on page 268).

COMPASS

Steel
Plant menu: Toolbars > Steel
Command Name
Wide Flange - Places a wide flange shape. For more
information, see Wide Flange Shapes (on page 274).

Command Line
WSHAPE

Channel - Places a channel shape. For more information, see CSHAPE

Channel Shapes (on page 275).
Angle - Places an angle shape. For more information, see
Angle Shapes (on page 276).

LSHAPE

Double Angle - Places a double angle shape. For more

information, see Angle Double Shape (on page 285).

2LSHAPE

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

549

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Tee - Places a tee shape. For more information, see Tee

Shapes (on page 277).

TSHAPE

Flat Bar - Places a flat bar shape. For more information, see
Flat Bar Shapes (on page 280).

FBSHAPE

Round Bar - Places a round bar shape. For more information, RBSHAPE
see Round Bar Shapes (on page 281).

550

Structural Pipe - Places a pipe shape. For more information,

see Pipe Shapes (on page 278).

PSHAPE

Structural Tubing - Places a rectangular tube shape. For

more information, see Tube Shapes (on page 279).

TSSHAPE

Z Shape - Places a zee shape. For more information, see Z

Shapes (on page 284).

ZSHAPE

Channel Lip - Places a channel shape with a lip. For more

information, see Channel Shape with Lip (on page 282).

CLIPSHAPE

Angle Lip - Places an angle shape with a lip. For more

information, see Angle Shape with Lip (on page 283).

LLIPSHAPE

Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information,

see Plate (on page 288).

SPLATE

Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the end of

a member. For more information, see Base Plate (on page
290).

SBPLATE

Cope - Cuts a member back to other members. For more

information, see Steel - Cope (on page 318).

SCOPE

Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more

information, see Cut (on page 319).

SCUT

Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For

more information, see Miter (on page 318).

SMITER

Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union

(on page 320).

SUNION

Local Edit - Edits a selected member. For more information,

see Edit (on page 320).

SCEDIT

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Set Size by Component - Sets the steel size by selecting an

existing component in the model. For more information, see
Set Size by Component (on page 295).

COMP2STEEL

Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of

members. For more information, see Auto Cope (on page
329).

SAUTOCOPE

Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can use SFRAME
to build structural steel models. For more information, see
Steel - Frame Creation (on page 306).
Ladder - Places ladders, with or without cages, in the
drawing. For more information, see Ladder (on page 309).

SLADDER

Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, see

Stair (on page 313).

SSTAIR

Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more

information, see Handrail (on page 312).

SHRAIL

Settings
Plant menu: Toolbars > Settings
Command Name

Command Line

Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current

drawings. For more information, see Setup (on page 28).

SETUP

Specification - Specifies a drawing specification file. For

more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page
46).

SETSPEC

Main Size - Specifies main and reduction sizes. For more

information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 46).

SETSIZE

Size - Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a

component. For more information, see Size (on page 60).

COMP2SIZE

Spec - Specifies the current specification by selecting a

component. For more information, see Spec (on page 60).

COMP2SPEC

Size-Spec - Specifies the main size, reduction size, and

specification by selecting a component. For more information,
see Size-Spec (on page 61).

COMP2SIZESPEC

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

551

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a

COMP2LINE
component that you select. For more information, see Line (on
page 151).
All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and COMP2ALL
line number by selecting a component with the needed values.
For more information, see All (on page 61).
Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more
information, see Settings (on page 85).

CURRENT

2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D

double line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(on page 81) and 2D Double Line (on page 82).

CONVERTDOUBLE

2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single

line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page
81) and 2D Single Line (on page 82).

CONVERTSINGLE

3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID

For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 81) and 3D
Solids (on page 82).
Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to
isometric mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on
page 81) and Convert Isometric (on page 82).

CONVERTISO

Threaded - Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based

components. For more information, see Threaded (on page
84).

Socket Weld - Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for

hub-based components. For more information, see Socket
Weld (on page 84).

Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT

For more information, see Local Edit (on page 70).

552

Xref Component Edit - Views sizes or information within the

component XREF. For more information, see Xref Edit (on
page 85)

XCEDIT

Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components.

For more information, see Global Edit (on page 79).

GCEDIT

Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For

more information, see Auto Connect (on page 174).

CONNECTOG

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Toolbars
Command Name

Command Line

Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more

information, see Zoom Lock (on page 214).

ZOOMLOCK

Optional Items - Places a component when the component

type in the specification has an optional component. For more
information, see Optional Items (on page 59).

SPECOPTION

Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline

of the component with the accompanying graphics. For more
information, see Group On/Off (on page 175).

GROUPTOG

Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off.

For more information, Select Control (on page 329).

SELECTCONTROL

Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawings

Palettes
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Command Name
Spec View - Filters the available components based on the
size and specification settings. For more information, see
Spec View Palette (on page 88).

Command Line
SPECVIEW

Line View -Isolates components based on their line number or LINEVIEW

their specification. For more information, see Line View
Palette (on page 91).
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add,
modify and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see
Insulation View Palette (on page 100).

INSULATIONVIEW

Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD 3D CLASHVIEW

solids in the current drawing as well as any attached XREF
drawings. For more information, see Clash View Palette (on
page 111).
Pipe Support Modeler Report - Generates a report of all pipe PIPESUPPORTREPORT
supports found in the selection or in the entire model. For
more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 106).
Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of modeling
issues. For more information, see Discontinuity View Palette
(on page 104).

DISCONTINUITYVIEW

P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a PIDVIEW
project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Palette (on page 107).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

553

Toolbars

554

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

APPENDIX A

Specification and Data Files

CADWorx Plant specification files (.prj) are delivered in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder.
You can relocate these files to other local or network folders:

Change the location of the Spec folder by modifying the SpecificationDirectory (on page 42)
variable stored in the current configuration settings.

Editing Component Data Files

CADWorx Plant uses a component data text file to determine the correct dimensions of
components. When you select a component, the software checks the current specification,
retrieves data from the correct data file, and draws the component.
Use the Spec Editor
to create new data files for components and the needed component
sizes. The data file structure that is required for each component is provided in the DataFile.tbl
file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. This file is used to generate template data. For
more information, see the Spec Editor documentation delivered with CADWorx.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

555

Specification and Data Files

556

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

APPENDIX B

AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant

In This Appendix
Modifying a User Profile ................................................................ 557
Creating a Base Profile .................................................................. 558
Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with CADWorx Plant
Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database ......... 560

558

Modifying a User Profile

You can run CADWorx Plant from any network or local folder by manually creating or modifying
a user profile and modifying the search paths in the profile.
CADWorx runs within AutoCAD by using the AutoCAD user profile command line switch, /P. A
user profile shortcut is created when Plant is installed. For example, if AutoCAD is installed in
the C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD folder, a shortcut is created for CADWorx Plant. The
value of Target on the Shortcut tab of the Properties dialog box for the shortcut is:
"C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD\acad.exe" /P "Profile Name"
Manually create a profile by modifying the support file search paths and the template file
location.
1. In Plant, click Tools > Options.
The Options dialog box appears.
2. On the Files tab, expand Support File Search Path in the Search paths, file names, and
file locations list.
The [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder is listed first, as shown in the example below.

The acad.rx file is in the support folder. AutoCAD uses acad.rx to load the Plant menus,
toolbars, and panels.
3. Select the folder name and type the new folder path.
4. Manually create the new support folder and copy the acad.rx file to this folder.
5. On the Files tab, expand Template Settings > Drawing Template File Location.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

557

AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant

The [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder is listed first, as shown in the example below.

6. Select the folder name and type the new folder path.
7. Click OK.
To set up a profile for another user login on the same computer, run Start > All
Programs > CADWorx > Plant > Setup Profile - Plant.

Creating a Base Profile

To create a base profile, you can copy the AutoCAD icon or Plant icon, and specify a profile.
This profile is based on the default AutoCAD profile.
1. Make a copy of the Plant shortcut on the desktop.
2. Right-click the shortcut and select Properties.
The Properties dialog box appears.
3. On the Shortcut tab, replace the value after /P in Target with the new profile name. For
example:
"C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD - English\acad.exe" /P UserBase
You can use any name that is not used on the Profile tab of the Options dialog box
(Tools > Options) in AutoCAD. Use quotes around the profile name if it contains spaces.
4. Click OK.
5. Double-click the shortcut to start the software.
AutoCAD creates a new profile based on the software defaults.

Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with

CADWorx Plant
You can run CADWorx Plant and the standalone version of CADWorx Equipment
simultaneously within the same AutoCAD session. This is necessary when equipment created
with Equipment needs to be modified while in the Plant drawing session.
1. In Plant, click Tools > Options.
The Options dialog box displays.
2. On the Files tab, expand the Support File Search Path item.

558

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant

3. Click Add, and browse to the CADWorx Equipment support directory. An example is shown
in the figure below.

4. Close CADWorx Plant.

5. Start Windows Explorer and browse to the CADWorx Plant support directory (for example,
C:\CADWorx Version\ Plant\Support).
6. Locate the file acad.rx file, and open it using a text editor.
7. Type CADWorxEquipment.arx into this file below the entry for CADWorxPlant.arx.

If CADWorxEquipment.arx is above CADWorxPlant.arx, CADWorx Plant tool tips do

not function.
8. Start CADWorx Plant.
CADWorx Equipment starts simultaneously.
9. If the Equipment menu does not load, run the LOADMENUEQUIP command.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

559

AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant

Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live

Database
This following AutoCAD commands are monitored by CADWorx for live external database
synchronization. When any of the commands are used, CADWorx automatically updates a live
external database.

Erase and Undo Commands

These commands remove and restore graphic entities and mark rows in the database. If a
CADWorx component is deleted from the drawing, the row from the database is deleted when
the drawing file is closed.

ERASE
U
UNDO
REDO
MREDO
OOPS
BLOCK
-WBLOCK
EXPLODE
CUTCLIP
GROUP

Copy Commands
These commands add new graphic entities to the model.

COPY
BREAK
ARRAY
GRIP_COPY
GRIP_MIRROR
EXPLODE
MIRROR
PASTECLIP
PASTEORIG
DROPGEOM

Move Commands
These commands move the graphic entities in the model.

560

MOVE
GRIP_STRETCH
STRETCH
DROPGEOM

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

APPENDIX C

Update History
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2014 SP1
Software Enhancements

You can view ISOGEN continuation graphics by setting the

ISOGENContinuationGraphicsCount variable. For more information, see
ISOGENContinuationGraphicsCount (on page 38).

Updated the Nozzle Generic Attach command to improve the overall application of the
option. For more information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 200).

You can now use alpha characters in the spool, mark, and sheet number in the ISOGEN
Data dialog box. For more information, see ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 73).

You can now turn off updates for Custom Data, and Line Number in the Apply Change
Data Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 54).

SP1 Improvements

Improved the Change Specification command to provide you a list of components in the
case of multiple matching components. For more information, see Change Specification (on
page 68).

Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2014

Software Enhancements

Updated the Pipe Support Palette to reflect the new Specification Editor Pipe Support
changes and the use of dynamic pipe supports. This option also enables new pipe supports
on tees. For more information, see Support Modeler Palette (on page 94).

Tees can now be converted to crosses after routing by using the grip point on the main of
the tee.

Reducers can now have branches routed from the side with the added grip point.

Multiple components can now move simultaneously by using the MOVECOMPONENT

command. For more information, see Continue Routing (on page 223).

Tubing can now be stretched only by using the square grip point at the end point of the tube
run. Also pipe can be routed from an existing tube. For more information, see Tube (on page
498).

Center of Gravity has now been updated. All center of gravity calculations can be completed
within a single dialog box. For more information, see C.G. Generator (on page 171).

Generic Attach has been updated to include the BOM Mark Point and the CG Location,
enabling you to select a point for the Center of Gravity. For more information, see Generic
Attach (on page 202) and Steel - Generic Attachment (on page 295).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

561

Update History

562

OrthoGen capability has been added to CADWorx. For more information, see OrthoGen
Panel (on page 143).

Gaskets, Bolts, and Welds have been enhanced for appearance. They now appear as they
would in a real world environment when in enhanced mode.

There have been ISOGEN identifiers added to the ISOGEN Export Options for user shapes.
For more information, see ISOGEN Export Options (on page 182).

You can now set a minimum spacing rule for the O-Lets. For more information, see Apply Olet Minimum Spacing Rule (on page 55).

You can now have custom data that is attached to components appear in the data. You can
also isolate components based on this custom data. A Custom Data button has been added
to the Component Edit dialog box and the Global CEdit dialog box. For more information,
see Local Edit (on page 70), Global Edit (on page 79), Component Custom Data Dialog Box
(on page 78) and Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 80).

You can now review changes you have made to a database when you synchronize by
setting the SyncOnStartUp variable to Synchronize with Changes Review. For more
information, see SyncOnStartUp (on page 44) and Synchronize Pipe Database (on page
169).

You can now set the Routing Mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information,
Setup (on page 28).

You can now isolate the reverse of the selected items in the CADWorx Line View palette.
You can also manage your isolation in the Line View Isolation Properties Manager added
to the CADWorx Line View palette. You can set the file created in the Line View Isolation
Properties Manager to a default by setting it in the LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
variable. This also allows you to isolate based on custom data. For more information, see
Line View Palette (on page 91), Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 92),
Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 93), and LineViewIsolationSettingsFile (on
page 41).

You can now break pipes into segments and change segmented pipe to non-segmented
pipe. For more information, see Join Pipe (on page 175) and Break Pipe (on page 200).

You can now change the elevation of placed piping in the drawing. For more information,
see Change Elevation (on page 207).

You can now generic attach for nozzles using the ENGENERIC command. For more
information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 200).

You can now enable the RepeatFile in ISOGEN which enables start and split locations for
consecutive ISOGEN outputs. Set the ISOGENSetting variable to control the import of the
repeat file data. The number of sheets is then added to the ISOGEN Data dialog box. For
more information, see ISOGENSetting (on page 38) and ISOGEN Out (on page 118).

Intersecting piping components can now be converted. Options are presented to you when a
piping component crosses another component. If you selected None from the list, you can
use the CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS command to convert the intersecting piping. For
more information, see Convert Intersected Piping (on page 84).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Update History
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013 R2
Software Enhancements

You can now convert CADWorx legacy drawings using

CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS. For more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing
(on page 55) and CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box (on page
56).

You can now review drawings for legacy components using

REVIEWLEGACYCOMPONENTS. For more information, see Find Legacy Components
Dialog Box (on page 58).

You can now have CADWorx automatically add couplings between components with the
Apply Auto Coupling Rule. For more information, see Apply Auto Coupling Rule (on page
52) in Piping Rules (on page 49).

You can now have CADWorx automatically check the line number when inserting
components in a line with the Apply Line Number Rule. For more information, see Apply
Line Number Rule (on page 53) in Piping Rules (on page 49).

You can now decide which items CADWorx automatically updates when using the Change
Size, Change Spec, or automatic update of data options with the Apply Change Data
Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule (on page 54).

You can now have CADWorx audit your data on startup to check for removed XDATA using
AuditDataOnStartup variable. For more information, see AuditDataOnStartup (on page 33).

You can now see which components have had XDATA removed by using the
CWSHOWNOXD command. For more information, see Show Removed XDATA (on page
33).

You can now restore XDATA to components that have had XDATA removed by using the
CWADDXD command. For more information, see Restore XDATA (on page 33).

Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013 R1

You can display help by typing MANUAL on the command line. For more information, see
Online Help (on page 23).

You can now select your drawing environment type by the Drawing Prototype variable. For
more information, see Drawing Prototype (on page 32).

You can now convert components into 3D Enhanced mode. For more information, see
Convert to 3D enhanced (on page 83).

You can now update the project data of components in your drawing by using the
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA command. For more information, see Convert from project data
(on page 83).

You can now change CADWorx Components to AutoCAD 3D solids with xdata by using the
CWEXPLODE command. For more information, see CWexplode (on page 84).

You can now edit the assembly path of an assembly using the ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS
command. For more information, see Edit an assembly path (on page 115).

You can now redefine connection points for a user shape by using the EDITUSERSHAPE
command. For more information, see Edit by redefining connection points (on page 181).

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

563

Update History

You can now use the PIPW1 (Buttweld pipe), PIPF1 (Socket Weld or Threaded pipe), and
PIPFL1 (Flanged pipe) commands to draw single pipe components. For more information,
see Pipe (on page 375).

ElbowCenterLines are only available in 2D and Isometric modes. For more information, see
ElbowCenterLine (on page 37).

Detail information has been added to LayerByLineNumber. For more information, see
LayerByLineNumber (on page 39).

You can now reload a project file after changes have been made by clicking Reload File.
For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 46).

You can now stop xdata from appearing in the bill of materials or components by using the
CONVERTEXISTING command. This command was previously known as the EXIST
command. For more information, see Convert Existing (on page 83).

You can now refresh your project from changes made to your selected specification by
clicking Reload*.prj File. For more information, see Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View
Palette) (on page 88).

You can now reload the global file by right clicking and selecting Reload Global File. For
more information, see Assembly View Palette (on page 113).

Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013

564

You can now change the size of components by using the CHANGESIZE command. For
more information, see Change Size (on page 61).

You can now change the specification of components by using the CHANGESPEC
command. For more information, see Change Specification (on page 68).

You can now create assemblies using the CADWorx Assembly Manager. For more
information, see Assembly View Palette (on page 113).

You can now auto route all components using the ROUTE command. For more information,
see Auto Route (on page 221).

You can now set Piping Rules for CADWorx. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 49) in Setup (on page 28).

Toolbars (on page 369) contain more information on how to model in 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 370), Plane versus Isometrics view modes (on page 370), the
Compass (on page 370), and on Connecting to components (on page 370) for the new
features in CADWorx.

You can now change the variable setting in the Configuration Settings in CADWorx Plant
Setup. For more information, see Configuration Settings (on page 31).

You can now set your specification and size in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more
information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 46).

You can now update your configuration layers in CADWorx Plant Setup. For more
information, see Configuration Layers (on page 47).

CADWorx now incorporates a new Spec Editor program. For more information see Editor
(on page 61) or the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.

Updated all panels and toolbars to reflect changes throughout the software.

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Index
2
2D Double Line 82
2D Panel 211
2D Representation 211
2D Representation Hidden 212
2D Single Line 82

3
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling 370
3D Solids 82
3-Way Plan Valve 423
3-Way Side Valve 425
3-Way Vertical Valve 426

4
45 LR Ell 387
4-Way Plan Valve 424
4-Way Side Valve 426

9
90 LR Ell 386
90 SR Ell 387

A
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars 369
Add a user shape to a specification 196
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing 348
Add or remove properties from BOM 155,
333, 358
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe 209
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension
209
Adjustable Bend 384
Aliases and Command Names 370
All 61
AlphaSizeControl 32
Anchor 262
Angle Double Shape 285
Angle Shape with Lip 283
Angle Shapes 276
Angle Side Valve 428
Angle Top Valve 425
Annotate 150
Annotate Component 328
Apply Auto Coupling Rule 52

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule 52

Apply Bolt Insertion Rule 51
Apply Branch Table Rule 51
Apply Change Data Rule 54
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box 54
Apply End Type Rule 50
Apply Flange Insertion Rule 51
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule 51
Apply Line Number Rule 53
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule 55
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule 52
Apply Pipe Healing Rule 51
Apply Pipe Length Rule 50
Apply Size Rule 49
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle 55
Apply Specification Rule 50
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View
Palette) 102
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule 51
Apply Weld Insertion Rule 50
Arrow 246
Assembly View Palette 113
Assign 149
Assign line numbers 150
Audit HVAC Database 366
Audit Pipe Database 168
Audit Steel Database 342
Audit the HVAC database 367
AuditDataOnStartup 33
Auto Connect 174
Auto Cope 329
Auto Gasket 215
Auto Route 221
Auto Routing from the strainer lateral 543
Auto Weld 217
AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant 557
AutoDimensionBox 33
Automatic 216, 230

B
Ball Valve 417
Base Plate 290
Bill of Material Setup 154
Bleed Ring or Spacer 544
Blind Flange 406
Bolt 215
BoltRoundControl 35

565

Index
BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box
157
BomBoltControl 34
BomScheduleDirection 34
BomScheduleSpacing 34
BomTagGridFactor 34
BomTagOptimize 35
BomTagRadiusFactor 35
BomTagSpacingFactor 35
Box 212
Break by Length 200
Break by Number 200
Break Pipe 200
Butterfly Valve 420
Buttweld 371
Buttweld LR 227
Buttweld SR 227
Buttweld Valves 415

C
C.G. Generator 171
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match
Specifications Dialog Box 56
CADWorxMaterial 35
CAESARIIMaterial 36
CAESARIIMemory 36
CAESARIITolerance 36
CAESARIIVersion 36
Cap 381
Center Line 55
Change 233
Change Elevation 207
Change elevation by BOP 208
Change elevation by entering the elevation
value 207
Change elevation by Pick 208
Change elevation by TOP 208
Change Layer 256
Change position and direction of generic
nozzle 202
Change Size 61
Change Specification 68
Change tee sizes automatically 65
Change tee sizes manually 66
Change text alignment in columns 156,
333, 359
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation
156, 333, 359
Change the column order 156, 333, 359
Change the Elevation 233
Change the layer associated with an object
256

566

Change the layers associated with HVAC

components 365
Change the size automatically 62
Change the size manually 63
Change the size of a model with branch
connections automatically 64
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes
automatically 63
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes
manually 64
Change the specification automatically 68
Change the specification manually 69
Change the specification of a model with
branches automatically 70
Channel Shape with Lip 282
Channel Shapes 275
Check Valve 419
Clash View Palette 111
Compass 268, 370
Component 234
Component Custom Data Dialog Box 78
Conc Reducer 380
Configuration Layers 47
Configuration Settings 31
Connecting to components 370
Continue Routing 223
Control Valve 422
Conventions 17
Convert a component to a different mode
82
Convert Existing 83
Convert from project data 83
Convert Intersected Piping 84
Convert Isometric 82
Convert Legacy Drawing 55
Convert Solid 328
Convert to 3D enhanced 83
Coordinates 235
Count 148
Count weld gaps automatically 219
Coupling 441
Create a 2D representation 212
Create a 2D representation with hidden
lines 212
Create a 2D single line user shape 194
Create a 2D user shape 193
Create a 3D user shape 191
Create a new frame configuration 307
Create a user shape file 180
Create a user shape from a block 189
Create a user shape from a polyline 188
Create a user shape from points 186
Create an assembly 114

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Index
Creating a Base Profile 558
Cross Plan 462
Cross Reducing Plan 462
Cross Reducing Side 478
Cross Reducing Vertical 479
Cross Side 478
Custom Data Dialog Box 80
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View
Palette) 91
Cut 319
Cut BOM using Automatic placement 158,
335, 361
Cut BOM using Manual placement 159,
336, 361
Cut HVAC Bill of Material 360
Cut members by line 319
Cut members by three-point plane 319
Cut Pipe Bill of Material 157
Cut Steel Bill of Material 334
CWexplode 84

D
Data Remove 364
DataBaseCodesISOGEN 36
DB Generate 365
DB In 366
Decrement 149
Define a weld gap 539
Delete a layer 257
Delete an assembly from the Assembly
Manager 115
Delete Bill of Material 163
Delete Layer 256
Detail 242
Diaphragm Valve 421
Dim Adjustment 208
Dimension Panel 229
DimensionsExcludedSlope 37
DimensionsExistingISOGEN 37
Discontinuity View Palette 104
Display only the layer associated with an
object 258
Dots 250
Draw non-pipe components 89
Draw pipe components 89
Drawing Prototype 32
Dual Check Valve 422

E
East 270
Ecc Reducer 380

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Edit 213, 320, 356

Edit a frame configuration 308
Edit an assembly 114
Edit an assembly path 115
Edit an existing user shape 181
Edit by redefining connection points 181
Edit HVAC components globally 357
Edit Pipe Support Features 98
Editing Component Data Files 555
Editor 61
Elbow Centerline 209
ElbowCenterLine 37
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan 509
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side 521
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical 521
Elbowlet Thread in Plan 509
Elbowlet Thread in Side 520
Elbowlet Thread in Vertical 521
Elbowlet Weld in Plan 508
Elbowlet Weld in Side 519
Elbowlet Weld in Vertical 520
Elevation 234, 245
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics
122
Enable the Repeatability return report 120
End Type Information 140
Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box
165
Expansion Joint 545
Export CADWorx HVAC data 366
Export Pipe 165
Export Pipe Bill of Material 162
Export Steel 341
Export Steel Bill of Material 339
Export Steel Model 343
Extract batch ISOGEN files 123
Extract ISOGEN files 120
Extract piping component files 129

F
Fiberglass 434
Fiberglass Pipe 437
Find Legacy Components Dialog Box 58
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) 93
FittingWidth 37
Flange O.D. 253
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan 443
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side 450
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert 450
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan 442
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side 449
Flanged Concentric Reducer 444

567

Index
Flanged Plan 543
Flanged Side 546
Flanged Tee Plan 444
Flanged Tee Side 451
Flanged Tee Vertical 451
Flanges 402
Flat 267
Flat Bar Shapes 280
Flgd/BW Valves 415
Frame Annotation 308
Full Coupling End 448

G
Gasket 538
Gaskets, Etc. 538
Gate Valve 417
GC Edit 356
Generate a CAESAR II input file 198
Generic Attach 202, 354
Global Edit 79, 325
Global Edit All 325
Globe Valve 418
Graphics / Pipe Ends 237
Group On/Off 175
Guide 264

H
Handrail 312
Height 236
Hidden End 253
Horizontal 230
Horizontal with Tail 232
HVAC 346
HVAC BOM Setup 357
HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel 345
HVAC Shapes Catalog 348
HVACLibraryDirectory 37

I
Import CADWorx HVAC data 366
Import Pipe 168
Import Pipe Bill of Material 163
Import Steel 342
Import Steel Model 344
Increment 149
Insert a drawing into the project 110
Insert a flange O.D. 253
Insert a gasket 539
Insert a hidden end 254
Insert a pipe end 254
Insert a pipe support 96

568

Insert a plain end 253

Insert a reinforcement pad 260
Insert a reinforcement saddle 261
Insert a tee support 97
Insert an assembly into the drawing 115
Insert an elbow support 96
Insert multiple pipe supports 97
Insert Tag 164
Instrument 244
Insulation View Palette 100
ISO 248
ISO Flag 210
ISO Text 236
ISOGEN Batch 123
ISOGEN Data Dialog Box 73
ISOGEN Export Options 182
ISOGEN Information 130
ISOGEN Out 118
ISOGEN Panel 117
ISOGEN Project Manager / I-Configure
130
ISOGEN Start Point 125
ISOGEN Supplemental 123
ISOGENContinuationGraphicsCount 38
ISOGENDefaultStyle 38
ISOGENSetting 38
Isolate Layer 258

J
Join by Run 176
Join by Segment 176
Join Pipe 175

L
Label components with line numbers 150
Ladder 309
LanguageFile 38
Lap Joint Flange 409
Lateral Plan 463
Lateral Side 479
Lateral Vertical 480
Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan 510
Latrolet Socket Weld in Side 523
Latrolet Thread in Plan 510
Latrolet Thread in Side 522
Latrolet Weld in Plan 509
Latrolet Weld in Side 522
Layer Change 328, 364
Layer Off 257
Layer On 257
LayerByLineNumber 39

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Index
Layers Dialog Box 113
Layers Panel 255
Line 151
Line Isolate 151
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View
Palette) 92
Line Numbering System Dialog Box 146
Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup
Dialog Box 90
Line Numbers 548
Line View Isolation Properties Manager 93
Line View Palette 91
Lined 428
Lined Eccentric Reducer 431
Lined Pipe 431
Lined Wye Plan 432
Lined Wye Side 433
Lined Wye Vert 433
LineNumberSystem 41
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile 41
Link components 109
LNum Panel 145
Local Edit 70
Loft 299
Long Weld Neck 410

M
Match an object's layer 257
Match Layer 257
Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View
Palette) 107
Material List Definition 130
Misc 251, 541
Misc Panel 173
Miter 318
Miters 383
Mode Convert 81
Modeling in 2D 390, 425, 433, 445, 474,
511, 535, 546
Modeling in 3D 375, 417, 431, 437, 459,
496, 526, 543
Modify a component 72
Modify a user-defined HVAC shape 354
Modify an HVAC shape 348
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog
351
Modify multiple components 80
Modifying a User Profile 557
Moveline 225
MVSetup 25

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

N
Nipolet Thread in Plan 511
Nipolet Thread in Vertical 523
Nipolet Weld in Plan 510
Nipolet Weld in Vertical 523
Nipple 497
Non Standard 219
North 268
Nozzle Generic Attach 200

O
Obsolete Commands 22
Offset Tap 125
Online Help 23
Operators 548
Optional Component Dialog Box 59
Optional Items 59
Options Dialog Box 112
OrthoGen Launch 143
OrthoGen Out 143
OrthoGen Panel 143

P
P&ID View Palette 107
Palettes 553
Palettes Panel 87
PCF In 129
PCF Out 128
Pipe 375
Pipe BOM / DB Panel 153
Pipe End 254
Pipe Ends 540
Pipe Shapes 278
Pipe Support Report 106
PipeDescriptionCat 41
PipeSupportSetting 42
Piping Rules 49
Place a 180 degree plan return 379
Place a 180 degree side return 395, 396
Place a 180 degree vertical return 395,
396
Place a 3-way plan valve 423, 472, 532
Place a 3-way side valve 426, 485, 536
Place a 3-way vertical valve 426, 486, 536
Place a 45 degree rolled elbow 388
Place a 4-way plan valve 424, 532
Place a 4-way side valve 426, 536
Place a 90 degree plan elbow 376, 438,
443, 459, 499
Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow
377, 460, 501

569

Index
Place a 90 degree rolled elbow 386, 387
Place a 90 degree side street elbow 512
Place a 90 degree street plan elbow 500
Place a base plate 292
Place a base plate with holes 292
Place a bleed ring 544
Place a bushing 442, 506
Place a cap 381, 442, 468, 504
Place a concentric reducer 380, 439, 444,
466, 503
Place a concentric reducer swage 502
Place a coupling 441, 467, 468, 506, 507
Place a coupling end 448, 517, 518
Place a detail graphic 242
Place a fiberglass pipe 437
Place a flange 406, 409
Place a flange on a pipe 403, 405, 407,
408, 411, 412, 414
Place a flange that mates with another
flange 404, 405, 407, 408, 411, 413,
414
Place a frame in the drawing 308
Place a gasket automatically 216
Place a gasket manually 216
Place a generic attachment in the drawing
204, 355
Place a guide 264
Place a ladder interactively 311
Place a ladder using key-ins 311
Place a ladder with a cage 311
Place a miscellaneous graphic 252
Place a mitered pipe 383
Place a multi-port valve 473, 474
Place a nipple 497
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the
drawing 197
Place a nozzle generic attachment 201
Place a pipe 375, 431
Place a plan cross 381, 440, 462, 505
Place a plan elbow 377, 389, 438, 443,
460, 464, 465, 500
Place a plan elbowlet fitting 508, 509
Place a plan fitting 507, 508, 510, 511
Place a plan flange pipe 543
Place a plan flanged tee 444
Place a plan graphic 243
Place a plan lateral 382, 441, 463, 464,
505
Place a plan latrolet fitting 509, 510
Place a plan reducing cross 382
Place a plan sock-o-let 442
Place a plan tee 378, 439, 461, 501, 502
Place a plan wye 390, 432, 468

570

Place a plug 506

Place a relief side valve 533
Place a relief top valve 537
Place a rigid element 546
Place a rolled pipe 384
Place a rolled tee 388
Place a rotational restraint 263
Place a sanitary plan reducing cross 463
Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend
483, 484
Place a sanitary side reducing cross 479
Place a sanitary u-bend 466
Place a section graphic 241
Place a side blind spectacle 545
Place a side cross 397, 447, 478, 516
Place a side elbowlet fitting 520, 521
Place a side flange pipe 546
Place a side flanged tee 451
Place a side lateral 398, 448, 479, 480,
516
Place a side latrolet fitting 522, 523
Place a side or vertical elbow 390, 391,
392, 399, 400, 445, 446, 449, 450, 474,
475, 476, 481, 482, 483, 512, 513
Place a side reducing cross 397
Place a side reducing elbow 392, 475, 514
Place a side socket weld threaded pipe
544
Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe
547
Place a side tee 393, 394, 446, 476, 477,
514, 515
Place a side wye 401, 433, 484
Place a snubber 263
Place a spring hanger 262
Place a stub or weld neck 410
Place a symmetrical user shape in the
drawing 197
Place a tap 130
Place a threaded/socket pipe 497
Place a translational restraint 261
Place a user-defined HVAC shape 354
Place a valve 417, 418, 419, 420, 421,
422, 423, 469, 470, 471, 527, 528, 529,
530, 531, 534, 535
Place a vertical blind spectacle 547
Place a vertical elbowlet fitting 520, 521,
522
Place a vertical fitting 518, 519, 523, 524
Place a vertical lateral 398, 448, 480, 481,
517
Place a vertical reducing cross 398, 479
Place a vertical soc-o-let 449

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Index
Place a vertical strainer 451
Place a vertical tee 393, 394, 447, 477,
478, 515, 516
Place a vertical wye 401, 433, 485
Place a weld dot graphic 251
Place a weld symbol graphic 248
Place an adjustable bend 385
Place an anchor 262
Place an angle side valve 427, 428, 486,
537
Place an angle top valve 533
Place an angle valve 424, 425, 472
Place an arrow head graphic 246
Place an eccentric reducer 380, 432, 440,
467, 504
Place an eccentric reducer swage 503
Place an elevation graphic 245
Place an expansion joint 545
Place an HVAC shape from the catalog
351
Place an instrument graphic 244
Place an isometric symbol graphic 250
Place an offset tap 128
Place automatic dimensions 230
Place component annotation 234
Place component elevation annotation 235
Place coordinates 235
Place hand rail by points 313
Place hand rail by polyline 313
Place horizontal dimensions 230
Place horizontal tailed dimensions 232
Place nonstandard stud bolts 220
Place plate by closed polyline 289
Place plate by curves 290
Place plate by points 289
Place rotated dimensions 232
Place standard stud bolts 219
Place stud bolts automatically 216
Place stud bolts manually 217
Place tick marks 236
Place tubing 498
Place vertical dimensions 231
Place vertical tailed dimensions 233
Place weld gaps automatically 217
Place weld gaps manually 218
Plain End 253
Plan 243
Plan 11.25 Ell 388
Plan 180 LR Return 379
Plan 180 SR Return 379
Plan 22.5 Ell 389
Plan 45 Ell 377
Plan 90 LR Ell 375

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Plan 90 Reducing Ell 377

Plan 90 SR Ell 376
Plan Cross 381
Plan Lateral 382
Plan Reducing Cross 382
Plan Reducing Tee 378
Plan Tee 378
Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow
437
Plan Wye 389
Plane versus Isometrics view modes 370
Plate 288
Plug Valve 419
Point and Shoot UCS 265
Preface 17
Pressure Top Valve 427
Previous 258

R
Read a CAESAR II input file 207
Re-associate the Components 210
Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer
Off command 257
Reducing Slip-on Flange 410
Reducing Tee Plan 461
Reducing Tee Side 477
Reducing Tee Vertical 478
Reducing Threaded Flange 412
Reducing Weld Neck Flange 413
Reinforcing Pad 260
Reinforcing Saddle 260, 545
Relief Side Valve 424
Relief Top Valve 427
Remove CADWorx data from components
364
Restore XDATA 33
Restraints 540
Restraints Panel 259
Rigid Element 546
Rolled Pipe 383
Rotary Valve 421
Rotated 232
Rotational 263
Round Bar Shapes 281
Route from a generic nozzle 202
Route skewed pipe 224
Router 225
Router commands 226
RT Panel 221
Running CADWorx Equipment or PV
Fabricator with CADWorx Plant 558

571

Index

S
Saddle in Vertical 449
Sanitary 452
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan 465
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side 482
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical 483
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan 464
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side 481
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical 482
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan 472
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side 485
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical 485
Sanitary 45 Ell Plan 460
Sanitary 45 Ell Side 475
Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical 476
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan 459
Sanitary 90 Ell Side 474
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan 460
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side 475
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan 472
Sanitary Angle Valve Side 486
Sanitary Ball Valve 469
Sanitary Butterfly Valve 471
Sanitary Cap 468
Sanitary Check Valve 471
Sanitary Concentric 466
Sanitary Eccentric 466
Sanitary Gate Valve 469
Sanitary Globe Valve 470
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan 463
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side 480
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical 481
Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve 473
Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve 473
Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve 473
Sanitary Nut/Coupling 468
Sanitary Plug Valve 470
Sanitary Stub 467
Sanitary Tee Plan 461
Sanitary Tee Side 476
Sanitary Tee Vertical 477
Sanitary U-Bend Plan 465
Sanitary U-Bend Side 483
Sanitary U-Bend Vertical 484
Sanitary Wye Plan 467
Sanitary Wye Side 484
Sanitary Wye Vertical 485
SaveLastProfileUsed 42
Section 240
Select Control 329
Select Item Dialog Box 166
Set 147, 231

572

Set Layer 256

Set line numbers based on a component
148
Set line numbers based on a P&ID project
148
Set line numbers based on the current
drawing 148
Set Size by Component 295
Set Specification & Size Dialog Box 47
Set Specification and Size 46
Set the active layer 256
Set the current line number to that of a
component 151
Set the Elevation 231
Set the line count value 149
Settings 85, 551
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View
Palette) 101
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)
90
Setup 25, 28, 146
Setup Live Database 164
Setup Live Database Steel 340
Setup short description column for material
list with text wrapping 121
Setup Size/Spec Panel 27
Shapes 271
Show Removed XDATA 33
Side 11.25 Ell 399
Side 180 LR Return 395
Side 180 SR Return 396
Side 22.5 Ell 400
Side 45 Ell 391
Side 90 LR Ell 390
Side 90 Reducing Ell 392
Side 90 SR Ell 391
Side Cross 397
Side Lateral 398
Side Reducing Cross 397
Side Reducing Tee 394
Side Tee 393
Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow
445
Side Wye 401
Single BOM using Automatic placement
161, 339, 364
Single BOM using Manual placement 162,
339, 364
Single HVAC Bill of Material 363
Single Line Steel 300
Single Pipe Bill of Material 160
Single Steel Bill of Material 338
SingleLineWidth 42

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Index
Size 60
Size-Spec 61
SKEY Information 131
Slip-on Flange 404
Snubber 263
Socket Type Flange 406
Socket Weld 84, 228
Sock-O-Let 442
Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan 508
Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical 519
South 269
Spec 60
Spec Editor 89
Spec View Palette 88
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View
Palette) 88
Special Monitored Commands Used With a
Live Database 560
Specification and Data Files 555
Specification and Size 59
SpecificationDefaultProject 43
SpecificationDirectory 42
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and
the Center of Gravity Location 205
Specify the weld dot size for a single line
pipe 175
SpecSizeOverride 43
Spectacle Blind Side 545
Spectacle Blind Vertical 547
Spring Hanger 262
Stair 313
Standard 219
Start a new route 223
Startup Defaults 25
Startup Variables 31
Steel 549
Steel - Cope 318
Steel - Frame Creation 306
Steel - Generic Attachment 295
Steel Bolts 292
Steel BOM / DB Panel 331
Steel BOM Setup 332
Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation
Dialog Box 334
Steel Draw Panel 287
Steel Edit Panel 317
Steel Shapes Panel 271
SteelCopeBoltDistance 43
SteelCopeWeldDistance 43
SteelLibraryDirectory 43
SteelNeutralAxis 43
SteelPartNumberFile 44
SteelRoundControl 44

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

SteelRoundUnit 44
SteelToolTipSetting 44
Stop Sign 124
Stub End 409
Support Directory 25
Support Modeler Palette 94
SW/Thrd Plan 544
SW/Thrd Side 547
Synchronize HVAC Database 367
Synchronize Pipe Database 169
Synchronize Steel Database 343
Synchronize the HVAC database 367
SyncOnStartUp 44
System In 206
System Out 198
System Prompts 239
System Visibility 210
SystemMeasure 45

T
Tag Location 163
Tag Toggle Bill of Material 163
Tap 129
Technical Support 18
Tee 388
Tee Shapes 277
TemplateDatabaseFile 45
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan 531
Thrd/SW 3 Way Side 535
Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical 536
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan 532
Thrd/SW 4 Way Side 536
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan 500
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side 512
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert 513
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan 499
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side 511
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan 501
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side 513
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan 499
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side 512
Thrd/SW Angle Side 537
Thrd/SW Angle Top 533
Thrd/SW Ball 527
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert 506
Thrd/SW Cap 504
Thrd/SW Check 528
Thrd/SW Conc Swage 502
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub 503
Thrd/SW Control 531
Thrd/SW Cross Plan 504
Thrd/SW Cross Side 516

573

Index
Thrd/SW Diaphragm 529
Thrd/SW Dual Check 530
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage 503
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub 504
Thrd/SW Full Clpg End 517
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan 506
Thrd/SW Gage 533
Thrd/SW Gate 526
Thrd/SW Globe 527
Thrd/SW Half Clpg End 517
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan 507
Thrd/SW Lateral Plan 505
Thrd/SW Lateral Side 516
Thrd/SW Lateral Vert 517
Thrd/SW Needle 529
Thrd/SW Pipe 496
Thrd/SW Plug 505, 528
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End 518
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan 507
Thrd/SW Relief Side 532
Thrd/SW Relief Top 537
Thrd/SW Rotary 530
Thrd/SW Tee Plan 501
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan 502
Thrd/SW Tee Red Side 515
Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert 515
Thrd/SW Tee Side 514
Thrd/SW Tee Vert 514
Thrd/SW Union 511
Thrd/SW Valves 524
Threaded 84, 228
Threaded Flange 408
Threaded/Socket 491
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan
438
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side
445
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert
446
Threaded/Socket Cap 441
Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer 439
Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer 440
Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing 442
Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan 441
Threaded/Socket Lateral Side 447
Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert 448
Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan 440
Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side 447
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan 439
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side 446
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert 447
Threadolet Thread in Plan 508
Threadolet Thread in Vertical 519

574

Tick Mark 236

Toolbars 369
ToolTipSetting 45
Top Works Add 197
Top Works Change 198
TopWorksSetting 45
Total BOM using Automatic placement
160, 337, 362
Total BOM using Manual placement 160,
337, 362
Total HVAC Bill of Material 361
Total Pipe Bill of Material 159
Total Steel Bill of Material 336
Translational 261
Tube 498
Tube Shapes 279
Turn off a layer 257
Turn off the zoom lock 214
Turn on all layers 258
Turn on the zoom lock 214

U
UCS 549
UCS Next 268
UCS Object 270
UCS Panel 265
Union 320
Un-Isolate Layer 258
Unlink components 109
Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View
Palette) 110
Update History 561
UseObjectsFromXrefs 46
User Shape 296, 351
User Shapes 176

V
Vert 11.25 Ell 399
Vert 180 LR Return 395
Vert 180 SR Return 396
Vert 22.5 Ell 400
Vert 45 Ell 392
Vert Lateral 398
Vert Reducing Cross 397
Vert Reducing Tee 394
Vert Tee 393
Vert Wye 401
Vertical 231
Vertical with Tail 233
Victaulic 486
View Clip 265

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

Index

W
Weld 247
Weld Gap 539
Weld Neck Flange 403
Weld Size 175
Weld Total 218
WeldDotSize 46
WeldGapToDB 46
Weldolet Weld in Plan 507
Weldolet Weld in Vertical 518
West 269
What's New in Plant 21
Wide Flange Shapes 274

X
X-Body Gate BW 534
X-Body Gate SW 535
X-Body Gate Thrd 534
XREF Edit 85

Z
Z Shapes 284
Zoom Factors 214
Zoom Lock 214

CADWorx Plant User's Guide

575